Manual Central Nitzuko

Issue-1
December, 1998
HYBRID TELEPHONE SYSTEM
GROUPHONE
INSTRUCTION
AND
INSTALLATION MANUAL
Model 308/824/1232/2464
RECORD OF REVISION
Issue No.
Date
December, 1998
Remarks
1st release for following ROM version:
TX-Z 308:
3.0
TX-Z 824:
5.0
TX-Z 1232/2464: 3.0 (CPU-B1)
Nothing contained in this manual shall be deemed to be, and this manual does not constitute,
a warranty of, or representation with respect to, any of the equipment covered. This manual is
subject to change without notice and Nitsuko has no obligation to provide any updates or
corrections to this manual. Further, Nitsuko also reserves the right, without prior notice, to
make changes in equipment design or components as it deems appropriate. No
representation is made that this manual is complete or accurate in all respects and Nitsuko
shall not be liable for any errors or omissions. In no event shall Nitsuko be liable for any
incidental or consequential damages in connection with the use of this manual. No part of this
document may be photocopied or reproduced without prior written consent of Nitsuko.
(C) 1998 by Nitsuko Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

Printed in Japan
This manual consists of eight parts:
PART 1: INTRODUCTION
PART 2: SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3: SYSTEM INSTALLATION
PART 4: FEATURE DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
PART 5: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
PART 6: PROGRAM RECORD FORM
PART 7: OPTIONAL ITEMS (Caller-ID, FAXU, VAU)
PART 8: HOW TO USE FOR SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE
PART 1
INTRODUCTION
The TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 system is a microprocessor-based, state-of-the-art communications

system which offers you superb service, and the flexibility and features which are usually only found
on larger, more expensive systems.
The TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 system is designed to give you the best custom-designed services
available, making it as easy to use as it is to install. The system can operate by itself or behind a
Private Branch Exchange (PBX). The TX-Z 308 system is ideal choice for small or home office. It
starts with three lines and eight extensions. TX-Z 824 system can grow in size from the basic four
outside lines and eight extensions to eight outside lines and twenty-four extensions. Main
Equipment for TX-Z 1232/2464 system is slot type expansion cabinet and expandable using one
cabinet. This system can grow in size from twelve outside lines and thirty-two extensions to twentyfour outside lines and sixty-four extensions only adding expansion mother board and power supply
unit.
With the touch of a few keys, you will have such sophisticated features as Abbreviated Dialing,
Repeat Dialing, Conference Call, and Paging etc. at your fingertips. You can also have text
message with display phone!
The possibilities are almost limitless. The system offers you the flexible assignment of outside lines,
and a toll restriction package that can be tailored to suit your needs. Optional equipments
(Doorphone, BGM/External MOH input, External Paging output, SMDR I/F, Fax Machine, Voice
Mail) can be installed if you desire. Such options are guaranteed to expand and enrich the already
wide horizons of your system.
One of the excellent points about TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 system are powerful features provided
for single line telephone. Most of features provided for key telephone can be used on single line
telephone. Also, you do not need exclusive interface unit to connect single line telephones to TX-Z
308/824/1232/2464 system. It means that you can use the same interface unit as key telephone.
This manual will provide you with step-by-step instructions for the installation of the basic
equipment, the procedure for customizing your system so that it serves your office or company's
particular needs, and the easy, almost effortless instructions for using your telephones.
NOTE: Please read through this entire manual at least once before ordering any additional
equipment or attempting any installation.
PART 2
SPECIFICATIONS
General Description
System Configuration
Visual Indication
Audible Indication
General Description
System Capacity
Items
TX-Z 308 System
System Size
308
Trunk Line
Extension
8
Key Telephone
Max. 7 (No. 10 to No. 16)
Single Line Telephone
Max. 6 (No. 12 to No. 17)
Intercom Talk Path
Paging Path
DTMF Receiver
Doorphone Interface
External Speaker Output
External MOH Input
PF Transfer Line
1
(Fixed to CO No. 1 to Ext. No. 17)
Items
System Size
TX-Z 824 System

408
616
824
Trunk Line
Extension
16
24
Key Telephone
16
24
16
24
DLS Console
Max. 3 (Use DLS console as DSS console.)
Intercom Talk Path
Paging Path
DTMF Receiver
Doorphone Interface
BGM Input
External MOH Input
Ringer Unit
PF Transfer Line
2-1
General Description
System Capacity
Items
System Size
TX-Z 1232/2464 System

1232
2464
Trunk Line
12
24
Extension
32
64
Key Telephone
32
64
32
64
DSS Console
Intercom Talk Path
10
Paging Path
DTMF Receiver
16
Doorphone Interface
BGM Input
External MOH Input
Ringer Unit
PF Transfer Line
2
12
Note: When one DSS Console is connected, one intercom talk path is occupied.
When DSS Console, Paging Path or BGM Input is used, intercom talk path(s)
will be used.
2-2
General Description
Electrical Specifications
Station Cable Length Limit
Key Telephone
300 m (0.5 f two-pair twisted cable).
1,125 m (0.5 f one-pair twisted cable).
Doorphone Box
150 m (0.5 f one-pair twisted cable).
Off-premises extension is not allowed. In other words, do not run the wire
in outdoor.
Power Supplies
Primary Power
Power
Consumption
Secondary Power
308M
90 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
824M-100
90 V AC to 134 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
824M-200
180 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
2464M
90 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.
308
40 VA maximum.
824
85 VA maximum.
1232
195 VA maximum.
2464
390 VA maximum.
+5 V DC, +6 V DC, +12 V DC, +28 V DC.
External Equipment Specifications

Background Music (BGM) /Specifications
Input Impedance
600 W
Input Level
Nominal 250 mV (-10 dBm).
Maximum Input
1 Vrms
External Music On Hole (MOH) Specifications
Input Impedance
600 W
Input Level
Maximum Input
1 Vrms
External Paging Speaker Specifications
Output Impedance
600 W
Output Level
Maximum Output
400 mV rms
2-3
General Description
Mechanical specifications
Items
Main
Equipment
Dimensions (W D H mm)/Weights (Kg)
TX-Z 308
335 265 90/1.9
TX-Z 824
475 325 104/5.00
TX-Z
1232/2464
494.6 362 230/6.70
Display Type
Key Telephone
Standard Type
221 170 88/0.80 (TXD)

216 177 81/0.75 (BTXD)
221 170 88/0.75 (TD)
216 177 81/0.70 (BTD)
221 170 63/0.50 (64 D DSS)
DSS Console
216 177 59/0.50 (64 BD DSS)

221 62.5 63/0.20 (24 DL DLS)
DLS Console
212 60 59/0.20 (24 BDL DLS)

132 100 35/0.20
Doorphone Box
Environmental Specifications
Items
Temperature
Humidity
Environmental Requirements
System
0 to 45 degree C (32 to 113 degree F).
Doorphone
-20 to 60 degree C (-4 to 140 degree F).

10% to 95% noncondensing.
2-4
System Configuration (TX-Z 308)

Name
NX.E-308M TXZ ME
Description
TX-Z 308 Main Equipment
6 Line keys, standard type Key

Telephone
NX.E-6TXD TXZ KTS
6 Line keys, display type Key Telephone
NX.E-12TD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-12TXD TXZ KTS 12 Line keys, display type Key Telephone
NX.E-6BTD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-6BTXD TXZ KTS 6 Line keys, display type Key Telephone
NX.E-12BTD TXZ KTS 12 Line keys, standard type Key
Telephone
Quantity
/System
Remarks
CPU, Power Supply,

battery charger, 3-Trunk/8extension interface, ringer,
1 PF transfer circuit
included.
NX.E-6TD TXZ KTS
1st Model.
Modular station cable
included.
1 to 7
2nd Model.
included.
Note 2
NX7E-3SMDR-A1
SMDR interface card
NX7E-3DHEXU-A1
Doorphone I/F, relay contacts, EXMOH

input, EXP output
Music source is required

for EXMOH.
NX7E-3FAXU-A1
FAX Transfer /DUD Interface Card
Note 2
NX7E-3CIDU-A1
Caller-ID Interface Card
Note 2
Note 2
Complied with Bellcore

Spec.
NT-S-D6
2-wire doorphone box
DX2E-32i/NX7E
BATTERY BOX
External backup battery box
NX.E TXZ W.M.K
Wall-mount bracket
As
needed
NX.E TXZ
ABB.CARD SET
Pull-out type abbreviated dial number

card (20 pcs)
As
needed
DX.E
ABB.CARD SET
Stand type abbreviated dial number card

(20 pcs)
As
needed
NP2.6 or equivalent
batteries are required.
1 pce. per key telephone.
Note 1: The above list shows composition of a system with full capacity.
Note 2: A maximum of 2 out of these 4 optional cards can be installed in TX-Z 308 Main
Equipment.
<Abbreviations used>
EXMOH: External Music On Hold
EXP:
External Paging
KTS:
Key Telephone Set
ME:
Main Equipment
SMDR: Station Message Detail Recording
SLT:
DUD:
Direct Universal Dialing
2-5

Name
Description
NX.E-824M TXZ ME(1)
TX-Z 824 Main Equipment for 100V
NX.E-824M TXZ ME(2)
TX-Z 824 Main Equipment for 200V

Telephone
NX.E-6TXD TXZ KTS
NX.E-12TD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-12TXD TXZ KTS 12 Line keys, display type Key Telephone
NX.E-6BTD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-12BTD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX7E-208E-A1
2-Trunk/8-extension card
NX7E-008E-A1
8-extension card
Quantity
/System
1
Remarks
CPU, Power Supply,
battery charger, and 4Trunk/8-extension
interface included.
NX.E-6TD TXZ KTS
1st Model.
included.
24
2nd Model.
included.
NX7E-4PFU-A1
4 PF transfer card
NX7E-8DHEXU-A1
Doorphone I/F, relay contacts

EXMOH/BGM input, EXP output
NX7E-8RGU-A1
Ringer unit for Single Line Telephone
NX7E-8SMDR-A1
SMDR interface card
NX7E-8SMCID-A1
Caller-ID/SMDR interface card
NX7E-8CID ADAPTOR
Caller-ID adapter
NX.E-24DL TXZ DLS

NX.E-24BDL TXZ DLS
NT-S-D6
NVM-2 Model 1
NVM-2 Model 2
NVM-22
24 key DLS Console for 1st Model Key

Telephone (used as DSS Console)
24 key DLS Console for 2nd Model Key
Telephone (used as DSS Console)
Voice Mail with 2 ports, 2 hour voice
storage, 50 mailboxes.
Voice Mail with 2-4 ports, 25 hour voice
storage, 50-100 mailboxes.
Voice Mail I/F
Voice Mail Interface Unit
DX2E-32i/NX7E
BATTERY BOX
2-6
3
2
As
needed
As
needed
As
needed
As
needed
1
4 power failure transfer

circuits for SLT.
Music sources are required
for EXMOH, BGM.
1 pce. for a system when
SLT is connected.
Needed to use SMDR
printer.
Needed to use CallerID/SMDR
1 set for 8 Trunk lines
Spec.
Connected to display type
key telephone.
8DHEXU is required.
1 Voice Mail I/F is required
for 2 ports.
for 2 ports.
per port.
Required for VM
connection
NP2.6 or equivalent

Name
Description
NX.E TXZ W.M.K
Wall-mount bracket
NX.E TXZ
ABB. CARD SET
DX.E
ABB. CARD SET

card (20 pcs)
(20 pcs)
Quantity
Remarks
/System
As
needed
As
needed
As
needed
NOTE: The above list shows composition of a system with full capacity.
2-7
System Configuration (TX-Z 1232/2464)

Name
Description
Quantity
/System
Remarks
1232 2464
NX.E-2464M TXZ ME
TX-Z 1232/2464 Main Equipment
NX7E-12MB
Basic mother board
NX7E-12PS
Power supply unit
NX7E-24POWU
DC/DC power supply, battery charger
1
Factory equipped units
1
Expansion power supply unit for 2464
NX7E-24CPU-B1
System main processing unit
NX7E-408U-A1
4-Trunk/8-extension card
Can not be installed to Slot

No.4 and No.8.
Daughter board for 24CPU
NX7E-24EPMB-A1
Expansion mother board for 2464
NX7E-12PS
1
BGM and EXMOH input, 2
relay contacts, and CallerID software included.
NX7E-008U-A1
8-extension card
NX7E-24DHU-A1
2-doorphone I/F card
NX7E-24SMDR-A1
SMDR interface card
NX7E-24SMCID-A1
Caller-ID/SMDR interface card
NX7E-8CID Adapter
Caller-ID adapter
1 set for 8 Trunk lines

Spec.
NX7E-12PFU-A1
12-Trunk line PF transfer card
12 power failure transfer

circuits for SLT.
NX7E-24VAU-A1
Voice announce unit
NX7E-8RGU-A1
Ringer unit for Single Line Telephone
Common unit with TX-Z

824
DX2E-32i/NX7E
BATTERY BOX
NP2.6 or equivalent

Voice Mail with 2-4 ports, 25 hour voice
storage, 50-100 mailboxes.
NT-S-D6
NVM-2 Model 1
NVM-2 Model 2
NVM-22
Voice Mail I/F
Voice Mail Interface Unit
NX.E-24DL TXZ DLS
24 key DLS console for 1st Model Key

Telephone
NX.E-24BDL TXZ DLS
24 key DLS console for 2nd Model Key

Telephone
NX.E-64D TXZ DSS
64 key DSS console for 1st Model Key

Telephone
NX.E-64BD TXZ DSS
64 key DSS console for 2nd Model Key

Telephone
2-8
As
needed
As
needed
As
needed
As
needed
Needed to use Caller-ID
24DHU is required.
for 2 ports.
for 2 ports.
per port.
Required for VM
connection
16
Connected to display type

Key Telephone
Included in the extension

quantity
System Configuration (TX-Z 1232/2464)

Name
Description
Quantity
/System
Remarks
1232 2464

NX.E-6TD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-6TXD TXZ KTS
NX.E-12TD TXZ KTS
Telephone
12 Line keys, display type Key
NX.E-12TXD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-6BTD TXZ KTS
Telephone
NX.E-12BTD TXZ KTS
Telephone
12 Line keys, display type Key
NX.E-12BTXD TXZ KTS
Telephone
32
NX.E TXZ W.M.K
Wall-mount bracket
As
needed
NX.E TXZ
ABB. CARD SET

card (20 pcs)
As
needed
DX.E
ABB. CARD SET

(20 pcs)
As
needed
2-9
1st Model.
included.
64
2nd Model.
included.
Visual Indication
1. LED Indication (KTS)
LED
Line
Category
Interval (sec)
Trunk Line Incoming Call
60 IPM Flash
Trunk Line Hold
120 IPM Flash
Trunk Line I-Hold
300 IPM Flutter
Trunk Exclusive Hold
120 IPM Flicker
Trunk Line Busy
ICM
Location
Steady
Intercom Incoming Call
300 IPM Flutter
Intercom Hold
120 IPM Flicker
Intercom Busy
Steady
Call Forward Transferred

Extension/Follow-Me
Transferred Extension
300 IPM Flutter
Call Forward Originating

Extension/Follow-Me
Originating Extension
60 IPM Flash
TRFR
Night Service
Steady
(Manual)
Night Service
120 IPM Flash
(Automatic)
2-10
Visual Indication
LED
Category
Interval (sec)
Do Not Disturb
Location
Steady
Trunk Line DND
120 IPM Flash
Executive Call Forward

Transferred Extension
60 IPM Flash
DND Message in Active
120 IPM Flicker
DND
Microphone Off
MIC
Steady
Monitored Extension
300 IPM Flutter
(BTD, BTXD TEL)

Monitoring Extension
120 IPM Flicker
(BTD, BTXD TEL)
SPK
Speaker On
Steady
Message Waiting Received
120 IPM Flicker
(TD, TXD TEL)

MW
Message Waiting
Originated
120 IPM Flicker
(TD, TXD TEL)

Monitored Extension
300 IPM Flutter
(TD, TXD TEL)

MON
Monitoring Extension
120 IPM Flicker
(TD, TXD TEL)
2-11
Visual Indication
LED
DSS
(BLF)
Category
Interval (sec)
Extension Busy/Intercom
Incoming/DND Extension
Steady
Message Waiting Received
120 IPM Flicker
(BTD, BTXD TEL)

Message Waiting
Originated
Indica
-tor
Location
120 IPM Flicker
(BTD, BTXD TEL)

Intercom Line Incoming
Call
300 IPM Flutter
(BTD, BTXD TEL)

60 IPM Flash
(BTD, BTXD TEL)
2-12
Visual Indication
2. LED Indication (DLS)
LED
Category
Interval (sec)
Extension Busy
DLS
(824)
DLS
(1232)
(2464)
Location
Steady
Intercom Incoming Called

Extension
120 IPM Flash
DND Extension
300 IPM Flutter
60 IPM Flash
Trunk Line Hold
120 IPM Flash
Trunk Line I-Hold
300 IPM Flutter
Trunk Line Exclusive Hold
120 IPM Flicker
Trunk Line Busy
Steady
2-13
Audible Indication
1. Tone Interval Indication (KTS)
Category
Interval (sec)
Location
600/450/16 Hz FM
Trunk Line Off-Hook Signal Tone

(Speaker Busy)
600/450/16 Hz FM
Trunk Line Automatic Recall
600/450/16 Hz FM
Three-Minute Tone
600 Hz 3 Splash
Toll Restriction and Each Password

Entry Failed
600 Hz 1 Splash
Line Available in Trunk Queuing
600/450/16 Hz FM
Paging/Doorphone Splash Tone
800 Hz 2 Splash
Intercom Call (Voice) Splash Tone

(MIC ON)
800 Hz 1 Splash
Intercom Call (Voice) Splash Tone

(MIC OFF)
800 Hz 2 Splash
Intercom Signal Call
450/16 Hz AM
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling Tone
450/16 Hz AM
2-14
Audible Indication
Category
Interval (sec)
Location
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling Tone

(DSS Console)
450/16 Hz AM
Intercom Ring-Back Tone
450/16 Hz AM
Intercom Dial Tone
400 Hz
Intercom Busy Tone
400 Hz
Intercom DND Tone
400 Hz
Intercom Unobtainable Tone
400 Hz
Intercom Callback Recall
600/450/16 Hz FM
600 Hz (TEL)
Emergency Alarm 1
800 Hz (EX-SPK)
600 Hz (TEL)
Emergency Alarm 2
800 Hz (EX-SPK)
Alarm Clock
600 Hz
Call Forward/Follow-Me Accepted
600 Hz 1 Splash
2-15
Audible Indication
Category
Interval (sec)
Location
Key Touch Tone
600 Hz 1 Splash
Call Forward/Follow-Me Denied

(Toll Restriction/Each Error Tone)
600 Hz 3 Splash
Warning Tone when Dial Block is

Set (No-LCD(TD, BTD) TEL)
600 Hz 3 Splash
Automatic Repeat Dial Waiting Tone
600 Hz 2 Splash
Break-In Notification Tone
400 Hz
Message Playback Confirmation

Tone (TX-Z 1232/2464)
400 Hz
KTS Local Dial Tone
400 Hz
KTS Local Busy Tone
400 Hz
Long Conversation Cutoff Warning

Tone
400 Hz
2-16
Audible Indication
2. Tone Interval Indication (SLT)
Category
Interval (sec)
Location
400 Hz
SLT Local Dial Tone 1
(#78-B=0)
400 Hz
SLT Local Dial Tone 2
(#78-B=1)
SLT Local Busy tone
400 Hz
Hold Transfer to Busy SLT
400 Hz
Break-In Start Tone
400 Hz
Break-In Notification Tone
400 Hz
MW SLT Dial Tone

(When SLT is Set MW)
400 Hz
400 Hz
DISA SLT Dial Tone 1
(#78-B=0)
400 Hz
DISA SLT Dial Tone 2
(#78-B=1)
SLT Ringer 1
16 Hz
(Trunk Calls/Doorphone Calls)

(TX-Z 308/824)
SLT Ringer 1
16 Hz
Trunk Calls/Doorphone Calls)

(TX-Z 1232/2464)
2-17
Audible Indication
Category
Interval (sec)
Location
SLT Ringer 2
(Intercom Calls/ Hold Transfer/
Recall)
(TX-Z 308/824)
16 Hz
SLT Ringer 2
(Intercom Calls/Hold Transfer/
Recall)
(TX-Z 1232/2464)
16 Hz
Message Playback Confirmation

Tone (TX-Z 1232/2464)
400 Hz
Long Conversation Cutoff Warning

Tone
400 Hz
2-18
PART 3
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Precaution
3-1 Installation of TX-Z 308 System
3-2 Installation of TX-Z 824 System
3-3 Installation of TX-Z 1232/2464 System
Precaution
Please read the following notes concerning installation and connection before installing the system.
Never attempt to insert wires, pins, etc. into the vents or other holes of this unit.
If there is any trouble, disconnect the unit from the telephone line. Plug the telephone directly to the
telephone line. If the telephone operates properly, do not reconnect the unit to the line until the trouble
has been repaired. If the telephone does not operate properly, the chances are that the trouble is in
the telephone system, and not in the unit.
Do not use benzine, thinner, or the like, or any abrasive powder to clean the cabinet. Wipe it with a
soft cloth.
WARNING
WHEN A FAILURE OCCURS WHICH RESULTS IN THE INTERNAL PARTS BECOMING
ACCESSIBLE, DISCONNECT THE POWER SUPPLY CORD IMMEDIATELY AND RETURN
THIS UNIT TO YOUR DEALER.
DISCONNECT THE TELECOM CONNECTION BEFORE DISCONNECTING THE POWER
CONNECTION PRIOR TO RELOCATING THE EQUIPMENT, AND RECONNECT THE
POWER FIRST.
THIS UNIT IS EQUIPPED WITH AN EARTHING CONTACT PLUG FOR SAFETY REASONS
THIS PLUG MUST ONLY BE CONNECTED TO AN EARNING CONTACT SOCKET WHICH
HAS BEEN INSTALLED ACCORDING TO REGULATIONS.
THE POWER SOCKET WALL OUTLET SHOULD BE LOCATED NEAR THIS EQUIPMENT
AND BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE.
TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO RAIN OR
ANY TYPE OF MOISTURE.
Precaution
Safety Installation Instructions
When installing telephone wiring, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk
of fire, electric shock and injury to persons, including the following:
1. Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
2. Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet
locations.
3. Never touch non-insulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been
disconnected at the network interface.
4. Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Installation Precautions
This set is exclusively made for wall mounting only. Avoid installing in the following places.
(Doing so may result malfunction, noise or discoloration.)
1. In direct sunlight and hot, cold, or humid places. (Temperature range: 0C-45C/32F- 113F)
2. Sulfuric gases produced in areas where there are thermal springs, etc., may damage the
equipment or contacts.
3. Places in which shocks or vibrations are frequent or strong.
4. Dusty places, or places where water or oil may come into contact with the unit.
5. Near high-frequency generating devices such as sewing machines or electric welders.
6. On or near computers telexes, or other office equipment, as well as microwave ovens or air
conditioners, (It is preferable not to install in the same room with the above equipment.)
7. Install at least 1.8 m (6 feet) from radios and televisions. (both the main unit and a key telephone)
8. Do not obstruct area around the main unit (for reasons of maintenance and inspection - be
especially careful to allow space for cooling above and at the sides of the main unit).
Wiring Precautions
Make sure to keep the following instructions when wiring.
1. Do not wire the telephone cable in parallel with an AC power source, computer, telex, etc. If the
cables are run near those wires, shield the cables with metal tubing or use shielded cables and
ground the shields.
2. If cables are run on the floor, use protectors or the like to protect the wires where they may be
stepped on. Avoid wiring under carpets.
3. Avoid using the same power supply outlet for computers, telexes, and other office equipment.
Otherwise, the TX-Z 308's system operation may be interrupted by the induction noise from such
equipment.
4. Please use one pair telephone wire for extension connection of (telephone) equipment such as
standard telephones, answering machines, etc., except key telephones.
5. The AC cord must be plugged off during wiring. After all the wiring are completed, plug the AC
cord into an AC outlet.
6. Mis-wiring may cause the system to operate improperly.
7. If an extension does not operate properly, disconnect the telephone from the extension line and
then connect again, or plug off the AC cord of the system and then on again.
8. The TX-Z 308 is equipped with a 3-wire grounding type plug. This is for safety. If you are unable to
insert the plug into the outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet.
9. Use twisted pair cable for Trunk line connection.
10. Trunk Lines should be installed with lighting protectors. (Ask your dealer)
11. The aerial distribution wiring is not allowed.
PART3-1
INSTALLATION OF
TX-Z 308 SYSTEM
Table of Contents
Name and Location ....................................................................................... 3-1-1
Wall Mounting ............................................................................................... 3-1-1
Opening Front Cover..................................................................................... 3-1-2
Frame Ground Connection ........................................................................... 3-1-2
Extension Connection ................................................................................... 3-1-2
Trunk Line Connection .................................................................................. 3-1-4
Installation of 3SMDR and Printer/PC .......................................................... 3-1-5
Installation of 3DHEXU ................................................................................. 3-1-8
After Wiring.................................................................................................. 3-1-10
24 V DC Battery Supply .............................................................................. 3-1-11
Note: Refer to PART 7 for installation of 3CIDU-A1 and 3FAXU-A1.
Name and Location

Overview of the Main Unit
Inside View of the Main Unit

Power Indicator
Initialization
Switch
Front Cover
Extension 4-pin
Jacks
Trunk 2-pin Jack

AC cord
Ground Terminal
Cable Holders
Wall Mounting
1. Place the template (included) on the wall to mark the four
screw positions.
2. Install the four screws (included) into the wall.
3. Hook the main unit on the screw heads.
3-1-1
Opening Front Cover
1.
Loosen the screw.
2.
Slide the cover to the direction of an arrow while

pressing the marked position.
Frame Ground Connection
IMPORTANT!!!
Connect the frame of the main unit to
ground.
To ground
Extension Connection
Wire Specification
The wire specification are as follows:

Wire
Solid wire
f 0.5 mm or 24AWG
Diameter of conductor
Cable
Two-pair twisted or quad cable
Cable Length between ME and Extension
For key telephone:
Not exceeding 300 m (985 ft)
For single line telephone:
Not exceeding 1125 m (3750 ft)
Connection
Use a 4-pin plug (included) to connect extension lines.

There are 8 plugs to connect extensions to TEL 1 through TEL 8 jacks.
1. Lift the transparent part.
2. Insert required telephone wires into the holes in a plug.
Then press the transparent part into the black part.
Note: Do not strip the wires.
Insert the wires all the way into the plug.
3-1-2
For key telephone
For single line telephone
Modular
Adapter
TEL 1
Key Telephone
Notes:
The key telephones can only be connected to the TEL 1 through TEL 7 jacks.
The single line telephones can only be connected to the TEL 3 through TEL 8 jacks.
A power failure transfer telephone (single line telephone) must be connected to the TEL 8 jack if you
want a PF transfer extension.
Do not connect key telephone in parallel with a single line telephone.
You can use the cable holders to fix the wires. (See illustration on page 3-1-10)
Bridge taps are not allowed.
3-1-3
Trunk Line Connection

Wire Specification
The wire specifications are as follows:

Solid wire
Wire
f 0.5 mm or 24AWG
Diameter of conductor
Connection
Use a 2-pin plug (included) to connect Trunk (CO/PBX) lines.

There are 3 plugs to connect Trunk lines to CO1 through CO3 Jacks.
1. Lift the transparent part.
2. Insert required telephone wires into the holes in a plug.
Then press the transparent part into the blue part.
Note: Do not strip the wires.
Insert the wires all the way into the plug.
To CO/PBX Line
Note: You can use the cable holders to fix the wires.
Power Failure
When the AC power fails, CO1 directly switches to the Single Line
Telephone connected to TEL8 jack.
3-1-4
Installation of 3SMDR and Printer/PC

IMPORTANT NOTICE: The TX-Z 308 Main Equipment can accommodate only up to 2 optional cards
due to the height.
1. Disconnect the AC cord from an AC outlet.
2. Loosen the screw and remove the front cover.
3. Loosen the two screws and remove the upper housing.
Installation of 3SMDR Unit

For use of the Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) feature, NX7E-3SMDR-A1 unit must be
installed in the main equipment.
To install this unit in the main equipment:
1. Attach the 3SMDR unit to the connector labeled EXPCN on the main unit.
2. Secure the 3SMDR unit with metal spacer (included).
Metal spacer
3-1-5

3. After installing the 3SMDR unit, connect the printer/PC and the main equipment using a RS232C
cable.
Removing the knock-out

panel.
To printer
4. Set the SW1 on the 3SMDR unit to the proper bit rate position.
NX7E-3SMDR-A1 unit
SW1
5.
Set the interface conditions of the printer/PC as follows:

Word length:
7 bit
Parity bit:
Even parity
Start bit:
1 bit
Stop bit length: 2 bit
6. Put the housing and cover back and secure the screws.
7. Plug the AC cord into an AC outlet,
Note: If the 3DHEXU unit has been installed in the main equipment, remove the 3DHEXU unit from
the main unit and install the 3SMDR unit first. Then mount the removed 3DHEXU unit on the
SMDR unit.
3-1-6

RS-232C Cable Assembly
To connect SMDR and Printer/PC, RS-232C cable is needed. How to make cable, refer to the following
illustration.
Cable Length: Below the 15 m
3-1-7
Installation of 3DHEXU
IMPORTANT NOTICE: The TX-Z 308 Main Equipment can accommodate only up to 2 optional cards
due to the height.
The NX7E-3DHEXU-A1 unit provides:
Two doorphone interface
One external speaker interface
One external MOH input
One alarm input
To install this unit in the main equipment:
1. Attach the 3DHEXU unit to the connector labeled EXPCN on the main unit.
2. Secure the 3DHEXU unit with metal spacer (included).
Metal spacer
Note:
If the 3SMDR unit has been installed in the main equipment, mount the 3DHEXU unit on the
3SMDR unit as illustrated below.
3DHEXU unit
3SMDR unit
This section provides information on installing the Doorphone Boxes in TX-Z 308 system.
Specifications:
150 m wire maximum of 0.5 f twisted telephone cable.
1. Connect wires to the terminal marked R and C on the back of the Doorphone Box, and connect
the other end to DH1 on the 3DHEXU unit for Doorphone Box 1 or DH2 for Doorphone Box 2.
(See illustration below)
3-1-8
To doorphone box 1
Holes for screws
Rear view left side
DH1 DH2
2. Adjust the audio level with VR3 on the 3DHEXU unit for Doorphone Box 1 or VR4 for Doorphone
Box 2.
Note:
The relay contacts RL1 and RL2 can be used as Door Unlock device control. The device
must be connected to these contacts. (See Program No.56)
This section provides information on the installation of external devices to the external zone.
A zone can receive Trunk Audible and Paging. Speaker can be used to broadcast these signals at the
zone. External page zone can be used to provide Meet-Me Paging. External zone has normally open
contact. A relay for zone is energized when Paging amplifier is in use, including Trunk audible.
Specifications:
Output Impedance:
Output Level:
Maximum Output:
Relay Contact:
600 ohms
Nominal 250 mV (-10 dBm)
400 mV RMS
1.25 amps for 24 V DC resistive loads
1. Connect wires from the connector on the 3DHEXU unit labeled SPK to an amplifier for External
zone. The amplifier input must match the specifications above. Attach the speaker to your
amplifier.
2. Connect wires from the connector on the 3DHEXU unit labeled CTR to the device for External
Zone.
3. Adjust the volume level of External Zone with VR1 on the 3DHEXU unit.
3-1-9
This section provides information on installing External Music On Hold in the TX-Z 308 system.
Specifications:
Input Impedance: 600 ohms
Input Level:
Maximum Input: 1 Vrms
1. Connect input from external MOH source to the connector on the 3DHEXU unit labeled EXMOH.
2. Set SW1 strap to the EXT position. (If the External MOH is not required, set to the INT position.)
3. Adjust the output level of External MOH Source.
Note: The relay contacts RL1 and RL2 can be used as MOH device control. The remote control
terminal on the device must be connected to these contacts. (See Program No. 56)
This section provides information on the installation of an external alarm.
An alarm can be connected to the system. Programming determines if the alarm inputs require an open
or a closed circuit.
Specifications:
Loop Resistance: Less than 100 ohms. (Do not supply external power.)
Open Resistance: More than 5 kohms. (Do not supply external power.)
NX7E-3DHEXU-A1 unit
VR4
VR3
VR1
SW1
After Wiring
1. Put the housing and cover back and secure the screws.
2. Plug the AC cord into an AC outlet.
panel.
The cable holder

to fix the wires.
3-1-10
24 V DC Battery Supply
Connecting external battery with main equipment, the TX-Z 308 system can start even in the case of a
power supply failure. If the external battery has been connected in advance, the main equipment
automatically switches to battery power when a power failure occurs.
Required Battery: Yuasa NP2.6-12 (rated at 12 volts, 2.6 amp-hours) 2 piece
Note: A battery storage box (DX2E-32i/NX7E Battery Box) must be required to accommodate above
batteries.
To install batteries in the battery box:
1. Loosen the screw and remove the front cover of battery box.
2. Insert one pair of batteries.
3. Secure batteries with tie-wraps attached.
4. Connect attached wires to the battery terminals correctly. (See the following illustration)
5. Put the cover back and secure the screws.
To connect the battery box with main equipment:
1. Disconnect the AC cord of main equipment from an AC outlet.
2. Loosen the screw and remove the front cover of main equipment.
3. Loosen the screw and remove the upper housing of main equipment.
4. Connect the battery box and the main equipment (insert plug into connector made CN201) using a
cable attached with battery box.
Battery cable
CN201
280 mm
155 mm
Blue
Orange
Red
Battery Box
3-1-11
PART3-2
INSTALLATION OF
TX-Z 824 SYSTEM
Table of Contents
Installing the Main Equipment....................................................................... 3-2-1
The Card Locations....................................................................................... 3-2-2
Grounding Requirements.............................................................................. 3-2-2
Connector Assembly ..................................................................................... 3-2-3
Cable Routing and Cramping........................................................................ 3-2-5
Installing Expansion PCBs............................................................................ 3-2-5
Installing DLS Console.................................................................................. 3-2-5
Installing the Ringer Unit............................................................................... 3-2-6
Installing the SMDR and Printer/PC ............................................................. 3-2-6
Installing 4PFU-A1 PCB................................................................................ 3-2-7
Installing 8DHEXU-A1 PCB .......................................................................... 3-2-7
Installing the Doorphone Box........................................................................ 3-2-8
Installing External Paging Output ................................................................. 3-2-9
Installing External MOH and BGM.............................................................. 3-2-10
Installing External Alarm Sensor................................................................. 3-2-11
Lithium Battery Installation.......................................................................... 3-2-11
Backup Battery Connection ........................................................................ 3-2-12
Note: Refer to PART 7-1 for installation of 8SMCID-A1
Installing the Main Equipment

The Main Equipment should be installed in a clean, dry, centrally-located spot (such as a closet), where it
is out of direct sunlight. The area should be free of moisture (water, dampness, etc.), and away from any
equipment which might vibrate. You should choose a location that is well-ventilated, where the
temperature does not exceed that of a normal room.
Step 1: Before wall mounting the TX-Z 824 Main Equipment, the top cover of Main Equipment must be
removed. Loosen the two screws and remove the top cover as illustration.
Step 2: Tack-fasten two of the four wood screws (provided with Main Equipment) on the wall at about
430 mm apart.
Step 3: Place the two holes of the main unit over the tacked wood screws to hang the Main Equipment on
the wall and then fully tighten the wood screws.
Step 4: Fasten another two screws on the wall through the two bottom holes of the Main Equipment.
PRECAUTIONARY SAFEGUARDS
1. Never install the Main Equipment where it may be exposed to water (near a bathtub, pool, sink, etc.).
2. Never mount the Main Equipment on an unstable surface, where it might fall.
3. Never block the vents on the Main Equipment. These vents prevent the unit from overheating.
Proper ventilation must be supplied for the unit.
4. Never place any objects inside the vents of the Main Equipment.
3-2-1
The Card Locations

The card locations for the Main Equipment are shown in the following illustration.
Grounding Requirements
The Main Equipment must be properly
grounded. If circuit ground is not available at
the dedicated AC outlet, the following steps
should be taken:
Step 1: Provide a suitable metal pipe
ground in accordance with the local
operating telephone company procedures.
Step 2: If no metal pipe ground is available,
a ground rod should be installed in
accordance with the local operating
telephone company procedures.
Step 3: Where a ground is used, a
grounding terminal is provided on the Main
Equipment.
3-2-2
Connector Assembly
When connecting the wiring cables to the
connectors mounted on the units. Insert the
wires of each cable into the connector and
insert this connector to female connector on
the unit (see illustration).
Step 1: As indicated in the illustration, insert
twisted or quad telephone wire (0.5 to
0.67 mm f) into the upper section of the
connector. Ensure that the lead wire ends do
not protrude beyond the rear surface of the
connector.
Step 2: Install the upper section of connector
over the lower, and then compress the
assembled connector with pliers or the like.
Verify that the upper section of connector will
not come off the lower section.

The Trunk (CO/PBX) lines shall be
connected as illustration. Make connection
from Telecom provided connector to one of
the connector on the 408M-A1 or 208E-A1
units labeled COCN.
The TX-Z 824 system can be installed eight
Trunk lines maximum. The basic system is
equipped to accept four Trunk lines. If two
expansion units (NX7E-208E-A1 PCB) are
installed, four more Trunk lines may be
installed (see System Configuration Table).
3-2-3
The extension (Key Telephone and Single Line Telephone) shall be connected as illustration. Insert the
connector from the extension into the female connector on the units (NX7E-408M-A1, NX7E-208E-A1,
NX7E-008E-A1) labeled STCN. The basic system is equipped eight extension ports. If two expansion
units (NX7E-208E-A1 and/or NX7E-008E-A1) are installed, Up to twenty-four extensions can be
connected to the system. 4-conductor wiring is required for each extension when connecting Key
Telephone Set to the system. Use 2-conductor wiring for each extension when connecting Single Line
Telephone to the system. In other words, L (Low) and H (High) will not be used for Single Line
Telephone.
3-2-4
Cable Routing and Cramping

All cabling should exit from the right side of
the Main Equipment. Route and cramp the
cable for the Main Equipment as illustrated
on the right side.
Installing Expansion PCBs

The NX7E-208E-A1 PCB is CO/PBX and station interface card which provides two CO/PBX interface,
eight station interface. The NX7E-008E-A1 PCB is station interface card which provides eight station
interface. This two cards are required when expanding the your system.
Install NX7E-208E-A1 and/or NX7E-008E-A1 PCB into the Main Equipment as illustrated below. An earth
ground (ETH) connection is required whenever the NX7E-208E-A1 PCB is installed in the system.
Installing DLS Console

The TX-Z 824 system can accommodate up to 3 DLS Consoles used as DSS (Direct Station Selection)
console. Refer to Installing DLS Console in page 3-3-10.
3-2-5
Installing the Ringer Unit

The ring generator source unit (NX7E-8RGU-A1 PCB) must be installed in the system when connected
the Single Line Telephone as system extension.
To install NX7E-8RGU-A1 PCB, mount the PCB on the right position of the Main Equipment, and connect
an attached cable to the connector mounted on the NX7E-408M-A1 PCB labeled RGUCN. (See the
following illustration.)
Installing the SMDR and Printer/PC

For use of the Station Message Detail Recording feature, NX7E-8SMDR-A1 PCB must be installed in the
system. To install the NX7E-8SMDR-A1 in the Main Equipment:
Step 1: Insert the NX7E-8SMDR-A1 PCB into the connector labeled EXPCN on the units (NX7E-408MA1, NX7E-208E-A1 or NX7E-008E-A1).
Step 2: Mount the SMDR Jack and Cable Assembly on the bottom side of the Main Equipment, and then
insert the cable attached with RS232C Jack into the RSCN connector on the NX7E-8SMDR-A1 PCB.
Refer to RS-232C Cable Assembly in Installation of TX-Z 308 System (P 3-1-7).
Step 3: After installing the NX7E-8SMDR-A1 PCB, using a RS232C cable, plug the printer/PC to the
SMDR Jack Assembly. Set the interface conditions of the printer as follows:
Word length: 7 bit, Parity bit: Even parity, Start bit: 1 bit, Stop bit length: 2 bit.
Set SW1 to the proper Bit Rate position.
3-2-6
Installing 4PFU-A1 PCB

The NX7E-4PFU-A1 PCB provides 4 power failure cut through circuits to single line telephone. To install
PCB and connect the wires, refer to following a illustration.
Installing 8DHEXU-A1 PCB

The NX7E-8DHEXU-A1 PCB provides:
- Connections for two alarm sensors
- Connections for customer supplied
MOH and BGM
- Two Doorphone Box interfaces
- Two external paging outputs
- Two common-use relay contact
Step 1: Insert the card holders
attached with the PCB into the
specified holes of the Main Equipment.
Step 2: Insert a 8DHEXU-A1 PCB
along the card holders.
Step 3: Connect the ribbon cable
attached with the PCB to the DHUCN
connector on the NX7E-408M-A1 PCB.
3-2-7
Installing the Doorphone Box

This section provides information on installing the Doorphone Boxes in a TX-Z 824 system.
Specifications:
Step 1: Mount the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB on the base unit of the Main Equipment (see "Installing 8DHEXUA1 PCB" on page 3-2-7).
Step 2: Connect wires to the terminal marked R and C on the back of the Doorphone Box, and connect
the other end to DH1 on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB for Doorphone Box 1 or DH2 for Doorphone Box 2. (See
illustration below)
Step 3: Adjust the audio level with VR3 on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB in the Main Equipment for Doorphone
Box 1 or VR4 for Doorphone Box 2.
3-2-8
Installing External Paging Output

This section provides information on the installation of external devices to the external zone(s). Each
zone can receive Trunk Audible, BGM and Paging. Speakers can be used to broadcast these signals at
the zone. External page zones can be used to provide Meet-Me Paging. External zones have normally
open contacts. The relays for each zone are energized when Paging amplifiers are in use, including
Trunk audible and BGM (if programmed).
Specifications:
Output Impedance:
Output Level:
Maximum Output:
Relay Contact:
600 ohms
400 mV RMS
Step 1: Mount the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB on the base unit of the Main Equipment (see "Installing 8DHEXUA1 PCB" on page 3-2-7).
Step 2: Connect wires from the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled SPK1 to an amplifier for
External Zone 1. The amplifier inputs must match the specifications above. Attach the speaker to your
amplifier.
Step 3: Connect wires from the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled CTR1 to the device for
External Zone 1.
Step 4: Connect wires from the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled SPK2 to an amplifier for
External Zone 2. The amplifier inputs must match the specifications above. Attach the speaker to your
amplifier.
Step 5: Connect wires from the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled CTR2 to the device for
External Zone 2.
Step 6: Adjust the volume level of External Zone 1 with VR1 on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB.
Step 7: Adjust the volume level of External Zone 2 with VR2 on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB.
3-2-9
Installing External MOH and BGM

This section provides information on installing Background Music (BGM) and External Music On Hold in
the TX-Z 824 system.
Specifications:

Input Level:
Mount the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB on the base unit of the Main Equipment (see "Installing 8DHEXU-A1 PCB"
on page 3-2-7).
Installation of External Source of MOH (Music On Hold):
Step 1: Connect inputs from external MOH source to the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled
EXMOH.
Step 2: Set SW2 strap to the EXT position. (If the External MOH is not required, set SW2 to the INT
position.)
Step 3: Adjust the output level of External MOH Source.
Installation of BGM (Background Music) Source:
Step 1: Connect inputs from external BGM source to the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled
BGM.
Step 2: Set SW1 strap to the ON position. (If the BGM is not required, set SW2 to the OFF position.)
Step 3: Adjust the output level of External BGM Source.
3-2-10
Installing External Alarm Sensor

This section provides information on the
installation of an external alarm. Two alarms
can be connected to the system. Programming
determines if the alarm inputs require an open
or a closed circuit.
Specifications:
When using internal power.
Loop Resistance: Less then 100 ohms.
When using external DC power.
Supplied DC power to system:
5 to 24 V DC with 0.65 mA to 4.5 mA.
Step 1: Connect wires form External Alarm 1 to
the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled
ALM1.
Step 2: Connect wires form External Alarm 2 to
the connector on the 8DHEXU-A1 PCB labeled
ALM2.
NOTE: When using internal power to connect the dry contact of alarm-detecting device to the system, set
SW3 for Alarm 1 or SW4 for Alarm 2 to the INPOW position.
Lithium Battery Installation

Locate and remove the lithium battery in the upper lefthand corner of NX7E-408M-A1 PCB. Remove the old
battery and replace it with the new battery as
illustration. The battery, when fully charged, will retain
memory contents for approximately 24 months.
Battery Type: SONY CR2032 Lithium Battery
CAUTION
- The battery may explode if they are not replaced
properly.
- Never replace with battery other than the ones
specified by the manufacturer (battery of the same
type or the equivalent).
- Dispose of spent batteries as instructed by the
manufacturer of the battery.
*
"B" flashes on the display of the Key Telephone

when system battery is low. Replace it with the new
battery. (If battery is not installed in the system, "B"
is not indicated on the display.)
3-2-11
Backup Battery Connection

The Battery Backup Box provides power during a power failure.
Backup Duration: Approximately 1 hr. (depending on traffic)
Battery: Yuasa NP2.6-12 (rated at 12 volts, 2.6 amp-hours)
The Battery Backup Box may be wall- or floor-mounted. After mounting Battery Backup Box, follow these
steps to install batteries and connect the cable:
Step 1: Insert one pair of batteries. (Batteries should always be installed and replaced in pairs).
Step 2: Secure batteries with tie-wraps supplied.
Step 3: Using battery terminal screws, connect the wiring to the battery terminals. Use the red wire to
connect the positive terminal of one battery to the negative terminal of the other battery. (See illustration
below)
Step 4: With 2-wire connecting cable, connect Battery Backup Box to the connector marked "BATCN1"
on the NX7E-408M-A1 PCB installed in the Main Equipment.
3-2-12
PART3-3
INSTALLATION OF
TX-Z 1232/2464 SYSTEM
Table of Contents
Installing the TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment..................................................... 3-3-1
The Card Locations of TX-Z 2464 ME .......................................................... 3-3-2
TX-Z 2464 ME Grounding Requirements ..................................................... 3-3-3
Cable Routing and Cramping........................................................................ 3-3-6
Installing the Expansion Mother Board ......................................................... 3-3-6
Installing the Expansion Power Supply Unit ................................................. 3-3-7
Installing the Ringer Unit ............................................................................... 3-3-7
Installing 24DHU-A1 PCB ............................................................................. 3-3-8
Installing NX7E-12PFU-A1 PCB ................................................................... 3-3-9
Installing NX7E-24SMDR-A1 PCB and Printer/PC....................................... 3-3-9
Installing DLS Console ................................................................................ 3-3-10
Installing Optional Equipment ..................................................................... 3-3-12
TX-Z 1232/2464 Backup Battery Connection ............................................. 3-3-16
Note: Refer to PART 7 for installation of 24SMCID-A1, 8CID Adaptor, and 24VAU-A1.
Installing the TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment

The Main Equipment should be installed in a clean, dry, centrally located spot (such as a closet), where it
is out of direct sunlight. The area should be free of moisture (water, dampness, etc.), and away from any
equipment which might vibrate. You should choose a location that is well ventilated, where the
temperature does not exceed that of a normal room.
Step 1: Remove the wall mounting brackets after loosening their two retaining screws.
Step 2: Reinstall the mounting brackets, upside down, and screw them.
Step 3: Tack-fasten two of the four wood screws (provided with Main Equipment) on the wall at about
356 mm apart.
Step 4: Place the two holes of the main unit over the tacked wood screws to hang the Main Equipment
on the wall and then fully tighten the wood screws.
Step 5: Fasten another two screws on the wall through the two bottom holes of the Main Equipment.
Note: The wall where the TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment is to be mounted must be able to support a
weight of TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment.
3-3-1
The Card Locations of TX-Z 2464 ME

The card locations for the TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment are shown in the following illustration.
3-3-2
TX-Z 2464 ME Grounding Requirements

The Main Equipment must be properly grounded. If circuit ground is not available at the dedicated AC
outlet, the following steps should be taken:
Step 1: Provide a suitable metal pipe ground in accordance with the local operating telephone company
procedures.
Step 2: If no metal pipe ground is available, a ground rod should be installed in accordance with the local
operating telephone company procedures.
Step 3: Where a ground is used, a grounding terminal is provided on the Main Equipment.

The Trunk (CO/PBX) lines shall be connected as illustration. Make connection from Telecom provided
connector to one of the connector on the NX7E-408U-A1 units labeled COCN.
The TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment can be installed twenty-four Trunk lines maximum. One NX7E-408U-A1
unit provides four interface circuits for Trunk lines. The maximum number of NX7E-408U-A1 units that
can be installed in a system is as follows:
Basic System (TX-Z 1232):
Expanded System (TX-Z 2464):
3 units maximum
6 units maximum (NX7E-24EPMB is required)
3-3-3
The extension (Key Telephone or Single Line Telephone) shall be connected as illustration. Insert the
connector from the extension into the female connector on the units (NX7E-408U-A1, NX7E-008U-A1)
labeled STCN.
The TX-Z 2464 Main Equipment can be installed sixty-four extension ports maximum. A unit (NX7E408U-A1 or NX7E-008U-A1) provides eight interface circuits for extension. The maximum number of
NX7E-408U-A1 and NX7E-008U-A1 units that can be installed in a system is as follows:
3 units of 408U-A1 (or 008U-A1) and 1 unit of 008U-A1.

6 units of 408U-A1 (or 008U-A1) and 2 units of 008U-A1.
(NX7E-24EPMB is required)
4-conductor wiring is required for each extension when connecting Key Telephone Set to the system.
Use 2-conductor wiring for each extension when connecting Single Line Telephone to the system. In
other words, L (Low) and H (High) will not be used for Single Line Telephone.
3-3-4
The max. length of the extension line cord that connects the
Main Equipment and the extension is shown below.
Key Telephone
DSS Console
Key Telephone
DSS Console
300 m (0.5 f two-pair twisted or

quad cable).
1,125 m (0.5 f twisted cable).

(DTMF/DP)
3-3-5
Cable Routing and Cramping

All cabling should exit from the right and left side of Main Equipment. Route and cramp the cable for the
Main Equipment as illustrated below.
Installing the Expansion Mother Board

The NX7E-24EPMB is the expansion mother board which increases the capacity of the system from
1232 (12 lines and 32 stations) to 2464 (24 lines and 64 stations). When you expand the system, note
that the expansion power supply (NX7E-12PS) is also required.
The
NX7E-24EPMB
can
accommodate
three
NX7E408U-A1 units and one NX7E008U-A1 unit.
Step 1: Mount the NX7E24EPMB board in the Main
Equipment and joint the EXP
connector to another EXP
connector on the main mother
board (NX7E-12MB).
Step 2: Insert the four screws,
and screw the board to Main
Equipment.
3-3-6
Installing the Expansion Power Supply Unit

The NX7E-12PS (Expansion power supply unit) is required when the expansion mother board (NX7E24EPMB) is installed in the system.
Step 1: Loosen the two screws and pull the Power Supply Box out of the Main Equipment.
Step 2: Loosen the six screws and remove the left side panel.
Step 3: Mount the NX7E-24PS unit on the removed panel, and screw the unit as illustrated below.
Step 4: Connect the cables as illustrated below.
Back side view
Installing the Ringer Unit

The ring generator source unit (NX7E8RGU-A1 PCB) must be installed in the
system when connected the Single Line
Telephone as system extension.
The unit connected with RGU1
connector is needed for Basic System.
When expansion mother board is
installed, 2nd unit connected with RGU2
is required for single line telephone.
To install NX7E-8RGU-A1 PCB, loosen
the two screws and pull the Power
Supply Box out of the Main Equipment,
then mount the PCB on the Power
Supply Box, and connect an attached
cable to the connector mounted on the
NX7E-24POWU PCB labeled RGU1 or
RGU2. (See the following illustration.)
To Backup Battery Box
3-3-7
Installing 24DHU-A1 PCB

The NX7E-24DHU-A1 PCB is a daughter board for the NX7E-24CPU-B1. The NX7E-24DHU-A1 PCB
provides:
-
Connections for two alarm sensors

Two Doorphone Box interfaces
Two external paging outputs
Mount the NX7E-24DHU-A1 PCB on the 24CPU-B1 and joint the DHUCN connector to another DHUCN
on the NX7E-24CPU-B1 unit.
3-3-8
Installing NX7E-12PFU-A1 PCB

The
NX7E-12PFU-A1
and
NX7E-12EPFU-A1 PCBs provide
12 power failure cut through
circuits
for
Single
Line
Telephones. To install PCBs and
connect the wires, refer to the
illustration.
Installing NX7E-24SMDR-A1 PCB and Printer/PC
Make cables so that the printer /PC will be connected

to the NX7E-24SMDR-A1 as shown in the illustration.
Refer to RS-232C Cable Assembly in Installation of
TX-Z 308 System (P 3-1-7).
3-3-9

The TX-Z 1232/2464 system can accommodate DLS Console for operator use. The maximum number of
DLS Consoles that can be installed in a system is as follows:
8 set maximum
16 set maximum
To install the DLS Consoles (DL DLS for 1st Model TEL):
Step 1: Remove the four screws on the bottom of the telephone.
Step 2: Insert ribbon cable into connector CN3 on NX7E-KYU PCB.
Step 3: Replace base plate of telephone and screws on bottom.
3-3-10

To install the DLS Consoles (BDL DLS for 2nd Model TEL):
Step 1: Turn the telephone upside down and remove the four screws from each corner.
Step 2: Lift the upper housing off the telephone base.
Step 3: On the lower housing, use a blunt object to remove the plastic filter piece that covers the hole for
DLS connector.
Step 4: Install the DLS connector cable from the back of lower housing.
Step 5: Insert the connectors on the DLS cable into the connectors DLCN1 and DLCN2 on the NX7EANU-B PCB in the upper housing.
Step 6: Reassemble the telephone and reinsert the four screws removed in step 1.
Step 7: Mount the metal bracket between the telephone and DLS console and secure it with four screws
provided.
Remove the plastic filter
DLS Console
DLCN2
DLCN1
3-3-11
Installing Optional Equipment

Installing the Doorphone Box:
This section provides information on installing the Doorphone Boxes in TX-Z 1232/2464 system.
Specifications:
Step 1: Connect wires to the terminal marked R and C on the back of the Doorphone Box, and connect
the other end to DH1 on the 24DHU-A1 PCB for Doorphone Box 1 or DH2 for Doorphone Box 2.
Step 2: Adjust the audio level with VR3 on the 24DHU-A1 PCB for Doorphone Box 1 or VR4 for
Doorphone Box 2.
Installing External Paging Output:

This section provides information for the installation of external devices to the external zone(s). Each
zone can receive Trunk Audible, BGM and Paging. Speakers can be used to broadcast these signals at
the zone. External page zones can be used to provide Meet-Me Paging. External zones have normally
open contacts. The relays for each zone are energized when Paging amplifiers are in use, including
Trunk audible and BGM (if programmed).
Specifications:
Output impedance:
Output Level:
Maximum Output:
Relay Contact:
600 ohms
400 mV RMS
Step 1: Connect wires from the connector on the 24DHU-A1 PCB labeled SPK1 to an amplifier for
External Zone 1, or connector labeled SPK2 to an amplifier for External Zone 2. The amplifier inputs must
match the specifications above. Attach the speaker to your amplifier.
Step 2: Connect wires from the connector an the 24DHU-AI PCB labeled CTR 1 to the device for
External Zone 1, or connector labeled CTR2 to the device for External Zone 2.
Step 3: Adjust the volume level of External Zone 1 with VR1, or adjust the volume level of External Zone
2 with VR2 on the 24DHU-AI PCB.
Installing External Alarm Sensor:

This section provides information on the installation of an external alarm. Two alarms can be connected
to the system. Programming determines if the alarm inputs require an open or a closed circuit.
Specifications:
When using internal power.
Loop Resistance: Less then 100 ohms.
When using external DC power.
Supplied DC power to system:
5 to 24 V DC with 0.65 mA to 4.5 mA.
Step 1: Connect wires form External Alarm 1 to the connector on the 24DHU-A1 PCB labeled ALM1.
Step 2: Connect wires form External Alarm 2 to the connector on the 24DHU-AI PCB labeled ALM2.
NOTE: When using internal power to connect the dry contact of alarm-detecting device to the system,
set SW1 for Alarm 1 or SW2 for Alarm 2 to the INPOW position.
3-3-12
Holes for Screws
3-3-13

Installing External MOH and BGM:
This section provides information on installing Background Music (BGM) and External Music On Hold in
the TX-Z 1232/2464 system.
Specifications:

Input Level:
Installation of External Source of MOH (Music On Hold):

Step 1: Connect inputs from external MOH source to the connector on the 24CPU-B1 PCB labeled
EXMOH.
Step 2: Set SW2 strap to the EXT position. (if the External MOH is not required, set SW2 to the INT
position.)
Step 3: Adjust the output level of External MOH Source.
Installation of BGM (Background Music) Source:
Step 1: Connect inputs from external BGM source to the connector on the 24CPU-B1 PCB labeled BGM.
Step 2: Set SW1 strap to the ON position. (If the BGM is not required, set SW2 to the OFF position.)
Step 3: Adjust the output level of External BGM Source.
3-3-14
3-3-15
TX-Z 1232/2464 Backup Battery Connection

The Battery Backup Box provides power during a power failure.
Backup Duration: 1232......Approximately 1 hr. (depending on traffic)
2464......Approximately 0.5 hr. (depending on traffic)
Battery: Yuasa NP2.6-12 (rated at 12 volts, 2.6 amp-hours)
The Battery Backup Box may be wall- or floor-mounted. After mounting Battery Backup Box, follow these
steps to install batteries and connect the cable:
Step 1: Insert four batteries. (Batteries should always be installed and replaced in fours).
Step 2: Secure batteries with tie-wraps supplied.
Step 3: Using battery terminal screws, connect the wiring to the battery terminals. Use the red wire to
connect the positive terminal of one battery to the negative terminal of the other battery. (see illustration
below)
Step 4: With 2-wire connecting cable, connect Battery Backup Box to the connector marked "BAT1" on
the NX7E-24POWU-A PCB installed in the Power Supply Box.
3-3-16
PART 4
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Table of Contents
Trunk Outgoing Call ...........................................................................................4-1
Specified Trunk Access ....................................................................................4-1
Last Number Dialing (LND)...............................................................................4-2
Saved Last Number Dialing (SLND) .................................................................4-3
Abbreviated Dialing ...........................................................................................4-3
One-Touch Dialing ............................................................................................4-4
Toll Restriction ..................................................................................................4-5
Walking Toll Restriction ....................................................................................4-6
Dial Block ..........................................................................................................4-7
Flash..................................................................................................................4-8
Pulse to Tone Conversion.................................................................................4-8
Camp-On (Trunk Queuing) ...............................................................................4-9
Key Touch Tone................................................................................................4-9
Easy Trunk Access .........................................................................................4-10
Queuing Group Access...................................................................................4-10
Automatic Repeat Dialing ...............................................................................4-11
Loop Key Trunk Access ..................................................................................4-12
Automatic Off-Hook Trunk Access..................................................................4-12
Account Code..................................................................................................4-13
Trunk Incoming Call .........................................................................................4-14

Incoming Trunk Access...................................................................................4-14
Trunk Off-Hook Signaling................................................................................4-14
Ringing/Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access ..........................................................4-15
Night Service (Manual/Auto) ...........................................................................4-15
Call Forward ....................................................................................................4-16
Follow Me ........................................................................................................4-18
Call Pickup ......................................................................................................4-19
Do Not Disturb (DND) .....................................................................................4-19
Executive DND................................................................................................4-19
DISA (Extension Access)................................................................................4-20
Hold/Transfer/During Conversation .............................................................4-21

Hold .................................................................................................................4-21
Music On Hold.................................................................................................4-22
External Music On Hold ..................................................................................4-23
Transfer ...........................................................................................................4-23
Park Hold (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)....................................................................4-26
Conference......................................................................................................4-26
Long Conversation Warning (Three Minutes).................................................4-29
Long Conversation Cut-Off .............................................................................4-29
Break-In...........................................................................................................4-29
Other Trunk Features .......................................................................................4-31

PBX Compatibility ...........................................................................................4-31
Dial Mode (Tone/Pulse) Selection ..................................................................4-31
Private Line .....................................................................................................4-32
Tenant Service ................................................................................................4-32
Unsupervised Conference ..............................................................................4-33
Call Timer ........................................................................................................4-33
DISA (Trunk-to-Trunk).....................................................................................4-34
Intercom Outgoing Call ...................................................................................4-35

Intercom Link Increase....................................................................................4-35
Intercom Call ...................................................................................................4-35
Direct Station Selection...................................................................................4-36
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling...........................................................................4-37
Group Hunt......................................................................................................4-37
Step Calling .....................................................................................................4-38
Camp-On (Callback) .......................................................................................4-39
Message Waiting.............................................................................................4-39
Paging .............................................................................................................4-41
Flexible Station Numbering.............................................................................4-43
Dual Handsfree Hotline...................................................................................4-44
Intercom Incoming Call ...................................................................................4-45

Intercom Answer .............................................................................................4-45
Call Pickup ......................................................................................................4-45
Meet-Me Answer Paging.................................................................................4-46
Meet-Me Conference Paging ..........................................................................4-46
Do Not Disturb (DND) .....................................................................................4-46
Intercom Hold..................................................................................................4-47
Intercom Call Transfer.....................................................................................4-48
Call Forward ....................................................................................................4-48
Follow Me ........................................................................................................4-48
Executive DND................................................................................................4-49
Other Intercom Features .................................................................................4-50

BGM (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) ...........................................................................4-50
External Paging...............................................................................................4-50
Doorphone.......................................................................................................4-50
Door Lock Control ...........................................................................................4-51
Room Monitor..................................................................................................4-52
DSS Console (TX-Z 1232/2464).....................................................................4-53
Alphanumeric Display TEL Features ...........................................................4-57

Text Message..................................................................................................4-57
Time and Date.................................................................................................4-62
Name Storing (Trunk & Station)......................................................................4-63
Directory Dialing..............................................................................................4-64
Alarm Clock .....................................................................................................4-65
Stopwatch........................................................................................................4-66
Busy Lamp Field .............................................................................................4-66
Other Features ...................................................................................................4-67

Handsfree (Speaker & Microphone) ...............................................................4-67
Lamp Shift Mode (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) ........................................................4-68
Remind Call on SLT ........................................................................................4-69
Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) ...................................................4-69
Polarity Reverse Detection (TX-Z 1232/2464)................................................4-70
DISA with Audio Guidance..............................................................................4-71
External Call Forward on DISA .......................................................................4-71
One-Touch Feature Access ............................................................................4-72
Volume Control ...............................................................................................4-73
DLS Console (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) ..............................................................4-74
Headset Operation ..........................................................................................4-75
Hotel/Motel Features(TX-Z 1232/2464) ..........................................................4-76
Single Line Extension Dial Tone .....................................................................4-85
Special User Password ...................................................................................4-85
Voice Mail Connection (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) ...............................................4-86
Caller-ID ..........................................................................................................4-86
VAU (TX-Z 1232/2464) ...................................................................................4-86
DUD (TX-Z 308) ..............................................................................................4-86
FAX Transfer (TX-Z 308) ................................................................................4-86
List of Information Display .............................................................................4-87

List of Dial Number Plan ...............................................................................4-102
List of SMDR Printout Data...........................................................................4-111
DISA Operation Flowchart ............................................................................4-113
Trunk Outgoing Call

n Specified Trunk Access
DESCRIPTION:
Trunk (CO/PBX) lines can be grouped into a maximum of 30 groups. The line groups assigned to each
extension can be used for outgoing calls. Up to two outgoing line groups can be assigned to an
extension. An extension user can place outside calls on a particular line group by pressing Line key or
dialing line number.
STATION APPLICATION:
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To make an outside call on a particular line:
<KTS>
When the trunk line appears under a Line key:
1. Lift handset or press SPK key.
2. Press a Line key. Hear dial tone.
3. Dial telephone number.
When the trunk line does not appear under a Line key:
1. Lift handset or press SPK key. (See Note 1)
2. Dial 9 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 90 (TX-Z 308).
3. Dial two-digit line number. Hear dial tone.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset. Listen for dial tone.
2. Dial 0 or 9. (See Note 2)
3. Dial two-digit line number. Hear dial tone.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM key after Step 1 to seize Intercom. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Note 2:
Program #20-D Data Automatic Trunk Access Code for SLT
Dial at Step 2
0
0
9
1
9
0
Note 3: Easy Trunk Access, Queuing Group Access, Loop Key Trunk Access, Automatic Off-Hook Trunk Access
features provide other ways to access a Trunk Line.
RELATED SYSTEM DATA:

#02:
Line Group Assignment
#03-C: Common Use Line Assignment
#06:
Outgoing Line Access
#75-D: KTS Off-Hook Mode Selection
u Single Step Access

DESCRIPTION:
Single Step Access allows a key telephone user to obtain outside or intercom dial tone for an outgoing
call in a single step, without lifting the handset or pressing the SPK key.
KTS
4-1
Trunk Outgoing Call

OPERATION:
To obtain outside dial tone using Single Step Access:

- Do not lift handset.
1. Press a Line key. The Line key and SPK key light.
- Dial tone comes over the speaker.
To obtain intercom dial tone using Single Step Access:
1. Press ICM key. ICM and SPK key light.
- Dial tone comes over the speaker.
#15-E: Single Step Access
u Preselection
DESCRIPTION:
This feature permits access to an Trunk or ICM call by lifting the handset or pressing the SPK key within
three seconds of pressing a Line or ICM key.
KTS
OPERATION:
1. Press a Line or ICM key.

2. Lift handset or press SPK key within 3 sec.
- Trunk Line or Intercom is seized.
#15-E: Single step access
n Last Number Dialing (LND)

DESCRIPTION:
The last telephone number dialed on an outgoing call (trunk line) can be redialed. A maximum of 18 digits
are stored.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
2. Press a Line key.
3. Press LND key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial function code. (See Note 1)
3. Dial queuing group number. (See Note 2)
Note 1:
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Note 2: Queuing group numbers are 0 to 6 (0: Any line, 1-6: Queuing group No).
Dial Plan 1
4-2
Dial at Step 2
60
94
04
Trunk Outgoing Call

#08-B: SLT Dial Plan Set
#33:
LND/Repeat Dial Hooking Time
#64-C: Trunk Line Seizing Order Selection
n Saved Last Number Dialing (SLND)

DESCRIPTION:
This feature permits saving the last number dialed for redialing at a later time. The saved telephone
number remains in memory until another is stored in it's place.
KTS
OPERATION:
To place an outside call using saved last number:
2. Press a Line key.
3. Press DC key and #.
or
Press One Touch key.
To store dialed number as saved last number:
1. While talking on trunk line.
2. Press DC key twice before terminating a call.
or
Press One Touch key before terminating a call.
To set One-Touch key as SLND key:
1. Press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 Only) (See Note 1)
3. Press DC key and *.
4. Press One Touch key.
5. Press OPAC key and #.
6. Press SPK key.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Note 2: One Touch key #10 is set as SLND key initially.

Not applicable.
n Abbreviated Dialing
DESCRIPTION:
The system provides common-use abbreviated dialing. Abbreviated Dialing allows storage of up to 100
or 200 locations 18 digit telephone number under 2 or 3 digit codes (00 to 99 or 000 to 199).
The user can select the storage quantity of Abbreviated Dial in Program #17-D.
KTS, SLT
4-3
Trunk Outgoing Call

OPERATION:
To place an outside call:
<KTS>
2. Press an idle Line key.
3. Press DC key.
4. Dial abbreviated number. (00 to 99) or (000 to 199)
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial queuing group number (0 to 6). (See Note 2)
Note 1:
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Note 2: Queuing group numbers are 0 - 6 (0: Any line, 1-6: Queuing group No).
Dial Plan 1
Dial at Step 2
5
93
03
To store abbreviated number

(Extension #10 only):
1. Press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note 1)
5. Dial phone number to be stored. (see Note 2)
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5.
7. Press SPK key to exit from Abbreviated Dialing entry.
Note 2: You can enter pauses (TRFR key), flashes (FLASH key) and stops (CONF key) when storing a Abbreviated
Dial number. Each pause, stop or flash counts as a digit when totaling the number of digits in a Abbreviated
Dial number. When stop is inserted, dialing will be stopped this position and can be continued by dialing.

#08-B: SLT Dial Plan Set
#17-D: Storage Quantity of Abbreviated Dial
#18-C: Abbreviated Dialing Restriction
n One-Touch Dialing
DESCRIPTION:
One-Touch Dialing allows you to store ten of your most frequently called outside numbers as personal
abbreviated dial numbers at your extension so you can call them with just a single touch. Dial number to
be stored is up to 18 digits including pauses (TRFR key), flashes (FLASH key) and stops (CONF key).
The One Touch Dial numbers are stored under the ten One -Touch keys (No.1 to No.10) as F01 to F10.
When the number of common Abbreviated Dialing is set to 100 in Program #17-D, the memory for the
remaining 100 numbers can be used for personal abbreviated dial numbers at 10 Key telephones. The
assigned Key Telephone user can store up to 10 more dial numbers under ten One-Touch Keys as F11
to F20. When dialing, the user must press OPAC key before pressing an One-Touch Key.
KTS
4-4
Trunk Outgoing Call

OPERATION:
<All KTS>
1. Seize a Trunk line.
2. Press One Touch key which stores desired phone number.
To store a One Touch Dial number:
1. Press SPK key.
4. Press a One -Touch key to store a phone number.
5. Dial phone number to be stored. (One-Touch Key No.1 to No.10 store numbers in F01-F10.)
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5.
7. Press SPK key to exit from One-Touch Dialing entry.
<Only assigned KTS>
1. Seize a Trunk line.
2. Press OPAC key.
3. Press One-Touch key which stores the desired phone number.
To store a One-Touch Dial number:
1. Press SPK key.
3. Press OPAC key.
5. Press a One-Touch key to store a phone number. (One-Touch Key No.1 to No.10 store numbers in
F11-F20.)
6. Dial phone number to be stored.
7. Go to Step 3 to enter another number
or
Hang up or press SPK to finish.
To check stored One-Touch Dial number:
(On-hook condition)
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press SPK key.
3. Press DC key and OPAC key.
4. Press a One-Touch key which stores the phone number.
5. Press CLEAR key to finish.
Note2: If the above operations are taken without pressing OPAC key, the numbers stores in F1-F10 are
called.
#17-D: Storage Quantity of Abbreviated Dialing
#75-B: Personal Abbreviated Dial
n Toll Restriction
DESCRIPTION:
Toll Restriction determines extensions ability to make calls. Each extension can be assigned one of the
following six classes per mode (Day/Night). Toll Restriction Class A is the highest and the Class F is the
lowest.
4-5
Trunk Outgoing Call

Class-A: No dialing restrictions.
Class-B: Dials are restricted by DATA-B except dials matching PBX extension call or DATA-F.
Class-C: Dials are restricted by DATA-D2 except dials matching PBX extension call, DATA-C, or DATAF.
Class-D: Dials are restricted by DATA-D2 or DATA-D1 except dials matching PBX extension call or
DATA-F.
Class-E: Dials are restricted all outgoing Trunk calls except dials matching PBX extension call or DATAF.
Class-F: Intercom calls only.
The DATA (restricted/permitted codes and number length limit) within the Classes must be entered in
programming.
If there are PBX lines, PBX access code must be assigned in programming in order for Toll Restriction to
be properly applied.
Toll restrictions are not applied to lines programmed as Unrestricted Lines.
When the system is placed in night mode by Night Service feature, the Toll Restriction class assignment
for night mode is activated.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
When an extension user dials a call that is not allowed by the assigned Class, the system automatically
disconnects the line.
#03-D: Unrestricted Lines
#18-C: Abbreviated Dialing Restriction
#35-A: Toll Restriction Class (Day)
#35-B: Toll Restriction Class (Night)
#36:
Permitted Codes (DATA-C)
#37:
Number Length Limit (DATA-D1)
#38:
PBX CO Access Codes (DATA-E)
#39:
Common Unrestricted Codes (DATA-F)
#40:
Class-B Restricted Codes (DATA-B)
#41:
Class-C/D Restricted Codes (DATA-D2)
n Walking Toll Restriction

DESCRIPTION:
Walking Toll Restriction lets you temporarily override an extension's dialing restrictions by dialing
programmed security code at that extension. Dialing the code overrides the restrictions set up in Toll
Restriction.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Press DC key.
5. Dial security code.
6. Dial phone number.
4-6
Trunk Outgoing Call

<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 07 (or 97). => (See Note)
3. Dial security code.
4. Dial 9 (or 0). => (See Note)
5. Dial phone number.
Note:
Program #20-D Data
0
1
Automatic Trunk Access Code for SLT

0
9
Dial at Step 2
97
07
Dial at Step 4
0
9

#42: Walking Toll Restriction Security Code
#43: Toll Restriction Class Assignment on Security Code
n Dial Block
DESCRIPTION:
Dial Block allows you to temporally lock your extension by entering 4 digit personal code so that other
users can not make outside calls from your extension. To have this facility each extension has to be
assigned by system programming.
At No Display Key Telephones, 3-Splash tone is emitted from built-in speaker if somebody tries to make
an outside call while Dial Block is set.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To set Dial Block:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3. Dial *, # (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Dial 95 (TX-Z 308)
4. Dial 4-digit personal code. (See Note 3)
5. Dial *.
- Confirmation tone when effective.
- Error tone when not effective.
6. Press SPK key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial 4-digit personal code. (See Note 3)
4. Replace handset.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Note 3: You can dial any number as a personal code.
4-7
Dial at Step 2
65
955
055
Trunk Outgoing Call

To cancel Dial Block:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3. Dial *, # (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 95 (TX-Z 308).
4. Dial 4-digit code which is entered when setting Dial Block.
5. Dial #.
- Confirmation tone when effective.
- Error tone when not effective.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial 4-digit personal code which is entered when setting Dial Block.
4. Replace handset.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Dial at Step 2
66
956
056

35-C: Toll Restriction Class (Dial Block)
n Flash
DESCRIPTION:
The flashing time can be set by system program (#26) to two different timings for CO lines and PBX lines.
To send a flashing signal, just depress the FLASH key after seizing a CO/PBX line.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
1. On the CO/PBX line
2. Press FLASH key.
<SLT>
(On the CO/PBX line)
1. Flash Hookswitch.
2. Dial 90.
#26: Flash Timer
n Pulse to Tone Conversion

DESCRIPTION:
Pulse to Tone Conversion allows you to change from Pulse to Tone dialing mode to access services
such as computer-accessed long distance service.
KTS
4-8
Trunk Outgoing Call

OPERATION:
1. Dial phone number. (Pulse mode).
2. Dial #.
3. Dial phone number. (Tone mode).
#01-B: Dial Mode
n Camp-On (Trunk Queuing)

DESCRIPTION:
When all trunk lines in a particular Queue Group are busy, Camp-On puts an extension user on a
"waiting list" for an available line in the group. As soon as a line becomes free, the user's phone rings and
a Line key flashes. Up to eight extension users can activate Camp-On in the same Queue Group. When
signaled, the user must answer within 20 sec, otherwise the line rings the next extension on the "waiting
list".
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To use Camp-On:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note)
3. Press HOLD key.
4. Dial Queuing Group number (0-6) (0: Same group, 1- 6: Group No.).
- If you hear busy tone, the extension can not use Camp-On for that group.
5. Replace handset.
<SLT>
1. Place an outside call. Hear busy tone.
2. Dial Queuing Group number (0-6) (0: Same group, 1- 6: Group No.).
3. Replace handset.
Note : If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
When Camp-On rings an extension:

<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
2. Press flashing Line key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
#01-C: Queuing Group - Line Assignment
#16-B: Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access
n Key Touch Tone

DESCRIPTION:
The Key Touch Tone feature allows a tone to be emitted from the built-in speaker each time a Line,
One-Touch or dial pad key is pressed. The tone confirms the key was fully pressed.
KTS
4-9
Trunk Outgoing Call

OPERATION:
To activate Key Touch Tone:
1. Dial *.
To cancel Key Touch Tone:
1. Dial *. Final Key Touch Tone is heard.
#13-A: Key Touch Tone
n Easy Trunk Access

DESCRIPTION:
Easy Trunk Access lets an extension user access an outgoing line without pressing a Line key or dialing
a two-digit line number. A single-digit code automatically accesses an outgoing outside line from smaller
number, large number, or rotated number.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To access the first available outgoing line:
<KTS>
1. (On-Hook and Speaker off condition)
2. Dial 0. A line is seized and dial tone comes over the speaker.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 9 or 0. (refer to Program #20-D)
#15-C: Automatic Trunk Access
#20-D: Automatic Trunk Access Code for SLT
n Queuing Group Access

DESCRIPTION:
Queuing Group Access lets an extension user access the first available outgoing line in a Queuing Group
without pressing a Line key or dialing a two-digit line number. A single-digit code automatically accesses
an outgoing outside line from small number, large number, or rotated number.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To access the first available line in a Queuing Group:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) (See Note)
Dial 91. (TX-Z 308)
3. Dial Queuing Group number (1-6). A line is seized and dial tone comes over the speaker.
4-10
Trunk Outgoing Call

<SLT on Dial Plan 1>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial Queuing Group number (1-4).
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 06 or 96 (refer to #20-D)
3. Dial Queuing Group number (1-6)

#15-C: Automatic Trunk Access
#20-D: Automatic Trunk Access Code for SLT
n Automatic Repeat Dialing

DESCRIPTION:
If an extension user places a trunk call that is busy or unanswered, they can have Automatic Repeat
Dialing try it again later on. The user doesn't continually have to try the number again -- hoping it will go
through. Automatic Repeat Dialing automatically retries it until the called party answers. Moreover, while
Automatic Repeat Dialing is set (waiting, busy or no-answer), Hurry-Up operation can be taken place for
immediate redial.
While Automatic Repeat Dialing is set (waiting condition), 2-Splash tone (Mute-tone) is emitted from
built-in speaker in 5 sec cycle.
KTS
OPERATION:
To use Automatic Repeat Dialing:
1. Place outside call.
- Listen for busy tone or ring-no-answer.
2. Press OPAC key.
3. Dial 1.
4. Replace handset or press SPK key.
- The system periodically redials the call.
To cancel Automatic Repeat Dialing:
1. Lifting the handset cancels Automatic Repeat Dialing.
To use Hurry-Up operation
1. Press OPAC key.
2. Dial 2.
Repeat Dialing and Hurry-Up Operation can be stored under One-touch key.
On TX-Z 308 system, One-Touch Key No.09 is initially set as Automatic Repeat Dial key.
#33:
LND/Repeat Dial Hooking Time
#34:
Repeat Dial Timers
4-11
Trunk Outgoing Call

n Loop Key Trunk Access
DESCRIPTION:
User can assign only one Loop Key to one of undefined Line keys. The Loop Key should be assigned on
an unused Line key in advance by using "One-Touch Feature Access". This feature permits access to an
outgoing line by pressing a Loop Key. The trunk line is seized from small number, large number, or
rotated number. This key provides user advantage as follows;
- When the number of Trunk lines connected to the system is larger than the number of Line keys at
user's KTS, user can seize all the Trunk line by pressing the Loop key.
- User can use the Park Hold effectively.
There are 6 types of LED indication.
- System Hold:
0.1 sec ON / 0.1 sec OFF (BLF: Green)
- Exclusive Hold:
0.1 sec ON / 0.1 sec OFF / 0.1 sec ON / 0.7 sec OFF (BLF: Green)
- I-Use:
Light (BLF: Green)
- Conference standby: 0.1 sec ON / 0.1 sec OFF / 0.1 sec ON / 0.7 sec OFF (BLF: Green)
- Idle:
Extinguish
- All lines are Busy:
Light (BLF: Red)
KTS
OPERATION:
To seize a Trunk line:
1. Press Loop Key. (Dial Tone is heard.)
* Refer to One-Touch Feature Access for how to assign Loop Key.
To answer the incoming call:
(This feature is available for KTS which is allowed Ringing Trunk Off-hook Access feature.)
1. Incoming call to a Trunk line. (Ringing)
(Loop key is still extinguished.)
2. Lift handset. (Loop key lights Green.)
n Automatic Off-Hook Trunk Access

DESCRIPTION:
The assigned extension users can seize an idle Trunk Line by only lifting handset. The operations such
as pressing Line key or dialing Trunk Access Code become unnecessary. This feature is useful for Key
Telephone users who mainly makes outside calls or to connect Fax Machines (Modems) instead of
Single Line Telephones.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset or press SPK key. (An idle Trunk Line will automatically be seized.)
Note 1: If all Trunk Lines are busy, no tone will be heard.
Note 2: This disables the user to seize Intercom after lifting handset. Press ICM key before lifting handset to seize
Intercom.
Note 3: Lifting handset when the extension is ringing answers Trunk Line or Intercom call.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset. (An idle Trunk Line will automatically be seized.)
Note : If all Trunk Lines are busy, Busy Tone will be heard.
4-12
Trunk Outgoing Call

Note 2: Assigned SLT user can not place Intercom Calls. However, they can receive incoming Intercom Call and
transferred Trunk Line Call. Transferring Trunk Line calls to another extension is possible.

#75-C: SLT Automatic Trunk Access
#75-D: KTS Off-Hook Mode Selection
n Account Code
DESCRIPTION:
Account Code is useful to keep track of expenditures. Extension user dials Account Code before making
outside call. This code is shown on the SMDR print out.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To enter the Account Code:
<KTS>
1. Seize an idle Trunk Line. (Hear Dial Tone.)
2. Dial *.
3. Dial Account Code. (Max. 8 digits)
4. Dial *.
5. Dial Telephone Number.
<SLT>
1. Seize an idle Trunk Line. (Hear Dial Tone.)
3. Dial 99.
4. Dial Account Code. (Max. 8 digits)
#57-D: KTS Account Code
#58-B: SLT Account Code
4-13
Trunk Incoming Call

n Incoming Trunk Access
DESCRIPTION:
Trunk lines can be grouped into a maximum of 30 groups. The line groups assigned to each extension
can access for incoming calls and the audible assignments (day and/or night mode ringing) for the
extensions. Up to two incoming line groups can be assigned to an extension. An extension user can
answer an incoming call on a particular line group only if the extension has Incoming Trunk Access to
that group. When an extension is assigned incoming access to a line group, the lines in the group appear
under the Line keys (KTS).
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
To answer an outside call by Direct Pickup:
To answer an outside call by Dial Pickup:
1. Lift handset or press SPK key. (See Note)
2. Dial 96 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 92 (TX-Z 308)
Note:
If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM key after Step 1 to seize Intercom. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 06 (or 96). => Check your dial plan.
#02:
#03-C: Common Use Line Assignment
#07:
Incoming Trunk Access/Audible
#16-A: Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access
n Trunk Off-Hook Signaling

DESCRIPTION:
Trunk Off-Hook Signaling provides an extension user with an audible indication of an incoming Trunk call
while already on a call: the busy extension user hears muted ringing if on a handset call or one short
burst tones (0.5s ON/15s OFF) if on a Handsfree call.
KTS
OPERATION:
To answer a Trunk Off-Hook signal:
1. Press HOLD to put an outside call in progress on hold or hang up the call in progress. Intercom calls
must be hung up since they cannot be put on hold.
2. Press the flashing Line key.
#04-B: Trunk Off-Hook Signaling
4-14
Trunk Incoming Call

n Ringing/Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access
DESCRIPTION:
Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access allows a ringing outside call to be answered by just lifting the handset; a
Line key does not have to be pressed. Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access lets a recalling (re-ringing) line be
answered by just lifting the handset.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
1. Lift handset.
#16-A: Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access
n Night Service (Manual/Auto)

DESCRIPTION:
Night Service puts the night audible (ringing) assignment (Program #7) into effect manually or
automatically. Incoming calls on a specific line group will ring at extensions that are assigned night
audible for that line group. Night Service remains set even if the system power is turned off.
Night Service is available on a system basis or incoming line group basis according to Program #15-B.
1. Night audible assignments go into effect at all extensions in the system. Day audible assignments are
ignored. The extension #10 can activate this Night Service (NT) mode unless DSS Console is
connected.
On the TX-Z 1232/2464 System, Night Service assignment can be activated by the DSS Console. If
DSS Console is not connected, the extension #10 can activate this mode assignment.
2. Night audible assignments go into effect for the extensions that have the same primary incoming line
group as the extension that activates this NT mode. Extensions with a different primary incoming line
group receive ringing according to their day audible assignments. Any extension can activate this
mode.
This NT mode can be activated by any extension in each same primary incoming line group.
Automatic Mode Switching
Automatic Mode Switching (Program #79) allows to switch Day/Night mode according to preprogrammed
time routine for the system. When Automatic Mode Switching places the system in Night Mode, TRFR
blinks red at all key telephones. If the system mode is switched manually at No.10 telephone or DSS, it
overrides Automatic Mode Switching assignment.
KTS, SLT, External speaker, Doorphone
OPERATION:
To activate Night Service:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3. Press TRFR key.
4. Dial #. TRFR lights red.
5. Hang up.
4-15
Trunk Incoming Call

<DSS>
1. Press NT key. (LED lights red)
To cancel Night Service:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3 Press TRFR key.
4. Dial #. TRFR extinguishes.
5. Hang up.
<KTS>
1. Press NT key. (LED extinguishes)
This feature can be stored under the One-touch key.
When NT mode 1 is enabled, the TRFR key lights steadily at all KTSs. When NT mode 2 is enabled, the TRFR key
lights steadily at the activating extension and at all other KTSs with the same primary incoming line group.
Note:
If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

#07:
#15-B: Night Service
#79:
Automatic Mode Switching Time
n Call Forward
DESCRIPTION:
Call Forward reroutes an extension user's incoming outside calls so they ring at a different extension. An
extension user who activates Call Forward does not lose access to incoming calls. Incoming access is
shared with the receiving (destination) extension, but only the destination extension rings. Calls cannot
be rerouted to an extension in Do Not Disturb. There are four types of Call Forward:
- Call Forward Immediate
All calls transferred immediately to the destination.
- Call Forward when Busy
Calls are transferred only when the extension is busy.
- Call Forward when Unanswered
Calls are transferred only if they are unanswered, and both the destination and the transferring
extension ring.
- Call Forward when Busy/Unanswered
Calls are transferred only when the extension is busy or unanswered, and both the destination and the
transferring extension ring.
KTS, SLT
4-16
Trunk Incoming Call

OPERATION:
To activate Call Forward:
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3. Press TRFR key.
4. Dial destination extension number.
5. Dial option code (0-3). (see Note 3)
- One short beep sounds as confirmation.
- One long beep means calls cannot be rerouted to that extension. (TX-Z 824)
- 3 splash tone means calls cannot be rerouted to that extension. (TX-Z 1232/2464)
6. Press SPK key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial function code. (see Note 2)
5. Hang up.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Note 3: Option codes are as follows:
0 => Call Forward Immediate
1 => Call Forward when Busy
2 => Call Forward when Unanswered
3 => Call Forward when Busy/Unanswered
Dial at Step 2
63
953
053
To cancel Call Forward (at originating and destination extension):

<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
3. Press TRFR key twice.
4. Press SPK key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Hang up.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9

#28: Unanswered Time
4-17
Dial at Step 2
69
959
059
Trunk Incoming Call

n Follow Me
DESCRIPTION:
When an extension user is away from his/her extension and has to use another extension, Follow Me
reroutes the extension user's incoming outside calls to that extension. There are four types of Follow Me
same as Call Forward.
- Follow Me Immediate
All calls transferred immediately to the destination.
- Follow Me when Busy
Calls are transferred only when the extension is busy.
- Follow Me when Unanswered
Calls are transferred only if they are unanswered, and both the destination and the transferring
extension ring.
- Follow Me when Busy/Unanswered
Calls are transferred only when the extension is busy or unanswered, and both the destination and the
transferring extension ring.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To activate Follow Me (at another extension) :
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) ( See Note 1)
3. Press TRFR key and dial 0.
4. Dial originating extension number (your extension No.).
- One short beep sounds as confirmation.
- One long beep means calls cannot be rerouted to that extension. (TX-Z 824)
- 3 splash tone means calls cannot be rerouted to that extension.(TX-Z 1232/2464)
6. Press SPK key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial originating extension number (your extension No.).
5. Hang up.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Note 3: Option codes are as follows:
0 => Follow Me Immediate
1 =>Follow Me when Busy

2 => Follow Me when Unanswered
3 => Follow Me when Busy/Unanswered
4-18
Dial at Step 2
630
9530
0530
Trunk Incoming Call

To cancel Follow Me (at originating and destination extension):
<KTS>
1. Press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note1)
3. Press TRFR key twice.
4. Press SPK key.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Hang up.
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
0
0
Dial Plan 2
1
9
Dial at Step 2
69
959
059

#28: Unanswered Time
n Call Pickup
DESCRIPTION:
(See "Call Pickup" on page 4-45)
n Do Not Disturb (DND)

DESCRIPTION:
(See "Do Not Disturb" on page 4-46)
n Executive DND
DESCRIPTION:
Executive DND allows two extensions to be specially paired for the purpose of forwarding calls. The
extension designated as the "executive" can forward its incoming calls to the extension designated as the
"secretary". Up to eight such pairs can be formed. Up to all eight executive extensions can be paired with
the same secretary extension, if desired. The executive extension must be programmed for a level of Do
Not Disturb (DND). If, for example, DND level 1 is selected, the executive extension can forward its Trunk
calls - access and audible - to the secretary extension. The secretary extension can reach the executive
extension even while Executive DND is activated.
KTS
OPERATION:
To activate Executive DND:
1. Activate DND on the executive extension. (see "Do Not Disturb" page 4-46)
To cancel Executive Call Forward:
1. Cancel DND on the executive extension. (see "Do Not Disturb" page 4-46)
#09:
Forwarding Pairs Assignment
#13-B: Do Not Disturb
4-19
Trunk Incoming Call

n DISA (Extension Access)
DESCRIPTION:
Direct Inward System Access (DISA) lets someone outside the system call in on a DISA Line and directly
access an extension or access the Group Hunt feature - in each case, bypassing the system operator. In
case outside caller does not dial extension number within the time which is set in Program #66-2 or called
extension is busy, or called extension does not answer within the time which is set in Program #66-3, this
call will be transferred to operator telephone (pre-assigned extension in Program #51). Attendant
extension can be assigned for Day mode and Night mode respectively. The DISA line are automatically
terminated within the time which is set in Program #66-3 when calls are unauthorized, or calls transferred
to operator are unanswered. The DISA caller must use a DTMF telephone.
When Trunk line is assigned as DISA Line in Program 03-A, DISA port can be allocated to any one of
DISA line which must be programmed in Program #08-A with data 1".
During Automatic Answer Time (Program #66-1), the system indicates LED either busy (Not to answer)
or Normal Ring (OK to answer) on DISA incoming call at #64-D. When data 1 is set, Delayed DISA
Answer function can be realized.
Voice Announce/Record Unit (VAU) (Optional Item) can be used to the TX-Z 1232/2464 system as voice
announce device for DISA Line. VAU unit provides guidance messages by user-recorded voice on DISA
feature (for outside party) and also for extensions.
System
OPERATION:
To use DISA to call an extension or access Group Hunt:
1. Call the DISA line. The system answers with dial tone or voice recorded message.
2. Dial desired extension number or dial 8, then the Hunting Group number (0-4). Music on Hold plays
until the user answers.
To reuse the DISA line when called extension is busy:
1. Dial # and *. Hear dial tone.
2. Dial desired extension number or dial 8, then the Hunting Group number (0-4). Music on Hold plays
until the user answers.
To answer a call on a DISA Line:
1. Lift handset.
Refer to the "DISA Operation Flowchart" in this Manual (Page 4-113)

Note:
In case Night Mode is set and VAU unit is installed in TXZ 1232/2464 system, Night Announcement function
has the priority. If no dialing is made by the outside caller during preprogrammed period after sending Night
Message, the incoming call shall be terminated automatically. If the caller dials an extension number during
preprogrammed period after Night Message, the system operates as normal DISA.

#03-A: DISA Line
#03-B: DISA Line Access
#08-A: Instrument Type
#30:
Voice Recorded Message Time
#51:
Attendant Station for DISA
#64-D: LED Indication for DISA Incoming Call
#66:
DISA Timers
4-20
Hold/Transfer/During Conversation
n Hold
u System Hold
DESCRIPTION:
System Hold puts an outside call on Hold so that it can be picked up from any extension in the system. If
the System Hold Recall program is enabled, a call left on System Hold longer than a programmed period
of time re-rings the extension that placed it on Hold.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To put a call on System Hold:

<KTS>
1. Press HOLD key.
2. Hang up. Line key flashes fast at this KTS and slowly at the other KTS in the system.
<SLT>
2. Dial 91.
3. Hang up.
To retrieve a call on System Hold:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial function code. (see Note)
Note:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
61
951
051

#22:
System Hold Recall
u Automatic Hold
DESRIPTION:
Automatic Hold lets the KTS put an outside call on System Hold quickly without pressing the HOLD key in
order to place an internal call. If necessary, holding operation can be ignored within the assigned timer by
programming after placing an outside call. In that case, assigned extension(s) can still hold calls in spite
of the setting in #87.
KTS
4-21
OPERATION:
To put an outside call on System Hold using Automatic Hold:

1. Press the ICM key to place an extension call. The call in progress is automatically put on Hold.
#77:
#87:
Extension Assignment 6
Hold Disable Timer
u Exclusive Hold
DESCRIPTION:
Exclusive Hold puts an outside call on Hold at an extension so that it can only be picked up from that
extension. If not picked up within a programmed interval of time, a call on Exclusive Hold recall (re-rings)
the extension that placed it on Hold. On KTS, if the recall is not answered, the call reverts to System Hold
and can be picked up from any extension. On SLT, if the recall is not answered, the call reverts to
extension No.10 (or attendant extension of each tenant), or cut-off.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To put an outside call on Exclusive Hold:

<KTS>
1. Press HOLD key twice.
2. Hang up. Line key flashes fast. At all other KTS, the Line key is steadily lit (busy).
<SLT>
2. Dial 92.
3. Hang up.
To retrieve a call on Exclusive Hold:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
Note:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
61
951
051
#15-D: Exclusive Hold

#19-E: SLT Hold Transferring
#21:
Exclusive Hold Recall
n Music On Hold
DESCRIPTION:
Music On Hold sends synthesized music to an outside party on System or Exclusive Hold. The system
provides a synthesized melody Home sweet home.
KTS, SLT
4-22
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
n External Music On Hold

DESCRIPTION:
An external MOH music source (e.g., radio, tape player) can be used for MOH instead of internal
synthesized melody.
An optional unit for External Music On Hold is required for TX-Z 308/824 system.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#56: Relay Contact Assignment
n Transfer
u Unannounced Transfer
DESCRIPTION:
Unannounced Transfer lets an extension user transfer (send) a call directly to another extension - that is,
without first notifying the receiving extension of the call. An Unannounced Transfer rings the receiving
extension. If the receiving extension does not answer within the Unannounced Transfer Recall interval,
the call recalls (re-rings) the transferring extension.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To make an Unannounced Transfer:

<KTS>
1. Press ICM key, then dial extension number.
2. Press TRFR key or hang up. (according to #80-01-E)
<SLT>
2. Dial extension number.
3. Hang up.
To receive an Unannounced Transfer:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset. If Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access is programmed, this single step answers the call.
2. Press flashing Line key (key flashes green).
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
4-23

#23:
Unannounced Transfer Recall
#80-01-E: On-Hook Transfer
u Announced Transfer
DESCRIPTION:
Announced Transfer automatically puts the call on System Hold so that the transferring extension can
notify the receiving extension before actually sending the call. To receive an Announced Transfer,
receiving extension just wait on the line to be automatically connected to the transferred caller. Both the
transferring and receiving extensions receive a "fast flash" Hold indication, making the call easy to
identify, while all other KTSs see a "slow flash." If the call is not sent within the Announced Transfer
Recall interval, the call then shows a "slow flash" at the receiving extension, and re-rings the transferring
extension.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To make an Announced Transfer:

<KTS>
1. Press ICM key, then dial extension number.
2. Announce the call.
3. Press TRFR key or hang up. (according to #80-01-E)
<SLT>
3. Announce the call.
4. Hang up.
To receive an Announced Transfer:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset when notified of the call.
2. Just wait on the line to be automatically connected to the transferred caller.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset to answer a call.
2. Just wait on the line to be automatically connected to the transferred caller.
#24: Announced Transfer Recall

#80-01-E: On-Hook Transfer
4-24
u Attendant Reverting
DESCRIPTION:
When hold transfer is failed because the destination telephone did not answer and returned back to
originating telephone, then the originating telephone did not answer, the next action is selected by
system data (Program #19-E) as follows:
1) The call will be cut off by pre-set timer (Program #29) is over.
2) The call will be transferred to the Attendant Telephone.
Attendant Telephone:
TX-Z 1232/2464 The pair extension of DSS console, extension No.10 or
operator station of each tenant
TX-Z 824
Extension No.10 or operator extension of each tenant
TX-Z 308
Extension No.10
This timer (Program #29) will be activated as below condition.
1. Put an outside call on System Hold.
2. Announced Transfer Recall timer is released.
3. Unannounced Transfer Recall timer is released.
4. Exclusive Hold Recall timer is released.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#08-D:
#19-E:
#29:
#52:
#54:
#62:
Tenant Group
SLT Hold Transferring
Attendant Reverting
Tenant Feature
Tenant Attendant
DSS Console Port Assignment
u Recall Trunk Display

DESCRIPTION:
Executive telephone can be set to the Recall Trunk Display Mode. When Hold Recall tone is heard, the
telephone will display the held Trunk line and the telephone number.
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
To set/reset:
1. Press SPK key.
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Press CHECK key.
Not applicable.
4-25
n Park Hold (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
DESCRIPTION:
This feature permits transferring of a call placed on temporary hold on a Park Hold key. It is used to
transfer an outside call to KTSs that do not appear under a key in order to answer a call on that line. Park
Hold key can be assigned on Line keys. The system has four Park Hold groups. An extension can be
assigned to only one Park Hold group. A line group can contain any number of lines. An extension user
can answer a call placed on Park Hold only if the extension is in the same Park Hold group. If the line
seized by Loop key is put on Park Hold, the Loop keys LED goes off, and an idle Trunk line can be
seized by pressing the Loop key.
KTS
OPERATION:
To place a call on Park Hold:
- While on an outside call.
1. Press Park Hold key.
To answer a call on Park Hold:
1. Lift handset.
2. Press Park Hold key.
To answer a call on I-Hold (the call placed on System Hold or Exclusive Hold by the extension user itself)
in case the line which does not appear under Line key is held:
1. Lift handset.
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Dial 3.

#08-E: Park Hold Group
#55:
Park Hold Key Assignment
n Conference
u Add-On Conference
DESCRIPTION:
Add-On Conference lets an extension user establish an outside call and then add up to five other inside
parties to the conversation. If Multi-Line Conference is enabled in programming, a second outside call
can be added to the conversation.
KTS, SLT
4-26
OPERATION:
<Method 1>
To establish an outside call:

<KTS>
1. Establish an outside call.
2. Press CONF key.
3. Press ICM key.
4. Dial extension number of invited inside party. This party must answer using the handset.
5. Press CONF. Conference established. To add more inside parties, repeat steps 2-5.
<SLT>
1. Establish an outside call.
3. Dial 93.
4. Dial extension number of invited inside party.
Conference established. To add more inside parties, repeat steps 2-5.
<KTS/SLT>
To join an Add-On Conference when invited:
1. Lift handset.
<Method 2>
To establish an Add-On Conference:

<KTS only>
1. Establish outside call.
2. Press CONF key.
3. Press ICM key and call the other telephones by paging and tell the Line key number. The called
parties must press the Line key to join.
4. Press CONF key.
To join an Add-On Conference when invited:
1. Lift handset.
2. Press Line key.
#16-D: Add-On Conference Setup Mode
u Multi-Line Conference
DESCRIPTION:
Multi-Line Conference allows an extension user to establish an outside call and then add another outside
party to the conversation.
- If desired, the user can add five more inside parties to the conversation (for a total of six inside and two
outside parties).
- Another extension user can join (break into) the Conference using Break-In as long as the total number
of inside parties does not exceed six.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To establish a Multi-Line Conference:

<KTS>
1. Establish first outside call.
2. Press CONF key. Call is put on Hold.
3. Establish second outside call.
4. Press CONF key. Conference is established.
4-27
<SLT>
3. Dial 94 and press 2-digit line No.
5. Flash Hookswitch. Conference established.
To add inside parties to a Multi-Line Conference:
<KTS>
1. Press CONF key. Conference is put on Hold.
2. Press ICM key. Hear dial tone.
3. Dial extension number. Called party must lift the handset to answer.
4. Press CONF key. Conference is re-established. To add more inside parties, repeat steps 1-4.
<SLT>
1. Establish outside call.
3. Dial 93.
4. Dial extension number of invited inside party. Called party must lift the handset to answer.
5. Flash Hookswitch. Conference established. To add more inside parties, repeat steps 2-5.
#16-E: Multi-Line Conference
u Internal Conference
DESCRIPTION:
Internal Conference allows a multiple-party Intercom conversation. An extension user can establish an
Internal Conference with up to five other extension users (i.e., for a total of six internal parties).
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To establish an Internal Conference:

<KTS>
1. Establish Intercom call. The called party must answer using the handset.
2. Press CONF key. Hear dial tone.
3. Dial extension number of another internal party. The called party must answer using the handset.
4. Once the called party answers, Conference is established. To add more internal parties, repeat steps
2-4.
Note :
If Manual Mode (Program #80-01-D = 0) is assigned, Conference initiator must press CONF
key after the called party answers to establish an internal conference.
<SLT>
1. Establish Intercom call. The called party must answer using the handset.
2. Flash Hookswitch. Hear dial tone.
3. Dial extension No. of another internal party. The called party must answer using the handset.
4. Once the called party answers, Conference is established. To add more internal parties, repeat steps
2-4.
Note :
If Manual Mode (Program #80-01-D = 0) is assigned, Conference initiator must flash

Hookswitch after the called party answers to establish an internal conference.
To join an Internal Conference when invited:

<KTS, SLT>
1. Lift handset and wait.
#80-01-D: Internal Conference Mode
4-28
n Long Conversation Warning (Three Minutes)
DESCRIPTION:
Long Conversation Warning is a signal reminder that sounds every three minutes while an extension is
on an outgoing outside call. The signal reminder is a series of three short tones that sound over the
speaker of the phone.
KTS
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#18-A: Three Minutes Warning Tone
n Long Conversation Cut-Off

DESCRIPTION:
A conversation on an external call (only Outgoing Call) can be forcibly terminated by the system after a
pre-programmed period has lapsed. Before terminating the call, a warning tone (400 Hz continuous tone)
will be sent to the caller within a pre-programmed period. This feature is enabled or disabled on an
extension basis.
This feature permits the restriction of long conversations on certain extensions.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
Note 1: Conversation Timer (Program #82-1) will be activated even if the assigned extension places an outgoing
call then transfers that Trunk line to another extension. (Conversation Timer will also be activated even if
transferred extension is set to 0 by Program #75-E.
Note 2: In the event of Multi-line Conference being established by the assigned extension, only outgoing Trunk line
will be forcibly terminated after the pre-programmed period has lapsed. The conversation between
Incoming Trunk line and the assigned extension will still be maintained.

#75-E: Long Conversation Cutoff
#82:
Long Conversation Cutoff Timer
n Break-In
DESCRIPTION:
Break-In lets an extension user override the system's privacy feature - a key telephone user can break
into an outside call at another extension, including a call on a Private Line. The intrusion may or may not
be preceded by a warning tone, depending on programming (Program #-04-A), and the warning tone
comes over the speaker of both extensions. A warning intrusion tone can be sent in every 2 seconds by
programming (Program #78-C).
KTS
OPERATION:
2. Press steadily lit Line key. This breaks into the telephone conversation on that line.
4-29
#04-A: Break-In
#78-C: Break In Warning Tone
4-30
Other Trunk Features

n PBX Compatibility
DESCRIPTION:
The system can accommodate Central Office (CO) lines or lines from a Private Branch Exchange (PBX)
already installed at the customer site. The lines are similar in the way incoming calls are answered, but
different in the way outgoing calls are placed - an outgoing call on a PBX line requires an access code
before dialing, while an outgoing call on a CO line does not. System/telephone features are available to
both types of lines, and PBX features are available to the PBX lines via the Flash feature (see Flash).
PBX Night Mode
If any of lines are from a PBX, and when the PBX is set in night mode, the lines connected to PBX are
switched to real CO lines, provision is made for such things as abbreviated dialing. If you have a PBX CO
Access Code programmed with a dialed number for abbreviated dialing, such as "9 pause
81448111111", when your System is in the night mode the 9 and the pause will be omitted when using
the abbreviated dialing in night mode.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#01-A: Line Type
#26:
Flash Timer
#38:
PBX CO Access Codes
#01-D: PBX Night Mode
n Dial Mode (Tone/Pulse) Selection

DESCRIPTION:
Allows the user to select the dialing mode (tone or pulse) of each CO/PBX line.
- TONE(DTMF)Dial Mode
The dial signal from the extension (with tone or pulse dial mode) will be converted to TONE. TONE
will then be transmitted to the CO/PBX.
- PULSE Dial Mode
The dial signal from the extension (with tone or pulse dial mode) will be converted to PULSE. PULSE
will then be transmitted to the CO/PBX.
The assigned Dial Mode must conform to the Dial Mode of the CO lines ordered from the TELECOM or
the Dial Mode of the PBX.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#01-B: Dial Mode
#17-A: Dial Pulse Sender Speed
#17-B: Make/Break Ratio
#17-C: DTMF Minimum Pause Time
4-31

n Private Line
DESCRIPTION:
The Private Line feature allows an incoming and/or outgoing outside line to be assigned to only one
extension for exclusive use by that extension. Any outside line can be designated as a Private Line. All
features involving outside lines apply to Private Lines as well - for example, calls are placed and
answered on a Private Line as they are on any other line.
1) Private Line is assigned to an extension as follows:
- A line group must be formed that contains only the Private Line. For example, if line 3 is to be used
as a Private Line, line group XX must have the following entry in Program #02: 02-XX-03-03 (i.e.,
line 03 is the lowest and highest numbered line in the group).
- The line group must be assigned to only one extension in Program #06 and/or Program #07 for
outgoing and/or incoming access, respectively.
2) An extension programmed for the Break-In feature can break into a call on a Private Line.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#02: Line Group
#06: Outgoing Trunk Access
#07: Incoming Trunk Access/Audible
n Tenant Service
DESCRIPTION:
Tenant Service allows two or more independent businesses to share the system. Each tenant can be
assigned incoming and/or outgoing outside lines dedicated for its own use. Some features (Extension
calls, Paging calls, Abbreviated Dialing, Attendant Reverting) can be partitioned among the tenants.
Night Transfer can be independently used by each tenant if a "1" is entered in Program #15-B.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#02:
#06:
Outgoing Trunk Access
#07:
#08-D: Tenant Group
#52:
Tenant Feature
#53:
Tenant Abbreviated Dial
#54:
Tenant Attendant
4-32

n Unsupervised Conference
DESCRIPTION:
Unsupervised Conference allows an extension user to establish a Conference with two outside parties,
then hang up, leaving the outside parties connected. The extension user can later join the Unsupervised
Conference if desired. The system can accommodate up to four Unsupervised Conference at a time, and
each Unsupervised Conference must be assigned an unused extension port in Unsupervised
Conference Port Assignment (program #05), and Multi-Line Conference must be enabled in
programming.
KTS
OPERATION:
To establish an Unsupervised Conference:
2. Press CONF key. The call is put on Hold.
4. Press CONF key.
- Three-party Conference is established.
5. Press CONF key.
- Both outside parties are put on Hold.
6. Hang up.
- Unsupervised Conference is established.
To later join an Unsupervised Conference:
1. Lift handset.
2. Press either Line key of the Conference.
To terminate:
1. Establish Three-party Conference.
2. Hang up.
- Both outside lines become idle
Note: When both outside parties finish the call, unsupervised conference must be manually terminated by
the telephone which sets up the call.

#05:
Unsupervised Conference Port Assignment
#16-E: Multi-Line Conference
n Call Timer
DESCRIPTION:
Call Timer is an automatic stopwatch feature that timer outgoing outside calls on Display phones. The
display changes to a stopwatch at the programmed Call Duration Start Time and the timing stops when
the extension user hangs up. The display shows the duration of the call for approximately eight seconds,
then changes to the date and time.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#25: Call Duration Start Time
4-33

n DISA (Trunk-to-Trunk)
DESCRIPTION:
Direct Inward System Access (DISA) lets someone outside the system call in on a DISA LINE and place
a call on a system line, bypassing the system operator. A security code is required to place an outside
call (Trunk-to-Trunk), and the Toll Restriction Class assigned to a security code determines the type of
calls that can be placed. The DISA caller must use a DTMF telephone.
When Trunk Line is assigned as DISA Line in Program 03-A, DISA port can be allocated to any one of
DISA line which must be programmed in Program #08-A with data 1".
Voice Announce/Record Unit (VAU) (Optional Item) can be used to the TX-Z 1232/2464 system as voice
announce device for DISA Line. VAU unit provides guidance messages by user-recorded voice on DISA
feature (for outside party) and also for extensions.
System
OPERATION:
To use DISA to place a call on a system line (Trunk-to-Trunk):
1. Call the DISA line. The system answers with dial tone or voice recorded message.
2. Dial #.
3. Dial DISA security code. Receive confirmation tone.
4. Dial Queue Group number (1-6) for desired line or dial 9, then two-digit line number. If busy tone is
heard, use either procedure below to disconnect.
5. Dial telephone number including PBX Access Code if required.
6. Dial #. The call rings through.
To hang up the outside call and reuse the DISA line:
1. Dial # and *. Hear dial tone.
2. Dial #.
3. Dial DISA security code. Receive confirmation tone.
4. Dial Queue Group number (1-6) for desired line or dial 9, then two-digit line number. If busy tone is
heard, use either procedure below to disconnect.
5. Dial telephone number including PBX Access Code if required.
6. Dial #. The call rings through.
To disconnect both the DISA line and the system line:
(Polarity Reverse Detection is not available)
1. Dial #, #.
This procedure must be used before hanging up.

(Polarity Reverse Detection is available)
1. Hang up.
Refer to the "DISA Operation Flowchart" in this Manual (P. 4-113)

#03-A: DISA Line
#30:
Voice Recorded Message Time
#31:
Trunk-to-Trunk Cut-Off Timer Assignment
#46:
DISA Security Codes
#47:
DISA Security Code Extension Assignment
#48:
DISA Toll Restriction Class
#64-D: LED Indication for DISA Incoming Call
#66:
DISA Timers
4-34
Intercom Outgoing Call

n Intercom Link Increase
DESCRIPTION:
There are 2 intercom links provided in the TX-Z 308, 6 intercom links in the TX-Z 824 System, and 10
intercom links in the TX-Z 1232/2464 System. One link is reserved if Background Music is used in TX-Z
824/1232/2464 system. If a DSS console is connected to TX-Z 1232/2464, it also occupies a link.
Intercom Link Increase allows unused Trunk line circuits to be used as Intercom links, providing
increased Intercom calling capabilities. The Intercom Hold/Conference feature is disabled when Intercom
links are increased.
System
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#45:
Intercom Link Increase
n Intercom Call
DESCRIPTION:
Intercom Call allows extension-to-extension conversation. The system can be programmed for one of
two Intercom Signaling modes: ringing or voice announce. When voice announce is programmed, an
Intercom call signals the called extension with a beep (not ringing). After the beep sounds, the caller can
make a voice announcement over the speaker of the called extension.
Regardless of the signaling mode programmed, an extension user can change it on a per call basis. For
example, a ringing Intercom call can be changed to a voice announced call by dialing a code.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To place an Intercom call:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset or press SPK key. (See Note 1)
To convert a ringing call into a voice announced call, or vice versa, dial 1.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7, wait for dial tone.
1. Lift handset.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM key after Step 1 to seize Intercom. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Note 2: Call Monitor, Speakerphone and Single Step Access provide ways to place Intercom Calls without lifting the
handset.

#19-B: Intercom Call Type
#75-D: Key Telephone Off-Hook Mode Selection
4-35

n Direct Station Selection
DESCRIPTION:
Direct Station Selection (DSS) provides an extension user with one-button access to other extensions in
the system. Each of the ten One-Touch keys on a key telephone can be programmed to call a particular
extension. The One-Touch keys can also be programmed to access any Page Zone (see Paging) or
Doorphone using the steps below.
KTS
OPERATION:
To program a One-Touch key for DSS:
1. Lift handset.
3. Press DC.
4. Dial #.
5. Press One-Touch key.
or
to program a Page Zone, dial 80-87. (80 - 85 for TX-Z 308)
to program a Doorphone, dial 88 or 89.
7. To program more keys, repeat steps 3-6.
8. Hang up.
To use a DSS key:

1. Lift handset. If Single Step Access is programmed and the phone is equipped with a Speakerphone,
this step can be skipped.
2. Press One-Touch key set as DSS key.
To hold and transfer a Trunk call using a DSS key:
- Make conversation with an outside party.
1. Press a desired One-Touch key set as DSS key.
- The Trunk line will automatically be held, then intercom call will be established.
2. Make announcement (if desired).
3. Press TRFR key or hang up to transfer.
To display the number programmed under a DSS/One-Touch key:
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press ICM key.
3. Press One-Touch key.
- Key number displays, then stored number.
4. Press CLEAR to return to normal display.
On TX-Z 308 System, One-Touch Key No.1 to No.8 are initially programmed as DSS keys for Extension
No.10 to No.17, One-Touch Key No.10 for All Call Paging (80).
On TX-Z 824/1232/2464 System, One-Touch Key No.1 to No.9 are initially programmed as DSS for
Extension No.10 to No.18, One-Touch Key No.10 for All Call Paging (80).
Not applicable.
4-36

n Intercom Off-Hook Signaling
DESCRIPTION:
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling lets an extension user send a signal to a busy extension, then wait for a
replay. The signal is one short burst of tones, which comes over the speaker of the busy extension. In
addition, the ICM key at the busy extension flashes. The busy extension user can choose not to reply to
the signal if it is inconvenient to do so.
An extension can be programmed to send Intercom Off-Hook Signaling in one of two ways: manually or
automatically. The manual-type requires the user to dial a code to send the signal, while the automatictype sends the signal automatically any time a user calls a busy extension. Intercom Off-Hook signaling
cannot be sent to a busy extension when it is using Handsfree Answerback. Single Line Telephones
(SLT) can send and receive the signals. Extensions programmed for Automatic Intercom Off-Hook
Signaling cannot use the Camp-On or Callback features.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To manually send Intercom Off-Hook Signaling:
<KTS/SLT>
1. Place Intercom call. Hear busy tone.
2. Dial 1. Hear one short burst of tones.
3. Wait for a reply. To send more tones, dial 1 again.
To use automatic Intercom Off-Hook Signaling:
<KTS/SLT>
1. Place Intercom call. When the called extension is busy, one short burst of tones is heard instead of
busy tone.
2. Wait for a reply. To manually send more tones, dial 1.
To answer an Intercom Off-Hook Signaling:
<KTS>
1. Press flashing ICM. This answers the waiting call and puts an outside call in progress on Hold. This
step will, however, terminate an Intercom call in progress; Intercom calls cannot be put on Hold.
<SLT>
1. Flash Hookswitch (On-hook Off-Hook). This answers the waiting call and terminates an Intercom
call in progress.
#04-C: Intercom Off-Hook Signaling
n Group Hunt
DESCRIPTION:
Group Hunt searches for an idle extension among all the extensions in a particular Hunting Group.
Extensions are assigned to Hunting Groups in programming - for example, all the extensions in a sales
department might be assigned to Hunting Group 4. When an extension user dial a Hunting Group
number, the Group Hunt feature automatically calls the first idle one it finds. When all extensions in a
Hunting Group are busy, a user receives busy tone and can activate Callback or Camp-On. These
features automatically connect the user to the first extension programmed into that group as soon as it
becomes available. When the called extension does not answer in the preprogrammed time, the system
automatically calls the next idle extension in the same Hunting Group according to the order in the
Hunting Group. The caller can also call the next idle extension by manual operation. The extension to
be searched first in the Hunting Group can be fixed or circulated (Program #80-2-A). When all extensions
in the same Hunting Group are searched and no extension answers, Group Hunt is canceled.
4-37

KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset. (See Note 1)
2. Dial # (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 86 (TX-Z 308).
3. Dial Hunting Group No. (0 - 4)
- The first idle extension is called. If the extension does not answer in the preprogrammed time, the
system calls the next idle extension, or the caller can dial # to call next idle extension.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7, and wait for dial tone.
3. Dial #.
4. Dial Hunting Group No. (0 - 4)
- The first idle extension is called. If the extension does not answer in the preprogrammed time, the
system calls the next idle extension, or the caller can dial # to call next idle extension.
Note 1 :If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM key after Step 1 to seize Intercom (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Note 2: SLT on Dial Plan 2 can not use this feature.
Note 3: When Program #80-2-A = 1, the extension of the first order no. is called after the extension of the last order
no. is called first. If the Hunting Group calling timer expires, Group Hunt is used again, or Step Call (pressing
#) is used.

#11: Hunting Groups
#84:
Hunting Group Calling Timer
#80-2-A: Group Hunt Mode
n Step Calling
DESCRIPTION:
When an extension user makes an Intercom call and receives a busy signal or no answer, Step Calling
lets the user call the other extensions, in ascending order, by just dialing a code. For example, if
extension 12 is busy, Step Calling tries extension 13. If there is no answer at extension 13, Step Calling
tries extension 14, and so on. Step Calling is canceled if it reaches an extension that is not installed.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
1. Place Intercom call.
- Receive busy tone or no answer.
2. Dial #.
- Next extension is automatically called. To call the next extension, dial # again.
Not applicable.
4-38

n Camp-On (Callback)
DESCRIPTION:
Instead of hanging up after calling a busy extension, Camp-On lets an extension user dial a code and
wait off-hook until the extension becomes available. As soon as the extension becomes free, the call
automatically goes through. Or, if the extension user hangs up after dialing the code, Callback
automatically redials a busy extension. When the busy extension becomes free, Callback signals (rings)
the extension that activated it. When the Callback signal is answered, an Intercom call is automatically
placed to the previously busy extension. Calls can be placed while waiting for the Callback signal, and
Callback can be activated for more than one busy extension at a time. Camp-On/Callback cannot be
activated by an extension that is programmed for Automatic Intercom Off-Hook Signaling (Program #04C). Camp-On/Callback can also be activated when a user calls a busy Hunting Group (see Group Hunt).
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To activate Camp-On:
2. Dial *. Busy tone stops.
3. Do not hang up.
4. Wait for the call to go through. Ringing is heard as soon as the extension becomes free.
To activate Callback:
2. Dial *. Busy tone stops. One beep sounds over the speaker as confirmation.
3. Hang up.
To answer the Callback signal:
- The signal sounds like an Intercom ring, but the ICM key does not flash.
1. Lift handset. Extension is called.
To cancel Callback:
1. Lift handset to cancel Callback before receiving the Callback signal.
2. Hang up.
Not applicable.
n Message Waiting
DESCRIPTION:
When an extension user makes an Intercom call and receives a busy signal or no answer, Message
Waiting lets this user leave a visual indication (flashing MW/Indicator light) at the busy/unattended phone
requesting a return call. An extension user can leave Message Waiting indications at several different
extensions.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To leave a Message Waiting:
<KTS/SLT>
1. Place Intercom call. Busy or no answer.
2. Dial 0. MW/Indicator flashes intermittently as confirmation (KTS).
3. Hang up.
4-39

To call the extension that left a Message Waiting indication:
<KTS>
1. Seize Intercom.
2. Dial * (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 87 (TX-Z 308). The extension is called.
3. To call the next extension that left a Message Waiting indication, dial * again.
1. Lift handset. (Hear Message Waiting dial tone)
2. Dial 7, wait dial tone. (see Note 2)
3. Dial *.
1. Lift handset. (Hear Message Waiting dial tone)
2. Dial *.
To cancel all Message Waiting indications:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial *, 0, * (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 94, 0, * (TX-Z 308).
4. Hang up.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
Note 1 :If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Note 2: When SLT is set this feature, the SLT's dial tone changes from continual tone to 0.4 sec. On/0.1 sec. OFF.
Note 3:
Dial at Step 2
Dial Plan 1
69
0
0
959
Dial Plan 2
1
9
059
To cancel an individual Message Waiting:

<KTS only>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial *, destination extension number, * (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 94, destination extension number, * (TX-Z 308).
4. Hang up.
<KTS with LCD only>
- Do not lift handset 1. Press OPAC key
2. Press CLEAR key. (see Note 2)
Note 2: This operation can be available at extension which MW is set. The extension has to be only KTS with LCD.
4-40

To display the extension number that left a Message Waiting:
<KTS with LCD>
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Dial *. Extension number is displayed.
3. Press Hold key to clear the Message Waiting Indication.
4. Press ICM key to call back Message Waiting originating extension.
5. To display the next extension number that left a Message Waiting indication, dial * again.
6. Press CLEAR to return to normal display.
#80-01-A: Message Waiting
n Paging
DESCRIPTION:
Internal Paging lets an extension user make a paged announcement over the speaker of the other
telephones in the system. Any extension can make a page, but only key telephone that are assigned to
an Internal Page Zone can receive a page. There are four types of Internal Paging:
- Internal Zone Paging lets an extension user page all the telephones assigned to a particular Internal
Page Zone.
- All Call Paging lets an extension user page all Internal Page Zones.
- Meet-Me Answer/Conference Paging allows an extension user to page one or more persons, then
reserve an Intercom circuit for 30 seconds so that the paged party/parties can reply. Meet-Me Answer
lets one party reply, while Meet-Me Conference lets up to five people reply and jointly converse.
The system has four zones, numbered 1-4. The system can be programmed to broadcast All Call Paging
over external speakers.
External Zone Paging allows customer-provided paging equipment (speakers, amplifiers, etc.) to be
installed in large, noisy areas (zones) so that extension users can make paged announcements to these
zones. In the system, two external page zone is available.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To make an page:
<KTS>
1. Seize Intercom.
2. Dial code.
- 80 for All Call.
- 81-84 for zones 1-4.
- 85 for all external zones
- 86 for external zone 1 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)
- 87 for external zone 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)
3. Make announcement.
4. Hang up.
4-41

<SLT>
1. Lift handset
2. Dial 7, wait for dial tone. (see Note)
3. Dial code.
- 80 for All Call.
- 81-84 for zones 1-4.
5. Hang up.
Note: If SLT set on Dial Plan 2, skip step 2.
To initiate Meet-Me Answer:

<KTS>
1. Seize Intercom.
2. Dial code.
- 80 for All Call.
- 81-84 for zones 1-4.
3. Page person, announce code.
- 80-87: TX-Z 824/1232/2464
- 930-935: TX-Z 308
4. Dial # for Meet-Me Answer
5. Do not hang up. Wait for a reply.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset
2. Dial 7, wait for dial tone. (see Note)
3. Dial code.
- 80 for All Call.
- 81-84 for zones 1-4.
4. Page person, announce code.
- 80-87: TX-Z 824/1232/2464
- 80-85: TX-Z 308
5. Dial # for Meet-Me Answer.
To reply to Meet-Me Answer:

<KTS>
1. Lift handset or press SPK at a phone that received the page.
3. Dial announced code.
- 80-87, or 88(same zone) : TX-Z 824/1232/2464
- 930-935, or 938(same zone) : TX-Z 308
4-42

<SLT>
1. Lift handset at a phone that received the page.
3. Dial announced code.
- 80-87, or 88(same zone) : TX-Z 824/1232/2464
- 80-85, or 88(same zone) : TX-Z 308
Note 2:
Dial at Step 2
0
0
98
1
9
08
To initiate Meet-Me Conference:

<KTS>
1. Seize ICM.
2. Dial code 81-84 for zones 1-4; 80 for All Call.
3. Page person, announce that pressing CONF key will join Meet-Me Conference.
4. Press CONF key for Meet-Me Conference.
To reply to Meet-Me Conference:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset or press SPK at a phone that received the page.
3. Press CONF key for Meet-Me Conference.

#08-C: Internal Page Zone
#19-A: All Call to External Zone
#20-B: Paging Splash Tone
n Flexible Station Numbering

DESCRIPTION:
Flexible Station Numbering allows any extension number, within a specific range, to be assigned to each
telephone port in the system. Originally, extension numbers match telephone port numbers. Refer to the
chart below for the range of extension numbers available to the telephone ports. Three-digit extension
numbers are available only for TX-Z 824/1232/2464.
System
Port
Available Extension
Numbers (2 digit)
Available Extension
Numbers (3 digit)
10-33
10-79
100-799
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#14: Station Numbering
4-43

n Dual Handsfree Hotline
DESCRIPTION:
Dual Handsfree Hotline allows one extension to simultaneously call two other extensions. The
"secretary" extension can make a voice announced Intercom call over the speaker of both "executive"
extensions. The users at the executive extensions can reply Handsfree (i.e., by just speaking toward the
phone) and all three parties can converse. The simultaneous call goes through only if both executive
extensions are idle and an executive extension has not forwarded Intercom calls. In order to reply
Handsfree, the microphone at an executive extension must be on. When an executive replies by lifting
the handset, the other executive is disconnected. The secretary can make a ringing Intercom call to both
executives; however, an executive must lift the handset to reply, which disconnects the other executive.
KTS
OPERATION:
1. Seize Intercom at secretary extension.
2. Dial either executive extension number. Both are called. If ringing is heard, the secretary can dial 1 to
convert the call into a voice announced call. If busy tone is heard, the secretary can still contact the
other executive by dialing the other executive extension number after pressing ICM.
#10: Dual Handsfree Hotline
4-44

n Intercom Answer
DESCRIPTION:
Intercom Answer (just lifting the handset) lets an extension user answer either signal intercom call or
voice announced intercom call in a single step.
Handsfree Answerback lets a key telephone extension user answer a voice announced Intercom call
without touching the phone.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To answer an Intercom call:
<KTS/SLT>
1. Lift handset.
To answer a voice announced call using Handsfree Answerback:
<KTS only>
1. Speak toward the phone. The microphone must be on.
Not Applicable
n Call Pickup
DESCRIPTION:
Call Pickup provides two distinct functions: one function applies to Intercom calls and the other to outside
calls.
- Call Pickup allows the extension users to answer Intercom calls and Doorphone call. An Intercom call
that is ringing (or voice-announced) at a particular extension can be answered from any other
extension in the system.
- Call Pickup also allows the extension users to answer a Trunk incoming call, incoming call on a DISA
line, and Unannounced Transfer.
In order to pick up someone else's Intercom call, an extension user must know the number of the
extension that is ringing. If the ringing and answering extensions are in the same Internal Page Zone
(Program #08-C), the # key can be used to pick up the Internal call.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To use Call Pickup to answer an Intercom call, incoming call on a DISA line Unannounced Transfer, and
Trunk incoming call on a extension in own pick-up group:
<KTS>
3. Dial #. If more than one extension is ringing, this code answer intercom call, unannounced transfer,
incoming call on a DISA line, and Trunk incoming call.
<SLT on Dial Plan1/2>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial #.
<SLT on Dial Plan 1 only>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 8.
4-45

To use Call Pickup to answer an Intercom call, incoming call on a DISA line Unannounced Transfer, and
Trunk incoming call on a particular extension:
<KTS>
3. Dial extension number of ringing phone (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial * and extension number (TX-Z 308).
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 08(98). (see Note2)
3. Dial extension number of ringing phone.
To use Call Pickup to answer an Doorphone call:
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial 9 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 939 (TX-Z 308).
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 08(98). (see Note2)
3. Dial 9.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Note2:
Dial at Step 2
0
0
98
1
9
08

#08-C: Internal Page Zone
n Meet-Me Answer Paging

DESCRIPTION:
(See "Paging" page 4-41)
n Meet-Me Conference Paging

DESCRIPTION:
(See "Paging" page 4-41)
n Do Not Disturb (DND)

DESCRIPTION:
Do Not Disturb (DND) blocks incoming calls and Intercom Off-Hook Signaling. An extension user can
activate DND while on a call or while the extension is idle.
There are four levels of DND:
Level 0 => No DND capability
Level 1 => Blocks Trunk call ringing
Level 2 => Blocks Trunk call ringing and Intercom calls
Level 3 => Blocks Trunk call ringing and Intercom calls or just Trunk call ringing
An extension user can still place calls and answer outside calls while the phone is in DND. Outside calls
can be answered since access to the line is not blocked and the Line key still flashes.
4-46

KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
A. To activate DND while the phone is idle:
<KTS>
1. For level 1: Press DND once. DND flashes.
For level 2: Press DND once. DND lights steadily.
For level 3: Press DND once to block Trunk call ringing and Intercom calls.
or
Press DND twice to block just Trunk call ringing. DND flashes.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
SLT can be set for Level 2 only.
Note:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
62
952
052

0
9
Dial at Step 2
69
959
059
To cancel DND while the phone is idle:

<KTS>
1. Press DND once or twice.
- Whichever makes DND extinguish.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
Note:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1
B. To activate DND while on a call:

<KTS>
1. For level 1: Press OPAC, DND once. DND flashes.
For level 2: Press OPAC, DND once. DND lights steadily.
For level 3: Press OPAC, DND once to block Trunk call ringing and Intercom calls.
or
Press OPAC, DND twice to block just Trunk call ringing. DND flashes.
To cancel DND while on a call:
<KTS>
1. Press OPAC, DND once or twice.
- Whichever makes DND extinguish.
#13-B: Do Not Disturb
n Intercom Hold
DESCRIPTION:
It is possible to place an Intercom call on hold. While on hold, music is sent to the held party. Unlike
Trunk line hold, when an ICM call is held, no other action can be taken by the holding party. Only the
hold-originating station can re-answer this line by pressing the ICM key.
4-47

KTS
OPERATION:
To put an Intercom call on Hold:
1. Press Hold. (see note)
Note: Do not hang up while an intercom call is on Hold. If you hang up the handset, your intercom call is terminated.
To retrieve an Intercom call on Hold:

1. Press ICM key.
Not applicable.
n Intercom Call Transfer

DESCRIPTION:
Intercom calls may be transferred to any extension manually.
There are two methods of transferring Intercom calls.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
<KTS>
A. To make an Intercom Call Transfer using Intercom Hold:
1. Intercom call between A and B.
2. Press HOLD key to put B on Hold.
3. Extension C dials extension number of A (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Extension C dials * and extension number of A (TX-Z 308).
- If extension C is SLT, dial access code 08 or 98 then dial extension number of A. (See Note)
4. Intercom call between B and C is established.
Note:
Program #20-D Data
0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 3
98
08
<KTS, SLT>
B. To make an Intercom Call Transfer using Internal Conference (See Conference on Page 4-26 )
1. Intercom call between A and B.
2. Establish an Internal Conference with C.
3. Extension A hang up.
Not applicable.
n Call Forward
DESCRIPTION:
(See "Call Forward" page 4-16)
n Follow Me
DESCRIPTION:
(See "Follow Me" page 4-18)
4-48

n Executive DND
DESCRIPTION:
(See "Executive DND" page 4-19)
4-49
Other Intercom Features

n BGM (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
DESCRIPTION:
Background Music (BGM), from a customer-provided music source such as radio, can be broadcast over
the speakers of the KTS. BGM plays while an extension is not in use. When Program #49 is enabled,
BGM can also be broadcast over speakers in the external page zones. If BGM is enabled, one intercom
link is used exclusively for BGM.
KTS
OPERATION:
To turn BGM on or off while an extension is not in use:
1. Press #.
#49: External Zone BGM/Alarm
n External Paging
DESCRIPTION:
External Page Output allows incoming Trunk audible, BGM from an external source, and/or alarm signals
to be broadcast over speakers that are installed in the external page zone(s).
External Speaker
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#02: Line Group Assignment
#49: External Zone BGM/Alarm
#50: External Zone Trunk Audible
n Doorphone
DESCRIPTION:
A Doorphone, usually placed next to an entrance door, is a combination of doorbell and Intercom. When
someone presses the CALL button on the Doorphone, chime tones are sent to the designated
extensions. When an extension user answers the chimes, a two-way conversation is possible with the
person at the door. An extension user can also call a Doorphone. The system can accommodate up to
two Doorphones; both boxes can be used at the same time. Doorphone 1 sends different types of chime
tones than Doorphone 2. When the chime is ringing or answered, an Intercom link is used.
The extension(s) assigned in #61-E shall be out of service for Doorphone facilities (not call/not
answer/not pickup Doorphone).
KTS, SLT
4-50

OPERATION:
To answer the chime tones from a phone that receives them:
<KTS/SLT>
1. Lift handset. Connection established.
To answer the chime tones from a phone that does not receive them (Call Pickup):
<KTS>
1. Lift handset.
3. Dial 9 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Dial 939 (TX-Z 308).
4. Connection established.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial access code 08 or 98. (see Note2)
3. Dial 9.
Note 2:
Dial at Step 2
0
0
98
1
9
08
To call a Doorphone:
<KTS>
1. Seize Intercom.
2. Dial 88 for box 1, 89 for box 2.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7.
3. Dial 88 for box 1, 89 for box 2.

#12:
Doorphone Call
#20-A: Door Chime Tone Duration
#20-C: Door Alert Tone
#20-E: Existance of Doorphone Box
#61-E: Doorphone Call/Answer
n Door Lock Control

DESCRIPTION:
A customer-provided Door Lock Control device can be installed with one of the Doorphones so that the
extension users can lock/unlock that door using their phones. The door can be locked/unlocked while an
extension user is talking to the door box. Relay Contact Assignment must be programmed for the device.
Door relay can be changed to lock/unlock manually, or once the door is unlocked, automatic-lock is
provided according to the assigned timer.
KTS, SLT
4-51

OPERATION:
To unlock/lock the door after contacting the Doorphone:
<KTS>
1. Press FLASH key to unlock the door.
2. Press FLASH key again to lock the door.
<SLT>
1. Flash Hookswitch to unlock the door.
2. Flash Hookswitch again to lock the door.
The door can be locked automatically when doorphone call is terminated. When using the automatic
lock feature, skip step 2.
Note:
If you use Recall key on the SLT, you must enter the system data(#95-1) for the Flash time of SLT.

#88: Door Relay Timer
#95-1: SLT Hook Detection Time
n Room Monitor
DESCRIPTION:
Room Monitor lets one extension monitor (listen to) the environmental sounds in an area or room
containing another extension. Several extensions can monitor the same extension; however, only one
monitored extension can be assigned in a system.
KTS
OPERATION:
To activate or cancel Room Monitor at the extension to be monitored:
1. Lift handset.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (Note)
3. Press OPAC.
4. Press FLASH.
- MON flashes fast on TD/TXD type telephone while Room Monitor is activated.
- MIC flashes fast on BTD/BTXD type telephone while Room Monitor is activated.
5. Hang up.
Note:
If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
To activate or cancel Room Monitor at the monitoring extension:

1. Press OPAC.
2. Press FLASH.
- MON flashes intermittently on TD/TXD type telephone while Room Monitor is activated.
- MIC flashes intermittently on BTD/BTXD type telephone while Room Monitor is activated.
#19-D: Room Monitor
4-52

n DSS Console (TX-Z 1232/2464)
DESCRIPTION:
DSS Console gives an extension user a Busy Lamp Field (Idle/Busy/DND/MW) and one-button access to
extension, Doorphone or Paging. This saves time for users that do a lot of processing (e.g., Operator).
TX-Z 1232 System can connect one DSS Console. TX-Z 2464 System can connect Maximum 2 DSS
Consoles. Pair extension of each DSS Console is assigned in Program. When a DSS Console is
connected, an intercom link is used exclusively for DSS Console. The Pair extension must be KTS. (It is
recommended to be KTS with LCD.) Each DSS Console must be connected to the LAST PORT of each
unit.
DSS Console features and operations are as follows;
1. DSS Call (One-Touch Extension Access)
DESCRIPTION
User can make intercom conversation by only pressing the DSS key. Each DSS key is assigned
following extension number (which is set the in Program 14) accordingly. (Not by physical port) Pair
extension operated DSS Call can not use CONF, TRFR, HOLD keys within intercom conversation.
OPERATION
1. Lift handset or press SPK.
2. Press one of DSS key.
RELATED FEATURES
Intercom Calls
Flexible Station Numbering
2. Automatic Hold of Trunk Line
DESCRIPTION
When DSS Console user make conversation with Outside Caller, user can transfer this line for the
other extension. When user is transferring the Trunk Line, the Trunk Line is held automatically.
OPERATION
1. On the Trunk Line call.
RELATED FEATURES
Hold - Automatic Hold
3. Paging
DESCRIPTION
External and Internal Paging is possible by the single button operation. The following keys are used
for Paging from a DSS position. When this feature is activated, Meet-me Answer and Meet-me
Conference are disabled.
AC:
IZ1:
IZ2:
IZ3:
IZ4:
EAZ:
EZ1:
EZ2:
All Call
Internal Paging (For Zone 1)
External All Paging
External Paging (For Zone 1)
External Paging (For Zone 2)
4-53

OPERATION
2. Press one of Paging key.
(Refer to previous table)
RELATED FEATURES
Paging
4. Doorphone Call
DESCRIPTION
User can make Doorphone Call only pressing the DOOR key. DSS Console has 2 DOOR keys
(DOOR1 and DOOR 2). These keys are assigned to each Doorphone. DSS Console can also have
Door Lock Control feature.
OPERATION
2. Press one of DOOR key.
RELATED FEATURES
Doorphone
Door Lock Control
5. Message Waiting
DESCRIPTION
DSS Console has a MW Lamp same as the other extension. When the MW Lamp is flashing, it means
a Message is waiting for you to call back.
OPERATION
To set the Message Waiting:
1. Dial extension No. or press one of DSS key.
(This extension is Busy or No-answer.)
2. Press MW key on the DSS Console.
(The MW Lamp and the message waiting extension LED on the console flash slowly.)
(The MW Lamp/Indicator on the message waiting extension flashes quickly.)
To clear the message waiting:
1. On-Hook condition.
2. Press MW key and DSS key which is set the MW.
RELATED FEATURES
Message Waiting
6. Unannounced Transfer
DESCRIPTION
When transferring a Trunk Line call, pressing the TRFR key sends a calling tone to the transferred
extension until the held line is picked up by the transferred party.
4-54

OPERATION
To transfer the call:
(Trunk Line is held and calls the other extension.)
3. Press TRFR key on DSS Console (or hang up).
(Called extension is ringing.)
At the called extension:
1. Lift handset.
RELATED FEATURES
Unannounced Transfer
7. Announced Transfer
DESCRIPTION
When transferring a Trunk Line call, user can transfer automatically after Intercom call.
OPERATION
To transfer the call:
(Trunk Line is held and calls the other extension.)
4. Press TRFR key on DSS Console (or hang up ).
(Trunk Line call is transferred.)
RELATED FEATURES
Announced Transfer
8. Night Service
DESCRIPTION
This feature is available only at #10 station. But if DSS Console is connected to the System, this
feature is available only at DSS Console. Refer to the "Night Service on page 4-15.
OPERATION
1. Press NT key. (LED lights)
1. Press NT key. (LED extinguishes)
RELATED FEATURES
Night Service
9. Changing Voice/Signal Call
DESCRIPTION
DSS Console can change the Intercom calling mode simply by depressing the SG/VC key
alternatively. For example, when call mode is Signal Call mode, user can change to Voice Call mode
by pressing this key.
OPERATION
1. Call to the other extension.
2. Press SG/VC key.
RELATED FEATURES
Intercom Call
4-55

10. Intercom Off-Hook Signaling
DESCRIPTION
DSS Console can activate the Off-Hook Signaling mode by pressing the SG/VC key after getting a
busy tone.
OPERATION
1. Call to the other extension.
(This extension is Busy or No-answer.)
2. Press SG/VC key.
RELATED FEATURES
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling
11. DND Override
DESCRIPTION
DSS Console can call to intercom even if the extension is set DND.
OPERATION
RELATED FEATURES
Do Not Disturb
12. Mode Switching
DESCRIPTION
In Hotel/Motel environment, DSS can indicate extension status in three mode (Business, Room
Status, and Wakeup). See Hotel/Motel Features - DSS Mode Switching in Page 4-76.
13.Dial Block/Wakeup Call Status Confirmation
DESCRIPTION
In Hotel/Motel environment, DSS console can indicate the setting status of Dial Block and Wakeup
Call on the display of paired extension. See Hotel/Motel Features - Dial Block/Wakeup Call Status
Confirmation in Page 4-82.
#52:
Tenant Feature
#62:
DSS Console Port Assignment
#63-A: Automatic Hold of Line
#63-B: DND Override
4-56
Alphanumeric Display TEL Features

n Text Message
u Message Edit Mode
DESCRIPTION:
TXD/BTXD type Key Telephones are equipped with a 2-line, 16-character Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
These displays are used to provide information such as: data/time, elapsed call time on outside calls,
digits dialed, internal calling party number and Abbreviated Dialing entries, but can also perform sending
and receiving of messages. The one-touch keys and dial keys allows the user to create message and
identification name for each Trunk lines, extensions and abbreviated numbers. Each dial key (0-9)
contains three letters or symbols. A message and a name can be up to 8 digits long, consisting of
alphanumeric characters, symbol marks and spaces.
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
<Pattern 1>
(1st Model KTS)
- Dial key (0-9): Numbers
- One-touch key (1-3) with Dial key (0-9): Letters and symbols
- One-touch key 4: Space
- One-touch key 5: Delete a character
- One-touch key 6: Delete all characters
4-57

<Pattern 2>
(Complied with ITU-T Rec.E.161.) (2nd Model KTS)
- Dial key (0-9): Numbers
- One-touch key (1-4) with Dial key (1-9): Letters and symbols
- One-touch key 5: Space
- One-touch key 6: Delete a character
- One-touch key 7: Delete all characters

#61-A: Alphanumric Key Pad Assignment
u Selectable Display Messaging

DESCRIPTION:
An extension user can select a preprogrammed Selectable Display Message for their extension. Display
telephone callers see the selected message when they call the user's extension. Selectable Display
Messaging provides personalized messaging. For example, an extension user could select the message
"LEFT FOR THE DAY". Any display telephone user calling the extension would see the message. Other
than displaying the message, the system puts the call through normally. See twenty-three Default Setting
Messages (00-19, 47-49) below for a list of the standard message. The system has fifty Selectable
Display Messages (00-49) and two Personal Display Messages (One-touch key No.1 and No.2) for each
extension.
An extension user can add digits for date, time or phone number after messages 00, 01, 02, 12 and 13.
For example, an extension user could select the message 13 "OUT UNTIL _ /_ " and then enter the date
on "_ /_ ". Callers see the original message followed by the appended date. They would then be able to
tell when the user was coming back to the office.
The default messages are:
4-58

00:
01:
02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07:
08:
09:
10:
11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
19:
47:
48:
49:
CALL _
CALL AFTER _ : _
CALL EXT. _
CALL ME ASAP
DO NOT DISTURB
IN CONFERENCE
IN MEETING
LEFT FOR THE DAY
ON BREAK
ON VACATION
OUT OF OFFICE
OUT TO LUNCH
OUT UNTIL _ : _
OUT UNTIL _ / _
PAGE ME
PLEASE SEE ME
SEE ME ASAP
WITH A CLIENT
WITH A PATIENT
WITH A VISITOR
TAKE MESSAGE
PLEASE HOLD
CALL BACK LATER.
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
To store text in One-touch key No.1 and No.2:

1. Press CHECK and OPAC.
2. Dial message number (00-49).
3. Dial *.
4. Edit your own message by Message Edit Mode.
5. Press CHECK.
6. Press One-touch key No.1 or No.2 to store.
7. Dial *.
8. Enter message number for next storing.
or
Press CLEAR to finish.
To store system message (No.10 telephone only):
3. Dial *.
4. Edit message by Message Edit Mode.
5. Press CHECK.
6. Dial message number to store.
7. Dial *.
8. Dial message number for next storing.
or
Press CLEAR to finish.
Not applicable.
4-59

u Broadcasting the Message at Later Time
DESCRIPTION:
Text message can be set to indicate on display telephones in hunt group at programmed time. If it is set,
and time comes, the message will appear on display in 1 minute with alarm tone.
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
To set send-later message:

2. Dial message number (00-49), dial *.
or
Press One-touch key No.1 or No.2 for personal message, then dial *.
3. Edit message if required.
4. Press ICM.
5. Dial an extension number or hunt group number (00-04).
6. Press ICM key to set more extension if required. (This step is only available when extension number
is dialed at step 5.)
7. Dial *.
8. Enter the time of indication with 4 digits
(e.g. PM3:00 => 1500)
9. Dial *.
To cancel send-later message:
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press TRFR key.
To stop the alarm tone and clear the display:
1. Press CLEAR key.
Not applicable.
u DND Message
DESCRIPTION:
DND Message send a message to a calling extension when your telephone have activated DND for
Intercom calls.
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
To set DND message using preset messages:

1. Press TRFR.
or
- DND flashes intermittently as confirmation.
To set DND message that edited by Message Edit Mode.
1. Press TRFR and FLASH.
2. Edit message by Message Edit Mode.
3. Press FLASH and *. DND flashes intermittently as confirmation.
To cancel message on the telephone:
1. Press CLEAR.
4-60

To activate/cancel previous message (last time you set message for DND):
1. Press TRFR and *.
- When DND message is activated, DND flashes intermittently.
Not applicable.
u Leave Message with MW

DESCRIPTION:
When an extension user makes an Intercom call to display phone and receives a busy signal or no
answer, this user leave a text message with Message Waiting (MW).
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
To leave a Message:
1. Place Intercom call. Busy or no answer.
2. Dial 0. MW flashes intermittently as confirmation.
- Display shows "LEAVE MESSAGE ?", then you can enter a message. If you replace handset after
this step operation, it is simple message waiting procedure.
3. Dial *.
or
or
Press FLASH, edit a message by Message Edit Mode, then press FLASH again and dial *.
- A text message is left on called display phone.
To cancel message at message-originated telephone:
1. Press CHECK and #.
- First message appears on the display.
2. Use * to advance and use # to backward.
3. Press HOLD to cancel message.
or
Press CLEAR to return to idle condition.
To call back or delete message at message-received telephone:
1. Press CHECK and *.
- First message appears on the display.
2. Use * to advance and use # to backward.
3. Press ICM to call back.
or
Press HOLD to delete message.
or
Press CLEAR to return to idle condition.
Not applicable.
u Camp-On Message
DESCRIPTION:
When an extension user makes an Intercom call to display phone and receives a busy signal, call can not
be connected. This user can send a text message. Intercom Off-hook Signaling (#04-C) must be enabled
at the called extension.
KTS with LCD
4-61

OPERATION:
To set Camp-On message:

2. Activate Intercom Off-hook Signaling (see Intercom Off-hook Signaling on page 4-37).
3. Press *.
4. Dial message number (00-49) and *.
or
or
Press FLASH, edit a message by Message Edit Mode, then press FLASH again and dial *.
- Confirmation tone is heard when message is sent.
#04-C: Intercom Off-hook Signaling
u Reverse Message
DESCRIPTION:
The extension received "Intercom Off-Hook Signaling" can send a text message to calling extension if
this extension user is inconvenient to reply to the signal. For example, an extension user could select the
message 49 "CALL BACK LATER ".
KTS with LCD

OPERATION:
- On conversation, "Intercom Off-Hook Signal" received.

1. Press TRFR.
Dial 1: System common message No.47
The default value of 47, 48 and 49 are:
No.47: TAKE MESSAGE
No.48: PLEASE HOLD
No.49: CALL BACK LATER
#04-C: Intercom Off-hook Signaling
n Time and Date

DESCRIPTION:
A Display phone connected to port 10 can be used to set the date and time for all Display phones in the
system and for SMDR.
KTS with LCD
4-62

OPERATION:
To set the date and time (the entire procedure must be performed):
1. Press SPK.
2. Press ICM key. (TXZ 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note)
3. Press OPAC.
4. Press CLEAR
--------------The Year
--------------5. Dial four digits for the year. For example, 1998.
6. Dial *.
--------------The Date
--------------7. Dial two digits (01-12) for the month. Jan.=01, Feb.=02, etc.
8. Dial two digits (01-31) for the date.
9. Dial *.
--------------The Day
--------------10. Dial a single digit (0-6) for the day. Sun. = 0, Mon. = 1, etc.
11. Dial *.
--------------The Time
--------------12. Dial four digits for the time (24 hour clock). For example, dial 1305 for 1:05PM.
13. Dial *.
14. Press SPK. The display shows the new date and time.
Note : If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).

#18-E: Time Indication
n Name Storing (Trunk & Station)

DESCRIPTION:
Each Trunk line has an alphanumeric field for easy identification such as LOCAL, SERVICE, SALES, etc.
On the TX-Z 1232/2464 System, when System has DLS Console, each DLS key can store the characters
same as each Trunk line.
Extensions can also have names instead of just station numbers. These names show on an extension's
display when the user places or answers calls. Station Names make it easier to identify callers. The user
does not have to refer to a directory when processing calls.
The storing operation (Trunk and Station) is possible only from #10 extension.
KTS with LCD, DLS (TX-Z 1232/2464)
4-63

OPERATION:
To store names for each Trunk line:
1. Press DC key twice.
2. Press relative Line key.
3. Dial *.
4. Input the letters of the name by Message Edit Mode
5. Press next Line key and dial * for next storing.
or
Press Line key and CLEAR key to finish.
To store names for each extension:
1. Press DC key twice.
2. Press ICM.
3. Dial extension number to store.
4. Dial *.
5. Input the letters of the name by Message Edit Mode
6. Press ICM.
7. Dial next extension number to store.
or
Press CLEAR key to finish.
Not applicable.
n Directory Dialing
DESCRIPTION:
Directory Dialing allows display telephone to place extension or Abbreviated Dialing call using the
directory (list of name). Select a station or Abbreviated Dialing name from the directory on the display
telephone and then press a Line key or ICM key to place a call.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
To store name for each abbreviated number:
1. Press DC twice.
2. Press HOLD
3. Dial abbreviated number (00-99 or 000-199).
4. Dial *.
5. Input the letters of the name by Message Edit Mode.
6. Press HOLD.
7. Dial next abbreviated number to store.
or
Press CLEAR key to finish.
Note: The storing operation is possible only from the #10 extension.
To use Directory Dialing to place Abbreviated Dialing call:

1. Press DC, dial 6.
2. Enter the first letter of the name by Message Edit Mode or Press * (referring to all names).
3. Find the name using # or *.
#: Scroll backward. *: Scroll forward.
4. Press idle Line key.
4-64

To use Directory Dialing to place Intercom call:
1. Press DC, dial 4.
2. Enter the first letter of the name by Message Edit Mode or press * (referring to all names).
3. Find the name using # or *.
#: Scroll backward. *: Scroll forward.
4. Press ICM key.
Not applicable
n Alarm Clock
DESCRIPTION:
The Alarm Clock feature lets Display phone user set two alarms at their phones as a reminder for
appointments, meeting, etc. The alarms sound every day at the set time unless they are canceled.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
To set an alarm:
1. Press SPK.
3. Press OPAC, dial 50.
4. Dial 1 to set first alarm or dial 2 to set second alarm.
5. Dial time in terms of 24 hour clock. For example, dial 1545 for 3:45 PM.
6. Dial *.
7. Press SPK.
To check an alarm setting:
1. Press SPK.
4. Dial 1 to check first alarm or dial 2 to check second alarm.
5. Press SPK.
To stop the alarm tone:
1. Press CLEAR.
To cancel an alarm:
1. Press SPK.
4. Dial 1 to cancel first alarm or dial 2 to cancel second alarm.
5. Dial *.
6. Press SPK.

Not applicable.
4-65

n Stopwatch
DESCRIPTION:
The clock on a Display phone can be used as a Stopwatch to time events. For example, the Stopwatch
can be used to time the duration of a phone call.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
To activate the Stopwatch:
1. Press OPAC, dial 51 to start timing.
2. Press OPAC, dial 51 again to stop timing.
3. Press CLEAR to return to the date and time.
Not applicable.
n Busy Lamp Field

DESCRIPTION:
The Busy Lamp Field (BLF) feature provides a light (LED) indication under a One-touch key used as
Direct Station Selection (DSS) key to indicate the status (mode) of the associated extension.
This feature applies to the One-touch key on a Display phone.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
4-66
Other Features
n Handsfree (Speaker & Microphone)
u Speakerphone
DESCRIPTION:
Speakerphone, a feature of Display phones, allows a user to place calls and answer ringing calls without
lifting the handset - a key is pressed instead. To converse on a Speakerphone call, an extension user just
speaks toward the phone; the phone's microphone picks up the extension user's voice (also see
Microphone On/Off). A user can also change to the Speakerphone during a handset call.
KTS
OPERATION:
To place a call using Speakerphone:

1. Press SPK key. SPK lights. If Single Step Access is programmed, this step can be skipped.
2. Obtain outside or Intercom dial tone in usual way. Dial tone is heard over the speaker.
3. Dial number.
4. Speak toward phone when call is established.
To answer an outside call using Speakerphone:
1. Press SPK key. SPK lights. If Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access is programmed, this single step
answers the call.
3. Speak toward the phone.
To change to Speakerphone during a handset call:
1. Press SPK key. SPK lights.
2. Replace handset.
To hang up a Speakerphone call:
1. Press SPK key.
To change to the handset during a Speakerphone call:
1. Lift handset. SPK extinguishes.
Note:
For almost all feature instruction that says, "Lift handset," the SPK key can be pressed instead. SPK must be
pressed again to hang up.
Not applicable.
4-67
Other Features
u Microphone On/Off
DESCRIPTION:
Microphone On/Off lets an extension user turn the phone's microphone on or off. The microphone can be
turned on or off while an extension is idle or during a Speakerphone/Handsfree call.
- When the microphone is on, a user can conduct a Speakerphone/Handsfree conversation as usual by just speaking toward the phone - and the microphone picks up the user's voice.
- When a user turns the microphone off during a Speakerphone/Handsfree call, the microphone will not
pick up the user's voice. This prevents the party on the line from hearing the user, but does not prevent
the user from hearing the party on the line.
- When a user turns the microphone off while the extension is idle, this prevents an Intercom caller,
whose voice comes over the speaker, from being able to hear a conversation taking place in the
vicinity of the extension at the moment the call comes through.
The Microphone On/Off program determines whether the microphone is "normally on" or "normally off" at
all extensions in the system.
KTS
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#19-C: Microphone On/Off
n Lamp Shift Mode (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

DESCRIPTION:
Lamp Shift Mode allows a Incoming line group (assigned to Program #07) to shift appearance so that the
lowest numbered line in the group (regardless of the number) appears under Line key 1, and the rest
follow on keys 2, 3, 4, etc. For example, a incoming line group containing lines 4-8 can appear under Line
keys 1-4. Lamp Shift Mode shifts exactly one incoming line group at every extension an automatically
provides each extension with both incoming and outgoing access to that line group.
KTS
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#02:
#07:
#15-A: Lamp Shift Mode
4-68
Other Features
n Remind Call on SLT
DESCRIPTION:
Remind Call feature lets single line telephone users set time reminder at their phones. If a BGM source is
installed, BGM play at an SLT extension when pick up a Remind Call.
SLT
OPERATION:
To set Remind Call on SLT:
1. Lift handset.
4. Hang up.
To cancel Remind Call on SLT:
1. Lift handset.
3. Hang up.
Note 1:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
64
954
054
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
69
959
059
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2

Not applicable.
n Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR)

DESCRIPTION:
Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) provides a printed record of the outside calls placed and
answered at each extension in the system. The SMDR printout shows data such as class of call, date
and time, line number, duration, extension number, and number dialed. SMDR also provides an Account
Code feature. An extension user can enter an eight-digit Account Code before or after dialing a call to
identify and categorize calls. The Account Code prints with the other call information. On SMDR output,
the last digit(s) can be masked by X at Program #58-E. Outgoing information on SMDR such as OTG
(Outgoing Call), OTR (Transfer of Outgoing Call) and BRD (Toll Restriction) can be controlled (print/not
print) at Program #61-D on an extension basis.
An optional Unit for SMDR is required to use this feature.
4-69
Other Features
System
OPERATION:
Not applicable.
#27:
SMDR Timers
#57-A: Dial Digits Option
#57-B: Outgoing/Incoming Transfer
#57-C: No Answer
#57-D: KTS Account Code
#57-E: Incoming Call
#58-A: Barred Outgoing
#58-B: SLT Account Code
#58-C: Dialed Number
#58-E: SMDR Masking Digit
#59:
SMDR Printout Digit
#61-D SMDR Outgoing Information
n Polarity Reverse Detection (TX-Z 1232/2464)

DESCRIPTION:
The system can detect the Polarity Reverse signals sent from public exchange lines. By this feature,
following features are controlled.
-
Time indication of Trunk line conversation: Start/End

Outgoing call duration time count by SMDR: Start/End
Open the DTMF Receiver
Finish the Conversation on the Trunk-to-Trunk.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
Not applicable
#01-E: Polarity Reverse Detection
#60:
Polarity Reverse Detect Time
#83-A: Trunk Disconnection when detected polarity reverse
4-70
Other Features
n DISA with Audio Guidance
DESCRIPTION:
The automatic answering machine (customer-provided) can be connected to the system as voice
announce device for DISA line.
Also Endless Tape (customer-provided) can be connected to the system as voice announce device for
DISA line. This feature allows incoming calls on DISA lines to be automatically answered by a voice
recorded message.
System
OPERATION:
Refer to DISA (Extension Access) on Page 4-20 and DISA (Trunk-to-Trunk) on Page 4-34.
#13-D: Voice Announce Device Port
n External Call Forward on DISA

DESCRIPTION:
External Call Forward (Trunk to Trunk) allows outside parties calling on the DISA Line to transfer the call
to other outside parties automatically when system is set to the External Call Forward Mode. The
destination of the telephone number must be set on the abbreviated dial No. 99.
System
OPERATION:
To set the External Call Forward Mode (#10 KTS only):
1. Press SPK.
4. Press SPK.
To cancel the External Call Forward Mode (#10 KTS only):
1. Press SPK.
4. Press SPK.
Refer to DISA (Extension Access) on Page 4-20 and DISA (Trunk-to-Trunk) on Page 4-34 .
4-71
Other Features
#03-A: DISA Line
#31:
Trunk-to-Trunk Cut-off Timer Assignment
n One-Touch Feature Access

DESCRIPTION:
This feature permits to store the features under the One-Touch, Line or DLS keys so they can be used to
access the following features instead of dialing/pressing function code in [ ]. See descriptions and
operations of each features for detailed procedure. Loop Key (No. 14) can be assigned only to Line
key which is not defined.
01:
02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07:
08:
09:
10:
11:
12:
13:
14:
22:
23:
24:
25:
26:
Alarm <= [OPAC-50]

Timer <= [OPAC-51]
Day/Night Mode <= [SPK-ICM(TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)-TRFR-#] (See Note)
Monitor <= [OPAC-FLASH]
Monitored <= [SPK- ICM(TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)-OPAC-FLASH] (See Note)
Recall Trunk Display <= [SPK- ICM(TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)-OPAC-CHECK] (See Note)
Repeat Dial key <= [OPAC-1]
Repeat Dialing (Hurry up) <= [OPAC-2]
Directory Dialing (Line) <= [DC-6]
Directory Dialing (ICM) <= [DC-4]
I-Hold Release <= [SPK- ICM(TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)-OPAC-3] (See Note)
Restriction Release <= [OPAC-DC]
External Call Forward Mode (DISA) <= [OPAC-70]
Loop Key <= [None]
Conversation Record (TX-Z 824) <= [CONF-95]
Conversation Record (TX-Z 1232/2464) <= [CONF-95]
DSS Console Business Mode (TX-Z 1232/2464) <= [SPK-ICM-OPAC-73]
DSS Console Room Status Mode (TX-Z 1232/2464) <= [SPK-ICM-OPAC-74]
DSS Console Wakeup Mode (TX-Z 1232/2464) <= [SPK-ICM-OPAC-75]
Note : If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip pressing ICM (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
KTS
4-72
Other Features
OPERATION:
To store a feature under a One-Touch or Line key:
1. Press SPK.
2. Press ICM key. (TX-Z 8241232/2464 only) (See Note 1)
4. Press a desired One-Touch or Line key.
5. Dial feature number (01-14).
6. Dial *.
7. Press SPK.
To clear a feature stored on a One-touch or Line key:
1. Press SPK.
4. Press a One-Touch or Line key stored feature.
5. Dial 00 to delete a feature stored.
6. Dial *.
7. Press SPK.
To check an feature stored under a One-Touch or Line key:
- Do not press SPK key.
1. Press CHECK.
2. Press a One-Touch or Line key stored feature.
3. The number set feature display.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip pressing ICM (TX-Z 824/1232/2464).
Note 2: One-Touch key No.9 (TX-Z 308) is set as Repeat Dial key initially. To store another feature, clear the feature
first.

Not applicable.
n Volume Control
DESCRIPTION:
The Volume Control, which is provided with all KTSs, allows easy changes to the following: LCD contrast
on KTS with LCD, station ringing volume, handset receiver volume, and station speaker volume control.
KTS
4-73
Other Features
OPERATION:
To adjust LCD contrast for KTS with LCD:
1. Press the Vol (up) or Vol (down) to increase/decrease LCD contrast while the phone is idle.
To adjust Speaker Volume:
1. Press the Vol (up) or Vol (down) to increase/decrease speaker volume while the phone is handsfree
mode.
To adjust Handset Receiver Volume:
1. Press the Vol (up) or Vol (down) to increase/decrease handset receiver volume.
To adjust Ringing Volume:
1. Press the Vol (up) or Vol (down) to increase/decrease ringing volume while the phone is ringing or
idle mode.
#18-D: Handset Receiver Volume
n DLS Console (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

DESCRIPTION:
DLS(Direct Line Selection) Console has 24 DLS keys. Each DLS key is assigned as Trunk Line or
Feature Access key. DLS Console should be connected to KTS with LCD extension.
On the TX-Z 824 System, this DLS Console is used as DSS(Direct Station Selection) Console. Each DLS
key is assigned to physical port number accordingly. (Not by extension number which is set in
Program 14.) DLS Console user can call the other extension only pressing DLS key. TX-Z 824 System
can connect Maximum 3 DLS Consoles.
On the TX-Z 1232/2464 System, Each DLS Console key can be used as Trunk Line or Feature Access
key. Each DLS key is assigned from Trunk Line number 1 to Trunk Line number 24 on the initial
condition. DLS Console user can assign the unused DLS keys as Feature Access Key. TX-Z 1232
System can connect Maximum 8 DLS Consoles. TX-Z 2464 System can connect Maximum 16 DLS
Consoles.
KTS with LCD
OPERATION:
TX-Z 824
1. DSS Call (One-Touch Extension Access)
1. Do not Lift Handset.
or
Lift Handset or Press SPK.
2. Press one of DLS key.
4-74
Other Features
2. Automatic Hold of Trunk Line
1. On the Trunk line call.
3. Unannounced Transfer
1. On the Trunk line call.
(Trunk Line is held and the other extension is called.)
3. Hang up or press TRFR key.
(Called extension is ringing.)
4. Announced Transfer
(Trunk Line is held and the other extension is called.)
4. Hang up or press TRFR key.
(Trunk Line is transferred.)
TX-Z 1232/2464
To seize the Trunk line:
1. Press an idle DLS key.
Not applicable.
n Headset Operation
DESCRIPTION:
A KTS user can utilize a customer-provided headset in place of the handset. Like using Handsfree, using
the handset frees up the user's hands for other work. However, Headset Operation provides privacy not
available from Handsfree. While in the headset mode, the hook switch should be On-Hook condition.
To use this facility, system requires optional item as follows;
- Recommended Headset set - Multi-Purpose-Amplifier (8833-81-00)
- Profile (1861-00, 1862-00 or 1863-00)
- Cable (8800-01-01 or 8800-00-01)
(All Items are Made by GN Netcom)
KTS
4-75
Other Features
OPERATION:
To answer the Trunk Incoming Call:
1. Press SPK.
To place the Trunk Line outgoing call:
1. Press SPK.
To transfer the Trunk line:
Refer to "Unannounced Transfer" and "Announced Transfer" operations. But Headset user
substitutes "Press SPK" for "Hang up" in these operations.
#04-E: Headset
n Hotel/Motel Features(TX-Z 1232/2464)

u SLT Hold Cancel
DESCRIPTION:
The system provides the mode that Single Line Telephones can not use flashing operation. Once the
data 1 is input at Program #64-E, flashing function from Single Line Telephones connected to the
system is ignored. This feature is useful for prohibiting guest phones putting calls on hold.
SLT
OPERATION:
None
#64-E: SLT Holding Operation
u DSS Mode Switching

DESCRIPTION:
The extension paired with a DSS console allows the DSS console to indicate extension status in three
modes. Business, Room Status, and Wakeup modes are available.
KTS
4-76
Other Features
OPERATION:
To switch to Business mode:

1. Lift the handset or press SPK key.
2. Press ICM key. (See Note)
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Dial 73.
To switch to Room Status mode:
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Dial 74.
To switch to Wakeup mode:
1. Go Off-Hook or press SPK key.
3. Press OPAC key.
4. Dial 75.
Note:
If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2.
These functions can be assigned to Line key, One-Touch key, or DLS key. (Function No. 24:Business,
No.25: Room Status, No. 26: Wakeup) When assigned, the corresponding key will light to indicate the
mode. The mode switching operation is effective only in on-hook status. The default mode is
Business.
The LED indication and status in each mode are as follows:
LED
Business
Room Status
Light
Busy
Check in
Extinguish
Idle
Check out
0.1 sec On/0.1 sec OFF
DND set
Maid required
0.5 sec ON/0.5 sec OFF
MW set
Maid in room
0.4 sec On/0.1 sec OFF
Ringing
Reserved
0.1 sec ON/0.1 sec OFF/0.1 sec ON/0.7 sec OFF
Wakeup
Wakeup call set
No answer to Wakeup call
Unavailable
#62: DSS Console Port Assignment
u Room Status
DESCRIPTION:
When the DSS console is in Room Status Mode, Room Status can be changed at No. 10 extension or at
all extensions according to Program #80-2-B.
KTS, SLT
4-77
Other Features
OPERATION:
To change room status in Room Status mode:

<KTS>
2. Press ICM key. (See Note 1)
3. Dial *, #, *.
4. Dial the extension No. to change room status. (e.g. 18)
5. Dial status No. (0 - 5) (See Note 2)
6. Hang up.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 67.
5. Hang up.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 067 (967) (See Note 3)
5. Hang up.
Note 2: Status Numbers are as follows:
No.
Indication
Meaning
0
Check In
Guest is in the room.
1
Maid Required
Guest left the room and cleaning is required for Maid.
2
Maid In Room
Guest left the room and Maid is cleaning the room.
3
Check Out
The room is vacant, and ready for Check In.
4
Reserve
The room is reserved
5
Unavailable
The room is out of order.
Note 3:
Dial at Step 2
0
0
967
1
9
067
Note 4: Check In operation is invalid if the Room Status is Unavailable. Change the status to Check Out before
Check In operation.
#80-2-B: Room Status
4-78
Other Features
u Call Charge Output to SMDR
DESCRIPTION:
When the room status is changed to Maid Required, the system automatically outputs the call charge
(total charge) of the associated extension to SMDR (Station Message Detail Recording) reports. The
outside calls made after Room Status of the extension is set to Check In and until set to Maid Required
are charged. The call charge after Room Status of the extension is set to Check In and up to the present
can be output to SMDR manually. The Call Charge data remains and can be output until next Check In
operation. The dials which match the code stored in Charge Code Table are charged according to the
corresponding charge rate. A maximum of 50 codes (1- 4 digits) can be entered in the Call Charge Table.
Optional (charge in one minute increment) or fixed (charge per call) rate is applied on a Trunk line basis.
If the total charge exceeds the maximum call charge assigned in Program #98, the system sets Dial
Block to prohibit outside calls from that extension.
24SMDR-A1 or 24SMCID-A1 is required for SMDR feature.
SMDR Output Example
CLS
DATE
TIME
OTG
30/07/98
14:06:50 01
TOTAL CALL CHARGE
Note:
LINE DURATION ST#

00:04:09
TEL NO.: 011
11
DIALED#
RING
ACCT NO.
0312344568
CALL COUNT: 001
TOTAL
00100
The total charge is output with or without a decimal point (for auxiliary currency unit). The possible maximum
value of total charge is 999999, or 9999.99. If the total charge exceeds the maximum value, the maximum
value is output.
KTS, SLT (Depending on Program 80-2-B)

OPERATION:
To output Total Call Charge of an extension manually:

<KTS>
2. Press ICM key. (See Note1)
3. Dial *, #, *.
4. Dial the extension No. to output the call charge. (e.g. 18)
5. Dial 6.
6. Hang up.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 67.
3. Dial the extension No. to output the call charge. (e.g. 18)
4. Dial 6.
5. Hang up.
4-79
Other Features
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 067 (967) (See Note 2)
3. Dial the extension No. to output Call Charge. (e.g. 18)
4. Dial 6.
5. Hang up.
Note 1: If Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2.
Note 2:
Program #20-D Data
0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
967
067

#80-2-C: Call Charge Format
#80-2-B: Room Status
#83-B: Optional/Fixed Rate Table Selection
#96:
Charge Code Table
#97:
Charge Rate Table
#98:
Maximum Call Charge
u Dial Block
DESCRIPTION:
Dial Block can be set or canceled at Attendant extension (No.10 extension). This feature allows the
user to restrict the guests outside calls.
KTS (No.10 Extension)

OPERATION:
To set Dial Block at Attendant extension (No.10 extension):

(On-Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC key.
2. Dial 9 and *.
3. Dial Password (738).
4. Press HOLD key.
5. Dial the desired extension No. to set Dial Block (e.g. 12)
6. Dial * to accept. (1 short beep tone shall be heard.)
7. Dial #.
8. Repeat step 5 -7 to set Dial Block to another extension.
or
Press HOLD key to exit.
4-80
Other Features
To cancel Dial Block at Attendant extension (No.10 extension):
(On-Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC key.
2. Dial 9 and *.
3. Dial Password (73738).
4. Press HOLD key.
5. Dial the desired extension No. to cancel Dial Block (e.g. 12)
6. Dial * to accept. (1 short beep tone shall be heard.)
7. Dial #.
8. Repeat steps 5 -7 to cancel Dial Block for another extension.
or
Press HOLD key to exit.
#35:
Toll Restriction Class Assignment
u Wakeup Call
DESCRIPTION:
Wake-up call can be set or cancelled from each Single Line Telephone extensions and the Attendant
extension. (No.10 extension). When the time comes and ringing time assigned in Program 80-2-D is
over, it recalls the attendant extension until the attendant extension user presses CLEAR key.
KTS(No.10 Extension), SLT

OPERATION:
To set Wakeup Call:

<KTS (#10 extension)>
(On-Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC key.
2. Dial 9 and #.
3. Dial extension No. (e.g.12)
4. Press * to accept.
5. Dial Hour and Minute in 24 hours mode.
6. Press * to accept. (One short beep tone shall be sent.)
7. Return to the idle condition automatically.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
4. Hang up.
4-81
Other Features
To cancel Wakeup Call:
<KTS(#10 extension)>:
(On-Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC key.
2. Dial 9 and #.
3. Dial extension No. (e.g.12)
4. Press * to accept.
5. Press * to cancel the pre-set time. (One short beep tone shall be sent.)
6. Return to the idle condition automatically.
<SLT>
1. Lift handset.
3. Hang up.
Note 1:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
64
954
054
Program #20-D Data

0
1

0
9
Dial at Step 2
69
959
059
Note 2:
Dial Plan 1
Dial Plan 2
#80-2-D: SLT Wakeup Call Ringing Time Assignment
u Dial Block/Wakeup Call Status Confirmation

DESCRIPTION:
The setting status of Dial Block and Wakeup Call at each extension can be confirmed at DSS Console
paired with Attendant extension (No.10).
KTS (No.10 Extension with DSS console)

OPERATION:
To check the status of Wakeup call and Dial Block:

1. Press CHECK key
2. Press DSS key. The display shows the status.
3. Press CLEAR key to return to the idle condition.
Not applicable
4-82
Other Features
u Room Monitor
DESCRIPTION:
Room Monitor lets one extension monitor (listen to) the sounds in a room containing another extension.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To activate Room Monitor at monitored extension:

<SLT>
1. Off-Hook condition. (Busy tone is heard)
Note 1: Room Monitor is not available while the SLT is busy on Intercom call, on a Trunk line call, or dialing.
Note 2: KTS can be monitored by only KTS in another method. Refer to Room Monitor on Page 4-52.
To activate Room Monitor at monitoring extension:

1. Lift the handset.
2. Dial 7.
3. Dial the monitored SLT extension No. (Busy tone is heard)
4. Dial 2.
<KTS, SLT on Dial Plan 2>
1. Lift the handset. (See Note)
2. Dial the monitored SLT extension No. (Busy tone is heard)
3. Dial 2.
Note:
If Program #75-D=0 (No tone), press ICM key after lifting handset. (KTS)
To cancel Room Monitor at monitored and monitoring extension:

1. Replace the handset.
#19-D:
Room Monitor
u Attendant Call
DESCRIPTION:
Attendant Call allows extension users to call attendant extension by dialing a single digit.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To place an Attendant Call : (#78-D=1)

<KTS>
1. Press ICM key.
2. Dial 0.
4-83
Other Features
<SLT>
1. Lift handset. (Intercom Dial Tone shall be heard.)
2. Dial 0 or 9. (depend on the Program #20-D assignment)
Note 1 :
Dial at Step 2(Attendant Call Code)
0
0
9
1
9
0
Note 2 : In case Program #78 is set, SLT user cannot access the following features after lifting the handset..
< Dial Plan 1 >

Dial
06(96)
07(97) + Security Code
08(98) + Extension No.
08(98) + 80 - 87
08(98) + 88
08(98) + 9
Feature
Call Pickup to Trunk line Call
Walking Toll Restriction
Call Pickup to Intercom / Intercom Hold /
Hold and Transfer / DISA Call / Trunk line Call
Meet-Me Answer
Meet-Me Answer (Same Paging GP)
Call Pickup for a Doorphone Call
Seize a last held Trunk Line
< Dial Plan 2 >

Dial
Feature
03(93) + Queuing GP No. +
Abbreviated Dialing
ABB No.
04(94) + Queuing GP No.
Last Number Dialing
051(951)
Answer Exclusive Hold
052(952)
Do Not Disturb
053(953) + Extension No. +
Call Forward
Option Code
053(953) + 0 + Extension No. + Follow Me
Option Code
054(954) + HHMM
Wakeup Call
055(955) + Personal Code
Set Dial Block
056(956) + Personal Code
Cancel Dial Block
059(959)
All cancel for MW, Callback, Call Forward, Follow
Me, Wakeup Call and DND
06(96)
Call Pickup to Trunk Line Call
07(97) + Security Code
Call Pickup to Intercom / Intercom Hold /
Hold and Transfer / DISA Call/ Trunk line Call
08(98) + 80 - 87
Meet-Me Answer
08(98) + 88
Meet-Me Answer (Same Paging GP)
08(98) + 9
Call Pickup for a Doorphone Call
Seize a last held Trunk Line
# 78-D : Dial 0/9 Operation
4-84
Other Features
n Single Line Extension Dial Tone
DESCRIPTION:
Single Line Telephone Extension Dial Tone is selectable from either Continuous Tone or 0.3sec. ON /
0.2sec. OFF Tone by programming. This assignment is on a system basis. Single Line Extension Dial
Tone for all connected SLTs shall be defined according to Program #78-B
SLT
OPERATION:
None
RELATED SYSTEM DATA
#78-B: SLT Dial Tone
n Special User Password

DESCRIPTION:
Following Programs can be entered by using Special User Password instead of System Programming
Password. Special User Password is a 10 digit (8737727796) numeric code. The user can, however,
change the password for any other 10 digit code by system programming. The following programs can be
accessed :
- Program #42 : Walking Toll Restriction Security Code
- Program #43 : Toll Restriction Class Assignment on Security Code
- Program #46 : DISA Security Code
- Program #47 : DISA Security Code Extension Assignment
- Program #48 : DISA Toll Restriction Class
- Program #99 : Program Buffer Cancellation
KTS (only No.10 extension)
OPERATION:
To Enter Programming Mode :
1. On Hook Condition.
2. Press OPAC key.
3. Dial #, #, .
4. Dial Password. (8737727796)
5. Press HOLD key.
Note:
Upon entering Programming Mode, if the Program address for which access is restricted is keyed, the
display indication will go blank, pressing the # key will return the display to normal programming mode.
4-85
Other Features
To exit Programming Mode :
1. Return to Program No. Input mode.
2. Press HOLD key.
None
n Voice Mail Connection (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

DESCRIPTION:
The TX-Z System is compatible with NVM-2 and NVM-22 Nitsuko Voice Mail Systems. This feature
provides telephone users with comprehensive Voice Messaging and Auto Attendant capabilities.
Voice Mail Interface Units are also required for Voice Mail Connection. The 408M/208E/008E/408U/008U
units connected Voice Mail must be mounted new version of sub-CPU (MB89626RPF-G-615 or 616).
Not Applicable
OPERATION:
Refer to NVM Users Guide.
#85:
NVM Connection Port (TX-1232/2464)
#65:
NVM Connection Port (TX-824)
n Caller-ID
DESCRIPTION:
Refer to Caller-ID Unit in Part 7-1 in this manual.
n VAU (TX-Z 1232/2464)

DESCRIPTION:
Refer to Voice Announce/Record Unit in Part 7-3 in this manual.
n DUD (TX-Z 308)

DESCRIPTION:
Refer to FAX Transfer/DUD Unit in Part 7-2 in this manual.
n FAX Transfer (TX-Z 308)

DESCRIPTION:
Refer to FAX Transfer/DUD Unit in Part 7-2 in this manual.
4-86
List of Information Display

Contents
Time, Calendar/
Extension number,
Extension name
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
AA######BBBBBBBB
Note
- Week: SUN, MON, TUE, WED, THU,
FRI, SAT
- Day: 1 - 31
- Time: 0 - 12 (12H mode)
0 - 23 (24H mode)
- Minute: 00 - 59
- AA: Extension number
(10 - 79/100 - 799)
- BBBBBBBB: Extension name
* AM and PM indication is only 12H
mode condition.
Alarm setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
Warning indication
for Battery's Low
#BSUN#25#12:00PM
100#############
Timer
00:00: 00#12:00PM
11
#### ABC DE###
- Alarm 1 set indication

- Alarm 2 set indication
* These are indicated most left side digit
the upper part LCD.
Under LCD is example of Extension
number and name (not assigned).
- "B" indication blinks.
* This is indicated second digit from left
side the upper part LCD.
Under LCD is example of Extension
number and name (not assigned).
- This timer can be possible until
23:59:59 (23H:59Min:59Sec).
This time passed, indication returns to
00:00:00.
* Under LCD is example of Extension
number and name (ABCDE).
Intercom Call
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#T O #XX######
4-87
- XX: Extension number

(3 digit mode is indicated "XXX")
- If extension name is entered, "XX" is
indicated substitute extension name
(Max 8 digit) for extension number.

Contents
Call Forward when
Busy
(Extension number is
2 digit mode)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#T O#AA#-> #BB
Call Forward when

Busy
(Extension number is
3 digit mode)
CALL#T O #AAA- >BBB
Intercom Incoming
Call
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#FM#XX######
Intercom Call when

Busy
##SUN#25#12:00PM
BUSY####XX######
Hunt Group Call

when Busy
Note
- Extension number "AA" telephone is
setting [Call Forward when busy] from
"BB". On the condition, this is indicated
when call to "AA".
- Extension number "AAA" telephone is
setting [Call Forward when busy] from
"BBB". On the condition, this is
indicated when call to "AAA".
- XX: Hunt group number (00-04)
##SUN #25#12:00PM
BUSY#####X X#####
Intercom DND
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DND#####XX######
Intercom Camp-On
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CAM P#ON#XX######
Intercom Callback
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALLBK##XX######
Intercom Callback
Recall
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CLBK#FM#XX######
4-88


Contents
Out of Service
Display Indication
Note
##SUN#25#12:00PM
OUT #SVC#########
Camp-On Message
##SUN#25#12:00PM
SEND#MG?XX######
MW Message

##SUN#25#12:00PM
LEAVE#MESSAGE?#
Camp-On/
MW Message
no entry
Paging Call
##SUN#25#12:00PM
NO #MSG ##########
(All Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PAGING ##ALL#CALL
(Internal Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PAGING ##INT #X###
(External All Call)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
PAGING ##ALL#EXT #
(External Speaker Call for TX-Z

824/1242/2464)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PAGING ##EXT #Y###
4-89
- X: Paging Group number

- Y: External Speaker number

Contents
Paging Call
Display Indication
Note
(External Speaker Call for TX-Z 308)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
PAGING##EXT ####
Meet-Me Answer
(All Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM

- Y: External Speaker number
MEET#ME#ALL#CALL
(Internal Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
MEET#ME#INT #X###
(External All Call)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
MEET#ME#ALL#EXT #
(External Speaker Call for TX-Z

824/1232/2464)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
MEET#ME#EXT #Y###
(External Speaker Call for TX-Z 308)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
MEET#ME#EXT ####
Meet-Me Conference (All Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CONF####ALL#CALL
(Internal Call)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CONF####INT #X###
4-90

Contents
Meet-Me
Conference
Display Indication
Note
(Conference)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
MEET#ME#CONF
Call to Doorphone
1/2
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#T O #88#DOO R1
- If Doorphone name is entered,

"DOOR1" and "DOOR2" are indicated
substitute extension name (Max 8
digit) for extension number.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#T O #89#DOO R2
Incoming call from

Doorphone 1/2
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#FM#88#DOOR1
- If Doorphone name is entered,

"DOOR1" and "DOOR2" are indicated
substitute extension name (Max 8
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CALL#FM#89#DOOR2
Confirmation of MW
setting
OUT #OF#OFFICE###
MSG#T O##XX######

* When MW Message is no setting,
upper part LCD is not indicated.
Confirmation of MW
to be set
OUT #OF#OFFICE###
MSG #FM##XX######

* When MW Message is no setting,
upper part LCD is not indicated.
4-91

Contents
Trunk line Directory
Dialing
Display Indication
(Start indication for refer to Dial)
CO #DIR##########
(Referring to dial)
CO #DIR##########
Note
- When refer to dial, under LCD is
indicated common abbreviated name.
- XX: Abbreviated Dial number
(When storage quantity of
Abbreviated Dialing is assigned
"200" mode, "XX" is indicated for 3
digit mode.)
##########XX####
(No entry)
Registered Name
CO #DIR##########
LIST #END########
Intercom Directory
Dialing
(Start indication for refer to Dial)

ICM#DIR#########
- When refer to dial, under LCD is

indicated extension name.
(Referring to dial)
ICM#DIR#########
##########XX####
(No entry)
Registered Name
ICM#DIR#########
LIST #END########
Alarm 1/2 setting

operation
##SUN#25#12:00PM
ALARM1>#########
##SUN#25#12:00PM
ALARM2>#########
4-92
- When Alarm setting is finished, this is

indicated this time.
- When time input, this data indicated
4th digit from right side of under LCD.

Contents
Recall Trunk Line
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
LINE#XX#ST A#YY##
Enter operation of
Send-later Message
(Extension number/Hunting Group

number enter waiting)
ENT ER#ST A#######
Note
- XX: Line number
- YY: Extension number
(3 digit mode is indicated "YYY")
- If line and extension name entered,
"XX" and "YY" are indicated substitute
extension name (Max 8 digit) for
extension number.
- When extension number/hunting group
number enter, this data indicated most
right side digit of under LCD.
- When time input, this data indicated
4th digit from right side of under LCD.
(Time enter waiting)

ENT ER#T IME######
Time, Calendar
setting operation
##SUN#25#12:00PM
YEAR>###########
- When input year, date and time, this

data included 4th digit from right side
of under LCD.
- When input week, week indication is
indicated 3rd digit from right side of
under LCD.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DAT E>###########
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DAY>############
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T IME> ###########
Common abbreviated
dial name setting
operation
SYS##XX#########
4-93

digit mode.)
- Name editing is doing under LCD.

Contents
Extension name
setting operation
Trunk name setting

operation
Display Indication
ST A##XX#########
LIN E
X X #########
Note
- XX: Trunk line number

Common Message
input operation
MSG ##XX#########
- XX: Message number

Exclusive Message
input operation
MSG ##F XX ########
- XX: F key number (01-02)

Seizing Trunk Line
Abbreviated Dialing
outgoing call
LINE#XX#########
LINE#XX#########
##############DC
Saved Number
Dialing outgoing call
LINE#XX#########
############SAVE
Last Number Dialing

outgoing call
LINE#XX#########
#############LND
Repeat Dial setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REPEAT#DIAL#####
4-94
- XX: Line number

- Dial number is indicated most right
side digit the under LCD.
- If line name is entered, "XX" is
indicated substitute line name (Max 8
- XX: Line number
- Abbreviated Dial number is indicated
most right side digit the under LCD.
- Entered Dial number is indicated most
right side digit the under LCD.
- XX: Line number
- XX: Line number


Contents
Display Indication
Note
Repeat Dial outgoing

call
LINE#XX#########
- XX: Line number

##########REPEAT
Line key confirmation (Trunk Line)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#####LINE#XX#KEY
- XX: Line number

- Operation for confirmation:
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press Line key for confirmation
- Line number correspond when Lamp
shift mode.
(Park Hold)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
###PARK#HOLD#KEY
(No define)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#######NO#DEFINE
F1 - F10 key
confirmation
(Individually Abbreviated Dialing/

Intercom One Touch)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#CO/ ICM#REPART RY
DLS1 - DLS24 key

confirmation
(Extension number) (TX-Z 824)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#ST AT IO N#PORT#XX
(Line number)
1232/2464)
(TX-Z
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#####LINE#XX#KEY
4-95

1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press F1 - F10 key.
(Telephone number/Extension number)
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press DC/ICM key.
- XX: Extension number (Hard number)
(10 - System Max.)
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press DLS1 - DLS24.
- XX: Line number
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press DLS1 - DLS24.

Contents
Feature Access key
set/reset
Display Indication
(Line key)
Note
- XX: Each key number
##SUN#25#12:00PM
############COXX
(DLS key)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
###########DLSXX
(F1 - F10 key)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#############FXX
One-Touch Feature
Access key
confirmation
(ALARM key)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#######ALARM #KEY
(TIMER key)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#######T IMER#KEY
(Night mode set/reset)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#######NIGHT #KEY
(MONITOR set/reset)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#####MONIT OR#KEY
(MONITORED set/reset)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
###MONITORED#KEY
4-96

1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press Line/F1 - F10/DLS1 DLS24 key.

Contents
Access key
confirmation
Display Indication
(Recall Trunk Display set/reset)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
RECALL#LINE#DISP
(Repeat Dialing set/reset)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#REPEAT#DIAL#KEY
(Repeat Dialing outgoing call key)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
####HURRY#UP#KEY
(Trunk Directory set/reset)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
######CO#DIR#KEY
(ICM Directory set/reset)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
#####ICM#DIR#KEY
(I-HOLD Release)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##I-HOLD#PICK#UP
(Restriction Release)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#REST .CLASS#CHG.
(External Call Forward on DISA)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
DIALIN#AUT O#T RNS
4-97
Note

Contents
Access key
confirmation
Display Indication
Note
(Loop key)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
LOGICAL#LINE#KEY
(Conversation Record)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#RECORD
KEY
(DSS Business Mode)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
BUSINESS
M ODE
(DSS Room Status Mode)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
BUSINESS
M ODE
(DSS Wakeup Mode)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
W AKE
Trunk Queuing
setting
UP
M ODE
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T RK#QUEUING#####
Callback from Line

setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CLBK#FM#LINE#XX#
Repeat Dial setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REPEAT#DIAL#####
4-98
- XX: Line number


Contents
Display Indication
Common Abbreviated (10 digit for example)

Dialing confirmation
##SUN#25#12:00PM
###XX#1234567890
(18 digit for example)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
##XX#1234567890-
Note
digit mode.)
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press DC key.
3. Dial Abbreviated Dial number.
(Continued: Dial "*)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
########87654321
Personal Abbreviated (10 digit for example)

Dialing confirmation
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##FXX#1234567890
(18 digit for example)

##SUN#25#12:00PM
- XX: F-key number (01 - 10)

1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press DC key.
(Continued: Dial "*")
(When storage quantity of Abbreviated
Dialing is assigned "100", and #75-B is
enabled, F key No. 11-20 is also shown.)
#FXX#1234567890-
##SUN#25#12:00PM
########87654321
Intercom One-Touch
(Direct Station
Selection)
confirmation
Feature Access Busy
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##########FXX#YY
##SUN#25#12:00PM
BUSY############
4-99
- XX: F-key number (01 - 10)

- YY: Extension number/ Paging,
External speaker, Doorphone Call
number
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press ICM key.

Contents
Trunk Queuing
setting
Display Indication
Note
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T RK#QUEUING#####
Trunk Queuing Recall
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CLBK#FM#LINE#XX#
Dial Block setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DIAL#BLOCK######
Recall Trunk Display

setting
##SUN#25#12:00PM
RECALL#LINE#DISP
Programming mode
(Enter Password)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PA SSW O RD# @ @ @@ @ @ @
(Setting start)
PRO GRAMM ING####
#####00#########
(Setting finished, SW is initialized)

CHECK#SW#SETTING
#############-- C
(Operation finished. Error exist)

ERROR###########
###############E
4-100
- XX: Line number


Contents
Dial Block Set/Clear
Display Indication
(Enter password)
Note
##SUN #25#12:00PM
PASSW OR D@@@@@@@@
(Set) (TX-Z 1232/2464)

DI AL#BLOCK#SET
ST A.NO - #######X X
(Clear)
DIAL#BLOCK#CLEAR
ST A. NO- #######XX
Walking Toll
Restriction Password
Input
Pause
(Outgoing, Storing,
Confirmation)
Each Extension Hard
No. and Paging
Group No.
#LIN E
01
PASSW ORD>
#LIN E
@ @@@
01
12345P678
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T EL-XX##PAG.G P-Y
4-101
- XX: Extension number (Hard number)

(10 - System Max.)
- Y: Paging Group number (0 - 4)
(0 = Not assigned)
1. Press CHECK key.
2. Press ICM key.
3. Press HOLD key.
List of Dial Number Plan

1. Dial Number Plan (KTS) on On-Hook Condition
Dial Operation
0
*
#
Features
Program
Seize the Idle Trunk line.

Key Touch Tone Set/Cancel.
15
13
Background Music Set/Cancel (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
19
2. Dial Number Plan (KTS) on Off-Hook Condition (TX-Z 308)

Dial Operation
Features
Program
Call to attendant
* Attendant = No. 10 extension, specific extension at each
tenant.
52
54
Extension Number
Intercom Call
* Extension Number = 10 - 79
14
80
All call (All extensions on specific paging group).

* External speaker calls at the same time possible.
08
19
81 - 84
Internal Paging (Each Paging Group)
08
85
External Paging (External speaker)
86 + Hunting Group
Number
Call Hunting Group.
11
87
Message Waiting Callback
88 - 89
Call the Doorphone 1 or 2.
20
90 + Trunk Number
Seize the specified trunk.

* Trunk Number = 01 - 03
91 + Queuing Group
Number
Queuing the Trunk line

* Queuing Group Number = 0: Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
01
92
Trunk line Incoming Call answer
07
99 + Extension Number
Seize last held Trunk line on the specific extension.
* + Extension Number
Call Pickup to Intercom call, Intercom Hold, Hold transfer,

DISA call and Trunk incoming call (Specific extension).
07
930 - 935
Meet-Me Answer
08
938
Meet-Me Answer (Same Paging Group)
08
939
Call Pickup to Doorphone call
Call Pickup to Intercom call, Hold Transfer, DISA call and

Trunk Incoming call (Extension in same paging group)
07
94 + Extension Number + * Message Waiting Cancel (Specific extension)

4-102

<Dial Number Plan (KTS) on Off-Hook Condition (TX-Z 308) (Cont'd)>
Dial Operation
Features
Program
94 + 0 + *
Message Waiting Cancel (All setting extension)
95 + Personal Code + *
Dial Block Set

Personal Code = 4 digits (0000 - 9999)
35
95 + Personal Code + #
Dial Block Cancel

35
3. Dial Number Plan (KTS) on Off-Hook (No Tone) Condition (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Dial Operation
Extension Number
80 - 87
88
9
#
* + Extension Number + *
*+0+*
Features
Call Pickup to Intercom Call, Intercom Hold, Hold
Transfer, DISA call, and Trunk incoming call(Specific
extension).
* Extension Number = 10 - 79 or 100 - 799
Meet-Me Answer
Call Pickup to Intercom Call, Hold Transfer, DISA call, and
Trunk Incoming Call (Extension in same paging group)
MW Cancel (Specific extension)
MW Reset (All setting extension)
*# + Personal Code + *
Dial Block Set

Dial Block Cancel
*# + Personal Code + #
Room
Status Change (TX-Z 1232/2464)
*# + * + Extension Number
*Extension
Number = 10 - 79 or 100 - 799
+ Status Number
Status Number = 0: CHECK IN
1: MAID REQUIRED
2: MAID IN ROOM
3: CHECK OUT
4: RESERVE
5: OUT OF ORDER
*# + * + Extension Number Total Call Charge Output (TX-Z 1232/2464)
+6
Program
08
35
35
80
98
4. Dial Number Plan (SLT) on Off-Hook Condition

<Dial Plan 1>
Dial Operation
Features
9 (0)
Seize the Idle Trunk line.
9 (0)
Attendant Call (TX-Z 1232/2464)
4-103
Program
06
20
06
20
78

<Dial Plan 1 (Cont'd)>
Dial Operation
1-4
5 + Trunk Access Code +
Abbreviated Dial Number
60 + Trunk Access Code
61
62
63 + Extension Number +
Option Code
Features
Seize an idle Trunk line in each Queuing Group
Abbreviated Dialing by specific queuing groups.
* Queuing Group Number = 0:
Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
* Abbreviated Dial Number = 00 - 99
000 - 199
Last Number Dialing by specific queuing groups.
Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
Answer to held line
Set DND
Set Call Forward
Option = 0: Call Forward immediate
1: Call Forward when Busy
2: Call Forward when Unanswered
3: Call Forward when Busy/Unanswered
Program
01
01
01
13
28
63 + 0 + Extension Number Set Follow Me

+ Option Code
Option = 0: Follow Me immediate
1: Follow Me when Busy
2: Follow Me when Unanswered
3: Follow Me when Busy/Unanswered
28
64 + HHMM
Set Remind Call

* HHMM: Hour and minutes (0000 - 2359)
65 + Personal Code
Set Dial Block

* Personal Code = 4 digits (0000 - 9999)
35
66 + Personal Code
Cancel Dial Block

35
Status Number
Room Status Change (TX-Z 1232/2464)

*Extension Number = 10 - 79 or 100 - 799
1: MAID REQUIRED
2: MAID IN ROOM
3: CHECK OUT
4: RESERVE
5: OUT OF ORDER
67 + Extension Number + 6 Total Call Charge Output (TX-Z 1232/2464)
80
69
All cancel for MW, Callback, Call Forward, Follow Me,

Remind Call, and DND
Seize Intercom
Call Pickup to Meet-Me Answer, Intercom Call, Hold

Transfer, DISA call, and Trunk Incoming Call (Same paging
group)
4-104
98

Dial Operation
0 (9) + Trunk Number
Features
Program
Seize the specific trunk (Outgoing call or Answer to held line).

* Trunk Number = 01 - System Max
16
20
78
06 (96)
Call Pickup to Trunk line call
07
20
07 (97) + Security code
42
* Security Code = 4 digits (0000 - 9999)

08 (98) + 0
Voice Mail Direct Login (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
08 (98) + Extension
Number
Call Pickup to Intercom Call, Intercom Hold, Hold

Transfer, DISA call, and Trunk Incoming Call (Specific
extension)
20
08 (98) + 80 - 85
Meet-Me Answer (TX-Z 308)
08
20
08 (98) + 80 - 87
Meet-Me Answer (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
08
20
08 (98) + 88
08
20
08 (98) + 9
20
09 (99) + Extension
Number
Seize last held Trunk line on a specific extension


<Dial Plan 2>

Dial Operation
9 (0)
Extension Number
80
81 - 84
85
86/87
88/89
0 (9) + Trunk Number
Features
Seize the Idle Trunk line
Intercom calling
All Call (All extensions on specified Paging Group)
* External speaker calls at the same time possible.
External Paging
(External speaker 1 and 2 for TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
(External speaker for TX-Z 308)
Call to the external speaker 1 or 2 (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Call to the Doorphone 1 or 2
Seize the specific trunk (Outgoing call/Answer to held line)
4-105
Program
06
20
08
19
08
16
20

Dial Operation
03 (93) + Trunk Access
Code + Abbreviated Dial
Number
04 (94) + Trunk Access

Code
051 (951)
052 (952)
053 (953) + Extension
Number + Code
053 (953) + 0 + Extension

Number + Option Code
Features
Abbreviated Dialing by specific queuing group
Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
* Abbreviated Dial Number = 00 - 99
000 - 199
Last Number Dialing by specific queuing group
Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
Answer to held line
Set DND
Set Call Forward
Option = 0: Call Forward immediate
Set Follow Me
Option = 0: Follow Me immediate
1: Follow Me when Busy
2: Follow Me when Unanswered
3: Follow Me when Busy/Unanswered
054 (954) + HHMM
Set Remind Call

* HHMM: Hour and minutes (0000 - 2359)
055 (955) + Personal Code Set Dial Block
056 (956) + Personal Code Cancel Dial Block
059 (959)
All cancel for MW, Callback, Call Forward, Remind Call and
DND
06 (96)
Call Pickup to Trunk line call
Status Number

6
07 (97) + Security code
Room Status Change (TX-Z 1232/2464)

*Extension Number = 10 - 79 or 100 - 799
1: MAID REQUIRED
2: MAID IN ROOM
3: CHECK OUT
4: RESERVE
5: OUT OF ORDER
Total Call Charge Output (TX-Z 1232/2464)
* Security Code = 4 digits (0000 - 99999
Program
01
01
13
28
28
35
35
35
07
20
80
98
42
08 (98) + 0
Voice Mail Direct Login (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
08 (98) + Extension
Number
Call Pickup to Intercom Call, Intercom Hold, Hold Transfer,

DISA line and Trunk Incoming Call (Specific extension).
20
4-106

Dial Operation
08 (98) + 80 - 85
Features
Meet-Me Answer (TX-Z 308)
08 (98) + 80 - 87
Meet-Me Answer (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
08(98) + 88
08 (98) + 9
09 (99) + Extension
Number

Seize last held Trunk line on a specific extension
Call back to MW
*
#
Program
08
20
08
20
08
20
20
5. Dial Number Plan (KTS) on SPK-ON (No Tone) Condition (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
Dial Operation
Features
Dial 0
Seize an Idle Trunk line in the any queuing group
Dial 1 - 6
Seize an Idle Trunk line each queuing group (1 - 6)
Program
01
15
01
15
6. Dial Number Plan (KTS and SLT: Dial Plan 1) on the intercom DT condition
Dial Operation
Features
Call to attendant
* Attendant = No. 10 extension, specific extension
at each tenant
Extension Number
Intercom call
All Call (All extensions on specified Paging Group)
* External speaker calls at the same time possible
External Paging
Seize the specify trunk (Incoming Call) (KTS)
80
81 - 84
85
86/87
88/89
9 + Trunk Number
957
Voice Mail Conversation Recording
Program
51
52
54
08
19
08
16
20
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
96
Trunk Incoming Call answer (KTS)
07
97 + Mail Box Number
Directed Voice Mail Transfer (KTS)
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
4-107

6. Dial Number Plan (KTS and SLT: Dial Plan 1) on the intercom DT condition (Cont'd)
Dial Operation
98
Features
Voice Mail Direct Login (KTS)
Seize last held Trunk line on a specific extension.
Call back to MW
*
# + Hunting Group Number Call to Hunting Group
* Hunting Group Number = 0 - 4
7. Dial Number Plan (KTS/SLT) in the intercom call condition

Dial Operation
Features
Program
11
Program
Set MW (Cut off Intercom call)
Change the Voice/Signal call
19
Voice Mail Remote Message
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
*
Set Camp-On message

* Restrict to Off-Hook Signaling call
04
Step Call
8. Dial Number Plan (KTS/SLT) in the busy (intercom call) condition

Dial Operation
Features
Program
Set MW (Cut off Intercom call)
Set Off-Hook Signaling
04
Voice Mail Remote Message
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
*
Set Camp-On.
* Hang up after dial *, Intercom Callback set
Step Call
9. Dial Number Plan (KTS/SLT) in the Internal and External Paging condition
Dial Operation
#
Features
Set Meet-Me Answer
Program
10. During seizing the Idle Trunk line Dial Number Plan (SLT) after Flashing
Dial Operation
Features
Program
Extension Number
Intercom call
80
All Call (All extensions on specific Paging Group)

08
19
81 - 84
08
4-108

10. During seizing the Idle Trunk line Dial Number Plan (SLT) after Flashing (Contd)
Dial Operation
Features
External Paging
85
Program

86/87
Call to the external speaker 1 or 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
88/89
90
Flashing
26
91
Set Hold
92
Set Exclusive Hold
(Flash from during
conversation)
Set conference for 1 Trunk line with 2 extensions
94 + Trunk Number +
Telephone Number
(Flash from during
conversation)
Set conference for 2 Trunk line with 1 extension
95
Voice Mail Conversation Recording
* Invite internal party

16
* Invite outside party
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
97 + Mail Box Number
Directed Voice Mail Transfer
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
99 + Account Code
Input Account Code

* Account Code be able to set until 8 digits
Call back to MW
*7
Voice Mail Hold Retrieval

11
51
Call to Attendant (No.10 Extension or Tenant Attendant

Extension)
52
54
11. During Intercom Conversation Dial Number Plan (SLT) after Flashing
Dial Operation
Features
Program
Extension Number
Intercom call
Extension Number
Intercom Conference Set
80
(Flashing during
conversation)
80
All Call (All extensions on specific Paging Group)

4-109
08
19

11. During Intercom Conversation Dial Number Plan (SLT) after Flashing (Contd)
Dial Operation
Features
Program
81 - 84
08
85
External Paging

86/87
88/89
Busy
Call back to MW
*7
Voice Mail Hold Retrieval

11
51
Call to Attendant (No.10 Extension or Tenant Attendant

Extension)
52
54
12. Dial Number Plan (KTS/SLT) from seizing Trunk line condition
Dial Operation
0, 1 - 9, *, #
Features
Send dial
* Dial * (for KTS) can be used as starting and finishing
command for Account Code entry.
Program
01
13. Dial Number Plan (SLT) from busy (seize Trunk line) condition
Dial Operation
Queuing Group Number
Features
Queuing the Trunk line
Any line
1 - 6: Group 1 - 6
4-110
Program
01
List of SMDR Printout Data

1. Printout Data
Printout start position
Title
Data
Data
digits
CLS
OTG ....... Outgoing call

INC......... Incoming call answer/No answer
OTR ....... Transfer of outgoing call line
ITR ......... Transfer of incoming call line
BRD ....... Toll Restriction
ATB ........ Busy (Queuing group)
BFL ........ Buffer over
DATE
DD/MM/YY ...... Day/Month/Year
TIME
18
16
HH:MM:SS ...... Hours:Minutes:Seconds
LINE
25
26
Line number (OTG, INC, OTR, ITR, BRD)

Buffer over (BFL)
Queuing group number (ATB)
DURATION
30
30
HH:MM:SS ...... Hour:Minutes:Seconds

Conversation time (OTG, INC, OTR, ITR)
Busy time
(ATB)
ST#
40
40
Extension number
DIALED#
49
45
24
Dialed telephone number (Max. 24 digits)

(OTG)
Type of Data
Contents of Data
Callers Telephone number and/or Callers

name (INC)
RING
64
64
MM:SS ............ Minutes:Seconds

Incoming call ringing time (INC)
ACCT NO.
71
71
Account Code (Max. 8 digits)
2. Printout Condition
A: Outgoing call (OTG)
- Call is for Public Exchange.
- After dialing telephone number, Inter-digit timer is timeout. Inter-digit timer is assigned in Program
#27-02.
- After Inter-digit timer comes to timeout, conversation is longer than minimum time which is
assigned in Program #27-01.
- When Program #57-A is assigned "1", telephone number dialed more than digits which is assigned
in Program #59.
- The telephone must be assigned by Program #61-D = 0 (Printed).
- When conversation is transferred while Program #57-B is assigned "1", extension number of
outgoing call is printed-out.
4-111
List of SMDR Printout Data

B: Incoming call answer (INC)
- When Program #57-E is assigned "1", input account code.
- When conversation is transferred while Program #57-B is assigned "1", extension number of last
conversation is printed-out.
- When Caller-ID Unit is installed and Program #58-D is assigned other than 0, callers data
(Telephone Number and/or Name) is printed out.
C: Incoming call no answer (INC)
- Program #57-C is assigned "0".
- When Caller-ID Unit is installed and Program #58-D is assigned other than 0, callers data
(Telephone Number and/or Name) is printed out.
D: Transfer of outgoing call line (OTR)
- Program #57-B is assigned "0".
- The telephone must be assigned by Program #61-D = 0 (Printed)
- When transferred outgoing call line is transferred again, or when transferred outgoing call line cuts
off, these Data will be printout.
E: Transfer of incoming call line (ITR)
- Program #57-B is assigned "0".
- When transferred incoming call line is transferred again, or when transferred incoming call line cuts
off, these Data will be printout.
F: Toll Restriction (BRD)
- Program #58-A is assigned "0".
- The telephone must be assigned by Program #61-D = 0 (Printed).
G: Busy (ATB)
- When busy condition in all line passed more than 1 minutes in Queuing group, start time is set. And
when more than one line comes to be idle, and it passed more than 1 minutes, finish time is set.
From start time to finish time is printed-out as busy time of the Queuing group.
H: Buffer over (BFL)
- When the Data beyond Buffer's capacity (8 house/line) while printer is busy condition (including
power off), the number of non-printed-out Data (Total in 1 hour) is printed-out.
3. SMDR Printout Format
: Space (ASCII = 20H)
@: CR (ASCII = 0DH)
4-112
<: LF (ASCII = 0AH)
DISA Operation Flowchart

This flowchart shows DISA operations with VAU.
normal DISA and DISA with VAU.
Operations in Italics are common between
DISA INCOMING
Note 1
Empty a DISA port?
Not Empty
Empty Note 2
No
Note 3
External
Call forward Mode?
Yes
Not Empty
Empty a VAU path?
Not Empty
Empty
Note 3
Empty a VAU path?
Night Mode?
Empty
No
Normal
Incoming
Yes
VAU MSG. 01
VAU MSG. 20-23
VAU MSG. 02
Transfer
Silent
Dial Tone
Note 4
Timeout
Note 4
Dial or Timeout?
Dial or Timeout?
Timeout
Dial
Dial
Note 5
Incorrect
Incorrect
Correct
Trunk-to-Trunk
Extension No.?
Correct
Note 6
Incorrect
"#" + Security code?
"8" + Hunt GP No.?
Absent Mode?
Yes
Correct
Idle Ext. there?
Note 7
Memory Full?
Meet-Me Paging?
No
No
Call Forward?
Yes
Yes
VAU MSG. 07
Yes
No
Personal MSG?
No
No
Personal MSG?
Yes (Recorded)
Yes
Personal MSG
VAU MSG. 02
Personal MSG
VAU MSG. 03
Not (All Busy)
Note 8
Full
VAU MSG. 08
VAU MSG. 10
No (Empty)
Busy Tone
Dial # & * ?
1
No
Answer
Extension Access
No Answer
Operator call?
Yes
No
Yes (there)
Yes
Busy?
VAU MSG. 04
Note 9
Note 9
Call to Extension
Answer or not?
Yes
Operator there?
No
Personal MSG
(for Paging)
Leave Message
or Leave Tel. No.
No
Yes
DND?
Call to Operator
11
3
No
Note 8
Operator there?
No (Not there)
VAU MSG. 05
Yes
Cut off
VAU MSG. 04
Note 9
11
Call to Operator
Answer or not?
Answer
Operator Call
No
Note 1. Unused port should be assigned as DISA port.

2. Refer to the "External Call Forward on the DISA line".
3. VAU card has 3 talk-paths.
4. Program #66-2.
5. Program #46, 48.
6. Refer to the "Group Hunt".
7. "Memory" means "Personal MSG Recording Area".
8. Program #17-E.
9. Calling duration time is defined in "Program #66-3".
4-113

Leave Message
Leave Tel. No.
Personal MSG
No
No (TD TEL or SLT)
TXD Tel?
Yes (Recorded)
Yes (TXD TEL)
VAU MSG. 01
VAU MSG. 07
VAU MSG. 06
VAU MSG. 09
Dial Tone
Note 1
VAU MSG. 05
Timeout
Dial or Timeout?
Dial
Yes
Dial # & * ?
No
TXD TEL
Extension Type?
SLT
TD TEL
Dial "2"?
No
Yes
Yes
VAU MSG. 12
No
No
Yes
Dial?
Outside caller Leaves
Tel. No. and "#"
VAU MSG. 14
Yes
Note 3
Incorrect
Password?
VAU MSG. 11
Correct
Note 4
Stored Mobile No.?
Idle Trunk line there?
No
Dial "0"?
Yes
Note 2
Yes
No
No
Dial "1"?
Enable Mobile Call?
8
Dial Tone
No
Dial "3"?
Beep Tone
Left MSG there?
Outside caller
Leaves Message
Playback a one
left Message
No (Not there)
Yes (there)
9
No
Yes
Dial Tone
Note 5
Note 5
System seizes an
Idle Trunk line and
calls Mobile-phone.
Dial "#" or
Timeout
Silent
VAU MSG. 13
VAU MSG. 01
Note 8
""
SLT
Key Tel or SLT?
No
Enable Pager Call?
No
Stored Pager No.?
10
Key TEL Note 2
Yes
"#" or Timeout
"0"
Note 6
Dial Tone
Note 8

Yes
System seizes an
Idle Trunk line and
calls to Pager.
Note 7
Send the stored

Dial and Timeout
Note 1. Program #66-2.

2. Program #75.
3. Program #76.
4. Mobile-phone No. is stored on F9 key.
5. Message length is according to Program #64.
6. Pager No. is stored on F7 and F8 key.
7. 30 sec. (fixed)
8. Program #66-2.
Dial "0", "*", "#"

or Timeout
Erase a Playback
Message
Yes
No
Dial "#" or Timeout
Beep Tone
Cut off
4-114
""
Dial "*", "#"

or Timeout
"#" or Timeout
VAU MSG. 05

Trunk-to-Trunk
VAU MSG. 17
VAU MSG. 16
Dial Tone
Dial "9" and line No.
(01 - max.)
No
Queuing
Group No.
Yes
VAU MSG. 18
VAU MSG. 19
Dial Tone
Busy Tone
Yes
Dial "#", "*"?

No
Dial?
No
10
Yes
Dial "#"?
Yes
Yes
No
Conversation with
Outside
Outside caller dials

Tel. No.
Cut off the 2'nd line
5
Timeout (10 sec)?
Yes
Dial "#", "*"?

No
Yes
Dial "#", "#"?

No
Timeout (#31-2)?
No
Yes
Dial Tone
Dial "1"?
No
No
Timeout (10 sec)?

Yes
4-115
Yes
Stop Dial Tone
No
PART 5
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
Table of Contents
Location of Controls...........................................................................................5-1
System Programming Procedure....................................................................5-2
Feature Programming ........................................................................................5-4
Program 1 Line Assignment 1........................................................................5-5
A. Line Type
B. Dial Mode
C. Queuing Group
D. PBX Night Mode
E. Polarity Reverse Detect
Program 2 Line Group Assignment................................................................5-5
Program 3 Line Assignment 2........................................................................5-6
A. Direct Inward System Access (DISA) line
B. DISA Line Access
C. Common Use Line Assignment
D. Unrestricted Lines
E. Caller-ID Line
Program 4 Extension Assignment 1...............................................................5-7
A. Break-In
B. Trunk Off-Hook Signaling
C. Intercom Off-Hook Signaling
D. Intercom Signal Call
E. Headset operation
Program 5 Unsupervised Conference Port Assignment................................5-7
Program 6 Outgoing Trunk Access................................................................5-8
Program 7 Incoming Trunk Access/Audible...................................................5-8
Program 8 Extension Assignment 2...............................................................5-9
A. Instrument Type
B. SLT Dial Plan Set
C. Internal Page Zone
D. Tenant Group
E. Park Hold Group
Program 9 Forwarding Pairs Assignment ......................................................5-9
Program 10 Dual Handsfree Hotline ..............................................................5-10
Program 11 Hunting Groups ..........................................................................5-10
Program 12 Doorphone Call ..........................................................................5-11
Program 13 Extension Assignment 3.............................................................5-11
A. Key Touch Tone
B. Do Not Disturb
C. Alarm Audible
D. Voice Announce Device Port
E. Terminal Connection (Only for SLT)
Program 14 Station Numbering......................................................................5-12

Program 15 System Assignment 1 ................................................................5-13
A. Lamp Shift Mode
B. Night Service
C. Automatic Trunk Access
D. Exclusive Hold
E. Single Step Access
A. Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access
B. Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access
C. Specified Trunk Access for SLT
D. Add-On Conference Setup Mode
E. Multi-line Conference
A. Dial Pulse Sender Speed
B. Make/Break Ratio
C. DTMF Minimum Pause Time
D. Storage Quantity of Abbreviated Dial
E. Existence of Attendant for DISA
A. Three Minute Warning Tone
B. Caller-ID Message Assignment
C. Abbreviated Dialing Restriction
D. Handset Receiver Volume
E. Time Indication
A. All Call to External Zone
B. Intercom Call Type
C. Microphone ON/OFF (Initial condition)
D. Room Monitor
E. Unanswer Transfer Line
A. Door Chime Tone Duration
B. Paging Splash Tone
C. Door Alert Tone
D. Automatic Trunk Access Code for SLT
E. Existence of Doorphone Box
Program 21 Executive Hold Recall ................................................................5-16
Program 22 System Hold Recall ....................................................................5-16
Program 23 Unannounced Transfer Recall ...................................................5-16
Program 24 Announced Transfer Recall........................................................5-17
Program 25 Call Duration Timer ....................................................................5-17
Program 26 Flash Timer ................................................................................5-17
Program 27 SMDR Timers.............................................................................5-18
Program 28 Unanswered Time ......................................................................5-18
Program 29 Attendant Reverting....................................................................5-18
Program 30 Voice Receiver Release Time....................................................5-19
Program 31 Trunk-to-Trunk Cut-Off Timer Assignment ................................5-19

Program 32 DTMF Receiver Release Time...................................................5-20
Program 33 LND/Repeat Dial Hooking Time.................................................5-20
Program 34 Repeat Dial Timers.....................................................................5-20
Program 35 Toll Restriction Class .................................................................5-21
A. Toll Restriction Class (Day)
B. Toll Restriction Class (Night)
C. Toll Restriction Class (Dial Block)
Program 36 Permitted Codes (DATA-C)........................................................5-21
Program 37 Number Length Limit (DATA-D1)...............................................5-21
Program 38 PBX CO Access Codes (DATA-E).............................................5-22
Program 39 Common Unrestricted Codes (DATA-F) ....................................5-22
Program 40 Class-B Restricted Codes (DATA-B) .........................................5-22
Program 41 Class-C/D Restricted Codes (DATA-D2) ...................................5-23
Program 42 Walking Toll Restriction Security Code......................................5-23
Program 43 Toll Restriction Class Assignment on Security Code ................5-23
Program 44 External Alarm Sensor ...............................................................5-24
Program 45 Intercom Link Increase...............................................................5-24
Program 46 DISA Security Codes .................................................................5-24
Program 47 DISA Security Code Extension Assignment ..............................5-25
Program 48 DISA Toll Restriction Class ........................................................5-25
Program 49 External Zone BGM/Alarm .........................................................5-25
Program 50 External Zone Trunk Audible......................................................5-26
Program 51 Attendant Extension for DISA ....................................................5-26
Program 52 Tenant Feature...........................................................................5-27
Program 53 Tenant Abbreviated Dial.............................................................5-27
Program 54 Tenant Attendant........................................................................5-28
Program 55 Park Hold Key Assignment (TX-Z 824/1232/2464) ...................5-28
Program 56 Relay Contact Assignment.........................................................5-28
Program 57 SMDR Assignment 1 ..................................................................5-29
A. Dial Digits (Printout Condition)
B. Outgoing/Incoming Transfer
C. No Answer
D. KTS Account Code
E. Incoming Call
Program 58SMDR Assignment 2...................................................................5-29

A. Barred Outgoing
B. SLT Account Code
C. Dialed Number
D. Caller-ID Data Printout
E. SMDR Masking Digits
Program 59 SMDR Printout Digit ...................................................................5-30
Program 60 Polarity Reverse Detect Time (TX-Z 1232/2464).......................5-30
Program 61 Extension Assignment 4.............................................................5-30
A. Alpha-numeric key pad assignment
B. Caller-ID data Indication
C. Caller-ID table editing
D. SMDR outgoing information print
E. Doorphone call/answer
Program 62 DSS Console Port Assignment (TX-Z 1232/2464) ....................5-31
Program 63 DSS Assignment (TX-Z 1232/2464) ..........................................5-31
A. Automatic Hold of Line
B. DND Override
A. Maximum time of Personal Message
B. Temporary Memory status for Caller-ID
C. Automatic line seizing type selection
D. LED Indication for DISA incoming call
E. SLT holding operation
Program 65 Voice Mail Port Assignment (TX-Z 824).....................................5-32
Imcoming Timer Assignment (TX-Z 1232/2464)
Program 66 DISA Timers ...............................................................................5-33
Program 67 FAX Assignment 1(TX-Z 308) ....................................................5-33
Program 68 FAX Assignment 2 (TX-Z 308)...................................................5-34
A. Line Assignment
B. When CNG signal is not detected
C. When extension is busy
Program 69 FAX Assignment 3 (TX-Z 308)...................................................5-34
Program 74 Caller-ID Timers
Program 75 Extension Assignment 5 ............................................................5-35
A. Auto Dial Assignment
B. Common Abb. Dial Area Arrangement
C. SLT Automatic Trunk Access
D. KTS Off-Hook Mode Selection
E. Long Conversation Cutoff
Program 76 Password for Message Playback (TX-Z 1232/2464) .................5-36
Program 77 Extension Assignment 6 - Hold Operation.................................5-36
A. Automatic Caller-ID Data Displaying
B. SLT Dial Tone
C. Break In Warning Tone
D. Dial 0 / 9 Operation
E. DISA Dial Tone Assignment
Program 79 Automatic Mode Switching Time................................................5-37

Program 80 System Assignment 9 (01/02)....................................................5-37
A. Message Waiting Operation
B. Trunk Queuing
C. --Not used-D. Internal Conference
E. On-hook Transfer
A. Group Hunt Mode
B. Room Status
C. Call Charge Format
D. SLT Wakeup Call Ringing Time Assignment
E. --Not used-Program 82 Long Conversation Cutoff Timer ................................................5-38
Program 83 Line Assignment 4 (TX-Z 1232/2464) ........................................5-38
A. Trunk Disconnection when detected polarity reverse
B. Optional/Fixed Rate Table Selection
Program 84 Group Hunt Calling Timer ..........................................................5-38
Program 85 Voice Mail Port Assignment (TX-Z 1232/2464) .........................5-39
Program 87 Hold Disable Timer.....................................................................5-39
Program 88Door Relay Timer ........................................................................5-39
Program 89 Dial Wait Timer...........................................................................5-39
Program 90 Error Check ................................................................................5-40
Program 91 Function Key Initialization ..........................................................5-40
Program 92 Program Entry Password ...........................................................5-40
Program 93 Sub-CPU Version .......................................................................5-41
Program 94 Caller-ID Table Clear .................................................................5-41
Program 95 Sub-CPU Timers ........................................................................5-41
Program 96 Charge Code Table (TX-Z 1232/2464) ......................................5-42
Program 97 Charge Rate Table (TX-Z 1232/2464) .......................................5-42
Program 98 Maximum Call Charge (TX-Z 1232/2464)..................................5-42
Program 99 Program Buffer Cancellation ......................................................5-43
System Data Error Condition .........................................................................5-44
Location of Controls
1st Model Key Telephone (6TD/6TXD/12TD/12TXD)
Liquid Crystal Display
Handset
CHECK (Check) Key

CLEAR (Clear) Key
Line Keys
One-Touch Keys (F Keys)
LND (Last Number Dial) Key
Speaker
OPAC (Operation Access) Key

MW (Message Waiting) Lamp
MON (Room Monitor) Lamp
ICM (Intercom) Key
DC (Dial Control) Key
TRFR (Transfer) Key
FLASH (Flash) Key
SPK (Speaker) Key
DND/CONF(Do Not Disturb/Conference) Key
HOLD (Hold) Key
MIC (Microphone) Key
Microphone
VOL. (Volume Control) Keys
Dial Keys
Note: Standard type Key Telephones (6TD/12TD) do not have Liquid Crystal Display, CHECK Key, CLEAR
Key, and LEDs on One-Touch Keys.
2nd Model Key Telephone (6BTD/6BTXD/12BTD/12BTXD)

Liquid Crystal Display
Handset
Indicator
CHECK (Check) Key
CLEAR (Clear) Key
Line Keys
Speaker
One-Touch Keys (F Keys)

LND (Last Number Dial) Key
OPAC (Operation Access) Key
ICM (Intercom) Key
DC (Dial Control) Key
TRFR (Transfer) Key
FLASH (Flash) Key
SPK (Speaker) Key
DND/CONF(Do Not Disturb/Conference) Key
HOLD (Hold) Key
MIC (Microphone) Key
Microphone
VOL. (Volume Control) Keys
Dial Keys
Note: Standard type Key Telephones (6BTD/12BTD) do not have Liquid Crystal Display, CHECK Key,
CLEAR Key, and LEDs on One-Touch Keys.
5-1
System Programming Procedure

Description
TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 System user can change the System Data flexibly. TX-Z
308/824/1232/2464 System Programming is available only from the display telephone that is
connected to physical port No. 1.
System Initialization
1. Power Supply switch is OFF condition.
2. When entering Programming Mode at first time, the Switch-1 on the NX7E-308M/408M-A1 or
NX7E-24CPU-B1 unit should be set at the left side to INT. Power up the CPU. The system is
initialized with the default values.
NX7E-408M-A1 or NX7E-24CPU-B1
RST
SW1
INT
(TX-Z 308)
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
3. After you changed System Data, you must set the Switch-1 knob to right side to INT to protect
your System Data. This switch must always remain in the RUN position for normal operation.
(Refer to "Enter the System Data Setting Operation")
INT
(TX-Z 308)
(TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
NOTICE
If you exited Programming Mode without setting Switch-1 to the right position, the Display
indicates as follows;
C H E C K # S W # S E T T I N G
# # # # # # # # # # # # # - - C
To correct this;
1. Press #.
(Return to the Programming Mode)
2. Change the Switch-1 position. (Move to right to RUN)
3. Press HOLD key.
(Exit from Programming Mode)
5-2
System Programming Procedure

System Reset
Switch-2 (RST/RUN) is used to System Reset for TX-Z 824 & 1232/2464 system. Move the switch
to RST (the left) to reset the system immediately, keeping the current program.
However, Reset switch is not available for TX-Z 308 system. To reset TX-Z 308, disconnect the AC
plug and replace while the SW1 is on the other side of INT.
Connecting Single Line Telephone

TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 system can connect Single Line Telephones (SLTs) without changing the
hardware but can not recognize the instrument type by only connecting the SLT. When you connect
the SLT first time, you must operate as follows so that system can recognize.
-
Method-1: Off-Hook and Hang up. (Once)

Method-2: On the Program #13-E, assign "1 => Connected".
In the each case, when SLT is disconnected, you have to assign the "0 => Not connected" in
Program #13-E.
Entering the System Data Programming

1. (On-Hook Condition)
Press OPAC key.
2. Dial #, *, #, * and Password (8 digits).
3. Press HOLD key.
Password can be changed in Program #92. Password's digits are optional from 1 to 8 digits long,
and digits between 0 and 9.
When you forgot password, you can use Special Password to enter the System Data set up mode.
Key Institution
0 - 9:
*:
#:
Enter Program number, Extension number, Trunk number and Option number, etc.
Go to next item.
Exit from current program number.
5-3
Feature Programming
To program an option:
1. Dial program number (1 - 99).
2. Dial *.
3. Enter the required information as shown in programming entry. (under each program
description).
4. Dial *.
5. Repeat steps 3 - 4 if there is more than one entry. (extension , trunks, etc.)
6. Dial # to exit the current program number.
Example of Programming
Program #01
Dial
1
*
4
*
3
1
4
1
0
*
#
Each Line Assignment 1 (Method)
Display
PROGRAMMING
01
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-00
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-10100
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-01003
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-10031
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-00314
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-03141
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-04-31410
LINE ASSIGNMENT1
01-05-10100
PROGRAMMING
00
Meaning
Programming No. 1
Line No. 4
Type of line
(3: Behind PBX)
Dial mode
(1: DTMF)
Queuing group
(4: Group 4)
PBX night mode
(1: enable)
Polarity Reverse Detection
(0: Disable)
Ready for Line No. 5
Exit this item.
End (At item number input condition)

1. Press "HOLD" key.
Note 1: When Protect Switch on the NX7E-308M/408M-A1 or NX7E-24CPU-B1 Unit is set to initial
side or error Data are programmed, you cannot exit the programming mode.
Note 2: If you enter programs which are not described in this manual e.g. No. 65 to 73 for TX-Z
1232/2464, exit them without changing data. These programs are for other options.
5-4
Program 1
This program assigns Line Type (CO/PBX), Dial Mode (Pulse/DTMF), Queue Group, PBX Night
Mode and a Polarity Reverse Detection (only 1232/2464 system) to each outside line.
Display Indication
LINE#ASSIG NM ENT 1
Input Data
LN. Line number (01 - System Max)
A.
Line Type
0: No connection
1: CO Line
2: -- Not Used -3: PBX Line
B.
Dial Mode
0: DP (Dial Pulse)
#####01- LN- ABCDE
Initial
(ALL)
A: 1
B: 1
C: 1
D: 0
E: 0
1: DTMF
C.
Queuing Group
0: Not assigned
1 - 6: Group 1 - Group 6
D.
PBX Night Mode

0: Disable
1: Enable
E.
Polarity Reverse Detect (Only TX-Z

1232/2464)
0: Disable
1: Enable
* When the Line is unused, the Line must be

assigned "No connection" in Line Type.
Program 2
This program assigns CO/PBX lines into groups. The line groups are assigned to an extension for
Outgoing and Incoming calls. Only consecutive lines can be grouped (e.g., lines 3,4,5). Lines in one
group can overlap with lines in another.
Display Indication
LINE#G RO UPS#####
#####02- G P- ST -ED
Input Data
GP. Line group number (01 - 30)
ST. Lowest numbered line in group
(01 - System Max)
ED. Highest numbered line in group
(01 - System Max)
Initial
(Group 1)
(308)
ST: 01
ED: 03
(824/1232/
2464)
ST: 01
ED: 08
(Other)
ST: 00
ED: 00
5-5
Program 3
This program assigns DISA line, DISA Access Mode, Common Use Line, Unrestricted Line and
Caller-ID Line to an outside line.
Display Indication
LINE#ASSIG NM ENT 2
Input Data
LN. Line number (01 - System Max)
A.
Direct Inward System Access (DISA) line

0: Disable
1: Enable
B.
DISA Line Access

0: No access
1: Day mode
2: Night mode 3: Day and Night mode
C.
Common Use Line Assignment

0: Cannot use as a common line
1: Can use as a common line
D.
Unrestricted Lines
0: Restricted
1: Non-Restricted
E.
Caller-ID Line
0: Disable
1: Enable
#####03- LN- ABCDE
5-6
Initial
(ALL)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 4
This program assigns the following functions for each extension.
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT 1
Input Data
ST. Extension number (10 - System Max)
A.
Break-In
0: Not allowed
1: Allowed with tone
2: Allowed without tone
B.
Trunk Off-Hook Signaling

0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
Intercom Off-Hook Signaling

0: None 1: When Dial 2: When Busy
D.
Intercom Signal Call

0: Disable
1: Enable
E.
Headset operation
0: Disable
1: Enable
#####04- ST -ABCDE
Initial
(ALL)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
When extension is assigned the Signal Call mode in Program #04-D after the system has been
assigned the Voice Call mode in Program #19-B, this extension is Signal Call mode, but the other
extensions are kept the Voice Call mode.
When extension is assigned Voice Call mode in Program #04-D after the system has been assigned
the Signal Call mode in Program #19-B, all extensions are Signal Call mode regardless of Program
#04-D.
Program 5
This program assigns an extension port to an Unsupervised Conference circuit. In the TX-Z 308,
824, 1232, 2464 system, the Unsupervised Conference circuits are numbered 01-04. An extension
port assigned as an Unsupervised Conference port must not be terminated with a phone. In other
wards, Unsupervised Conference circuit MUST BE ASSIGNED AN UNUSED EXTENSION PORT.
Display Indication
UNSUP. CO NF. PO RT#

#######05##XX- ST
Input Data
XX. Port No. (01 - 04)
(Cannot input dial)
ST. Extension port for unsupervised conference
00: Not assigned
10 - System Max: (Extension number)
* Up to 4 ports can be set in a system.
5-7
Initial
(XX =
01 - 04)
ST: 00
Program 6
This program selects the line groups each extension can use for outgoing calls. Up to two outgoing
line groups can be assigned to an extension.
Display Indication
OUTGOING#CO#ACC.
#####06- ST -G1-G2
Input Data
G1. Outgoing line group 1
00: Not assigned to any group
01 - 30: (Line group number)
Initial
(ALL)
G1: 01
G2: 00
G2. Outgoing line group 2

* G1 and G2 shall be defined under Program 02.
Program 7
This program selects the line groups each extension can access for incoming calls and the ringing
assignments (day and/or night mode ringing) for the extensions. Up to two incoming line groups can
be assigned to an extension.
Display Indication
INC. LINE#ACC/ AUD
Input Data
X.
#####07- ST -X-G PD
No. (1 - 2)
(Cannot input dial)
GP. Incoming line group number

D.
Incoming ring type

0: No ringing 1: Day ring
2: Night ring
3: Day and Night ring
* GP shall be defined in Program 02.
5-8
Initial
(X = 1)
GP: 01
D=3
[No. 10]
D=0
[No. 11 No. Max]
(X = 2)
GP: 00
D=0
Program 8
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT #
Input Data
A.
#####08- ST -ABCDE
Instrument Type
0: KTS
1: DISA
3: SLT (DTMF)
2: SLT (DP)
B.
SLT Dial Plan Set

0: Dial Plan 1 1: Dial Plan 2
C.
Internal Page Zone

0: Not include
1 - 4: Page zone 1 - 4
D.
Tenant Group
0: Not include
1 - 4: Tenant group 1 - 4
E.
Park Hold Group (TX-Z 824/1234/2464)

0: Not include
1 - 4: Park Hold group 1 - 4
Initial
(ALL)
A: 0
B: 1
C: 1
D: 0
E: 0
* When extension port has been assigned as

DISA in Program #08-A, this port cannot use.
On the Program #05 and #08-A, can assign the same unused extension ports. However, each port
shall function only for one task on first-in-first-out basis.
Program 9
This program assigns "executive/secretary" pairs for the Executive Call Forward feature. Up to eight
such pairs can be formed. Up to all eight executive extensions can be paired with the same
secretary extension, if desired.
Display Indication
EXEC. CALL#FW D###

#####09- X#- MS-SC
Input Data
X.
Call Forwarding Pair No. (1 - 8)

(Cannot input dial)
MS. Executive extension number

(10 - System Max) (00: None)
SC. Secretary extension number
(10 - System Max) (00: None)
* A maximum of 8 pairs can be programmed.
5-9
Initial
(X = 1-8)
MS: 00
SC: 00
Program 10
This program assigns "secretary/executive" partnerships for Dual Handsfree Hotline. Up to four
such partnerships can be assigned.
Display Indication
DUAL#HF#HO T LINE#
#####10- SC- M1-M 2
Input Data
SC. Secretary's extension number
(10 - System Max)
(00: Not assigned)
M1. Executive 1's extension number
(10 - System Max)
(00: Not assigned)
Initial
SC: 00
M1: 00
M2: 00
M2. Executive 2's extension number

(10 - System Max)
(00: Not assigned)
* A Maximum of 4 combinations can be
programmed.
Program 11
This program assigns extensions to Hunting Groups (0-4) for the Group Hunt and Group Hunt
Transfer features. Up to five Hunting Groups can be formed, with a maximum of sixteen extensions
per group.
Display Indication
HUNT #G RO UPS####
######11- N#XX- ST
Input Data
N.
Hunting group number (0 - 4)
XX. Extension No. in pilot group

(01 - 16)
(Cannot input dial)
(00: None)
* A maximum of 16 extensions can be set in 1
Hunting group.
5-10
Initial
(N = 0-4)
(XX =
01 - 16)
ST: 00
Program 12
This program selects the extensions to receive the chime tones from a Doorphone Box and program
the ring type for each. Up to ten extensions can receive the chimes from both boxes.
Display Indication
DO O R#CHIME#BO X#
#####12- N#XX- ST D
Input Data
N.
Doorphone number (1 - 2)
XX. Received extension No. (01 - 10)

(Cannot input dial)
ST. Received extension number
(10 - System Max)
(00: None)
D.
Initial
(N = 1-2)
(XX =
01 - 10)
ST: 00
D: 0
Incoming ring type

0: No ring
1: Day ring
2: Night ring
3: Day and Night ring
* A maximum of 10 extensions can be

programmed for each doorphone.
Program 13
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT 3
Input Data
A.
Key Touch Tone

0: Enabled
1: Disabled
B.
Do Not Disturb
0: Disabled
1: Trunk calls blocked
2: Trunk and ICM calls blocked
3: Trunk and ICM calls blocked or Trunk calls
blocked.
C.
Alarm Audible
0: Off
1: On
D.
Voice Announce Device Port

0: Disable
1: Enable
E.
Terminal Connection (Only for SLT)

0: Not connected
1: Connected
#####13- ST -ABCDE
5-11
Initial
(ALL)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 1
Program 14
This program assigns an extension number to a telephone port.
Display Indication
(Start condition)
FLEX.ST A.# ING###
Input Data
Initial
* Enter the digit setting mode

1. Press " * " key.
#####14- 00######
(Digit setting mode)
FLEX.ST A.# ING###

#####14- 00##- 002
(2 digits mode)
* Digit set operation

1. Dial "00" and "2" or "3".
(2 or 3 digits mode select)
2. Press " * " key.
(Return to the start condition)
Digit: 002
SS = ST
FLEX.ST A.# ING###

#####14- ST ###- SS
(3 digits mode)
FLEX.ST A.# ING###

#####14- ST ##- SSS
SS. 10 - 79 (2 digits mode)

SS: 00 (Not assigned)
SSS. 100 - 799 (3 digits mode)

SSS: 000 (Not assigned)
(3 digit mode is not available on TX-Z 308
system.)
Originally assigned extension numbers in 3 digits mode are 110 to 173. If the customer wants other
extension number within a specific range, extension numbers must be changed by this program.
5-12
Program 15
This program selects the functions for the system.
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 1
#####15###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Lamp Shift Mode (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

0: Disable
1: Enable
B.
Night Service
0: All Tenant 1: Each Tenant
C.
Automatic Trunk Access

0: Disable
1: Press SPK key and queuing group No.
2: (On-Hook condition) Dial 0
3: 1 + 2
D.
Exclusive Hold
0: Disable
1: Enable
E.
Single Step Access

0: Disable
1: Enable
Initial
A: 0
B: 0
C: 2
D: 0
E: 1
Program 16
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT #
Input Data
A.
Ringing Trunk Off-Hook Access

0: Disable
1: All call to Incoming GP1 and ringing call to
incoming GP2
2: Ringing call to incoming GP1 and GP2
B.
Recall Trunk Off-Hook Access

0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
Specified Trunk Access for SLT

0: Seize a Trunk line for outgoing call
1: Seize a Trunk line for outgoing call and
pickup held line
D.
Add-On Conference Setup Mode

0: Add one by one
1: Add 5 parties at once
E.
Multi-line Conference
0: Disable
1: Enable
#####16###- ABCDE
5-13
Initial
A: 2
B: 1
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 17
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 3
#####17###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Dial Pulse Sender Speed

0: 10 PPS
1: 20 PPS
B.
Make/Break Ratio
0: 33%
1: 39%
C.
DTMF Minimum Pause Time

0: High-speed (80 ms ON/80 ms OFF)
1: Mid-speed (100 ms ON/100 ms OFF)
2: Low-speed (150 ms ON/150 ms OFF)
D.
Storage Quantity of Abbreviated Dial

0: 100
1: 200
E.
Existence of Attendant for DISA

0: None
1: Day
2: Night
3: Day and Night
Initial
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 1
Program 18
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 4
#####18###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Three Minute Warning Tone

0: Disable
1: Enable
B.
Caller-ID Message Assignment

0: Pattern 1 (OUT OF STATE and
UNAVAILABLE INFO)
1: Pattern 2 (OUT OF AREA and PRIVATE)
C.
Abbreviated Dialing Restriction

0: Not restricted
1: Restricted
D.
Handset Receiver Volume

0: Reset after conversation
1: Keep current volume
E.
Time Indication
0: 12H mode
1: 24H mode
5-14
Initial
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 19
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 5
Input Data
A.
All Call to External Zone

0: Disable
1: Speaker 1
2: Speaker 2
3: Speaker 1 and 2
(Can input 0 or 1 on TX-Z 308)
B.
Intercom Call Type

0: Voice call
1: Signal call
C.
Microphone ON/OFF (Initial condition)

0: ON
1: OFF
D.
Room Monitor
0: Disable
#####19###- ABCDE
E.
Initial
A: 1
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
1: Enable
Unanswer Transfer line

0: Cutoff
1:Transfer to No.10 Tel or operator extension
of each tenant.
(after pre-set timer(#29) is over.)
Program 20
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 6
#####20###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Door Chime Tone Duration

0: 2 times
1: 30 seconds
B.
Paging Splash Tone

0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
Door Alert Tone

0: Disable
1: Enable
D.

0: Off-Hook and dial 0
1: Off-Hook and dial 9
E.
Existence of Doorphone Box

0: None
1: Doorphone 1 enabled
2: Doorphone 2 enabled
3: Doorphone 1 and 2 enabled
5-15
Initial
A: 0
B: 1
C: 0
D: 1
E: 0
Program 21
This program sets the timer for Exclusive Hold Recall. The timer can be set in 10 second intervals,
up to 2550 seconds.
Display Indication
EXC. HO LD#T IM ERS#

#####21- N###- T T T
Input Data
Initial
1: Recall start time

2: Recall signal duration time
(N = 1)
TTT: 003
TTT. Time
000: Not assigned
001 - 255: 10 - 2550 seconds
(N = 2)
TTT = 003
N.
Program 22
This program sets two timers for the System Hold feature:
1. The Recall Timer selects the interval of time a call stays on System Hold before it recalls (rerings) the extension that placed it on Hold. This timer can be set for 10 second intervals, up to
2550 seconds.
2. The Duration Timer determines how long the System Hold Recall signal lasts. The timer can be
set for a maximum of 255 seconds.
Display Indication
SYS. HO LD#T IM ERS#

#####22- N###- T T T
Input Data
N.
1: Recall Timer
2: Duration Timer
TTT. Time
000: Not assigned
001 - 255: 10 - 2550 seconds (N = 1)
1 - 255 seconds (N = 2)
Initial
(N = 1)
TTT: 006
(N = 2)
TTT = 005
Program 23
This program determines how long an Unannounced Transfer rings the receiving extension before
recalling the transferring extension. The timer can be set for multiples of 10 seconds, up to 2550
seconds.
Display Indication
UNANN. XFER#T IM ER
Input Data
TTT. Recall time
000 - 255: 0 - 2550 seconds
#####23#####- T T T
5-16
Initial
TTT: 006
Program 24
This program determines how long an Announced Transfer stays on System Hold before recalling
the transferring extension. The timer can be set in 10 second intervals, up to 2550 seconds.
Display Indication
ANN'D#XFER#T IM ER
Input Data
Initial
TTT. Recall time

000: I-Hold transfer disabled
001 - 255: 10 - 2550 seconds
TTT: 000
#####24#####- T T T
Program 25
This program enables or disables the Call Duration Timer feature. If enabled, the Call Duration
Timer can be programmed to start from 1 to 255 seconds after a line is accessed.
Display Indication
CALL#DUR. #ST ART#
Input Data
Initial
TTT. Start time

000: Not indicated
001 - 180: 1 - 180 seconds
TTT: 015
#####25#####- T T T
Program 26
This program sets the duration of the open loop flash used for the Flash feature. One duration is
available for Trunk lines and another for PBX lines. A flash duration can range from 30 to 7500 ms
(30 ms intervals).
Display Indication
FLASH#T IM ER#####
#####26- N###- T T T
N.
Line type
1: CO Line
Input Data
Initial
2: PBX Line
(N = 1)
TTT: 025
TTT. Flash time

000: Not assigned
001 - 250: 30 - 7500 ms
5-17
(N = 2)
TTT: 003
(30 ms step)
Program 27
This program sets two SMDR timers:
1. Call Duration Timer selects the minimum number of seconds (00-60) a call must last in order for
it to be recorded on the SMDR printout.
2. Call Start Timer selects the number of seconds (00-60) which pass before SMDR starts timing a
call.
Display Indication
SMDR#T IM ERS#####
Input Data
Initial
XX. 01: Minimum call duration timer

02: Inter-digit timer
(01 and 02 cannot input dial)
(XX = 01)
TT: 00
TT.
(XX = 02)
TT: 10
#####27####XX- T T
Time
00: Not assigned
01 - 60: 1 - 60 seconds
Program 28
This program determines how long an extension rings before transferring a call to other extension
(Call Forward when Unanswered). The timer can be set from 1 to 255 seconds.
Display Indication
DELAY#RING #T IM ER
Input Data
TTT. Time
000: Time out disabled
001 - 255: 1 - 255 seconds
Initial
TTT: 015
#####28#####- T T T
Program 29
This program determines Attendant Revert Timer. A call left on System Hold longer than a this
programmed period of time, re-rings the attendant telephone (station #10 or operator extension of
each tenant).
Display Indication
AT T . REVERT#T IM ER
Input Data
TTT. Attendant revert timer assignment
001 - 255: 1 - 255 seconds
#####29#####- T T T
5-18
Initial
TTT: 000
Program 30
This program assigns timer for voice message features.
With DISA, voice messages are sent:
1. Voice message transmission port is not answered automatically after ringing.
2. Voice message transmission port is not On-hook after answering automatically.
When this setting time is exceeded, dial tone is heard. (Wait a DTMF dial condition)
Display Indication
ANN. T IMERS######
#####30- N###- T T T
Input Data
N.
Initial
1: Automatic answering timer

2: DT (Dial Tone) sent timer
(N = 1)
TTT: 030
(N = 2)
TTT: 030
TTT. Attendant revert timer

001 - 255: 1 - 255 seconds
Program 31
This program assigns a timer for Trunk-to-Trunk conversation cut off.
On the Trunk-to-Trunk operation, when user forgot to dial "#" as the result of silence. (1)
On the Trunk-to-Trunk operation, when conversation finished and On-hook, if user does not dial "#,
#", Trunk-to-Trunk condition continues.
(1st and 2nd Line keys lamp lighting red condition.) (2)
On the (1) and (2) condition, when the timer elapses, both of 1st and 2nd lines will be cut off
automatically.
Display Indication
LN.TO #LN.TIMERS#
#####31- N###- T T T
Input Data
N.
Initial
1: Path connection waiting timer

2: Warning tone timer for conversation cut off
TTT. Time
001 - 255: 1 - 255 seconds
1 - 255 minutes
5-19
(N = 1)
TTT: 030
(N = 2)
TTT: 003
(N = 1)
(N = 2)
Program 32
This program determines release time of DTMF receiver for SLT.
Display Indication
PB#REC. REL. T IMER
Input Data
TTT. Time
001 - 255: 1 - 255 seconds
Initial
TTT: 010
#####32#####- T T T
Program 33
This program determines interval time between Trunk line seizure and dialing when using Last
Number Dialing and Repeat Dialing.
Display Indication
LINE#DRO P#T IM ER#
Input Data
TTT. Time
000: Not cut off
001 - 010: 1 - 10 seconds
Initial
TTT: 003
#####33#####- T T T
Program 34
This program set following timers for the Automatic Repeat Dialing.
Display Indication
REP. DIAL. T IMERS##

#####34- N###- T T T
Input Data
N. Assigned items
1. Waiting time
2. Calling time
3. No. of times redialed
TTT. Time assignment or numbers
000 : No function
001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec
1 -255 times
5-20
Initial
(N = 1)
TTT: 180
(N = 2)
TTT:030
(N = 3)
TTT: 010
Program 35
This program assigns each of the three modes (Day, Night, Dial Block) Toll Restriction Class level
(0 - 5) to each extension.
Display Indication
CLASS#O F#SERVICE
Input Data
A.
Toll Restriction Class (Day)

0 - 5: Class A - F
B.
Toll Restriction Class (Night)

0 - 5: Class A - F
C.
Toll Restriction Class (Dial Block)

0 - 5: Class A - F
#####35- ST ##- ABC
Initial
(ALL)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 5
Program 36
This program selects up to 20 Permitted Codes, numbered 01 - 20. A Permitted Code can contain
up to the first 12 digits of the desired telephone number.
Display Indication
PERM IT T ED#CO DES

#####36- NN######
Input Data
NN. Permitted code number (01 - 20)
DDDDDDDDDDDD: Permitted code assignment
(From 1 to 12 digits allowed)
Initial
(NN =
01 - 20)
DDDDDDDD:
No setting
* To clear data, press OPAC key.
PERM IT T ED#CO DES

####DDDDDDDDDDDD
Program 37
This program enables or disables the Permitted Code Digit Limit feature. If enabled, the maximum
number of digits per Permitted Code call ranges from 1 to 30.
Display Indication
CO DE#DIG IT #LIM IT
Input Data
DD. Digit
00: No restriction
01 - 30: 1 digit - 30 digits
########37###- DD
* A maximum of 30 digits can be programmed.
5-21
Initial
DD: 00
Program 38
This program selects up to four different PBX Access Codes, numbered 1 - 4. A PBX Access Code
can be one or two digits long.
Display Indication
PBX#ACCESS#CODES
######38- N###- DD
Input Data
N.
PBX access code number (1 - 4)
DD. PBX access code

(From 1 to 2 digits set allowed)
Initial
(N = 1 - 4)
DD :
No setting

* A maximum of 4 codes can be programmed.
Program 39
This program selects up to four Common Unrestricted Codes, numbered 1 - 10. A Common
Unrestricted Code can be up to four digits long.
Display Indication
CO M M. UNREST RICT
###
39- NN- DDDDD
Input Data
N.
Common unrestricted code number

1 - 10 :
Number 1 - 10
DDDDD.Common unrestricted code

Initial
(N =1 - 10)
DDDDD :
No setting

* A maximum of 10 types can be programmed.
Program 40
This program selects up to 10 Restricted Codes for Class B, numbered 1 - 10. A Restricted Code
can be up to five digits long.
Display Indication
REST R. CO DES#B###
#####40- NN- DDDDD
Input Data
Initial
Restrict code number (1 - 10)
(N = 1 -10)
DDDDD. Restrict code

DDDDD :
No setting
N.

5-22
Program 41
This program selects up to 30 Restricted Codes for Class C and D, numbered 1 - 30. A Restricted
Code can be up to five digits long.
Display Indication
REST R. CO DES#D2##
#####41- NN- DDDDD
Input Data
N.
Restrict code number (1 - 30)
DD. Restrict code

Initial
(N = 1 -30)
DDDDD :
No setting

Program 42
This program creates Walking Toll Restriction Security Codes. Up to 30 security codes can be
created. The security codes are identified by the numbers 01 - 30, and each code is four digits long.
Display Indication
UNREST.SEC.CODES
#####42- NN#- DDDD
Input Data
N.
Security Code number (01 - 30)
DDDD. Security Code

Initial
(N =01-30)
DDDD :
No setting

Program 43
This program assigns restriction class (A to F) to each Walking Toll Restriction Security Code.
Display Indication
UNREST . CLASS####
#####43-NN####- D
Input Data
Initial
N.
Number (01 - 30)
(N =01-30)
D.
Restriction class
0 - 5: Class A - F
D: 0
* "N" is corresponding security code in the

Program 42.
* Class shall be defined in Program 35.
5-23
Program 44
This program selects normally open or normally closed contacts for each Alarm input.
Display Indication
ALARM#SENSO R###
Input Data
N.
Alarm number (1 - 2)
A.
Alarm installed or not installed

0: Not installed
1: Installed
B.
Alarm trigger condition

1) When internal power is used
0: Normally contacts
2: Normally open
#####44- N###- A- B
Initial
(N =1 - 2)
A: 0
B: 0
2) When external power is used

0: Normally open
2: Normally contacts
Program 45
This program enables or disables the Intercom Link Increase feature.
Display Indication
ICM#LINK#INCR.##
#####45######- DD
Input Data
DD. Last line number used
00: Not assigned
01 - System Max minus 1:
Last line number used
Initial
DD: 00
* When this System Programming finished, this

system is reset.
Program 46
This program creates DISA Security Codes. Up to eight security codes can be created. The security
codes are identified by the numbers 1 - 8, and each code is four digits long.
Display Indication
DISA#SEC. CO DES##
#####46- N##- DDDD
Input Data
N.
DDDD. Security Code

(From 1 to 4 digits long)
5-24
Initial
(N = 1 - 8)
DDDD :
No setting
Program 47
This program assigns an extension number (10 - System Max) to a DISA security code for the
SMDR.
Display Indication
DISA#SEC. CO DE#ST
Input Data
N.
Initial
(N = 1 - 8)
ST: 10
#####47- N####- ST
* Number correspond to Program 46.
Program 48
This program assigns Toll Restriction Class level (A - F) to a DISA Security Code.
Display Indication
DISA#CO S########
Input Data
N.
D.
Restriction class
0 - 5: Class A - F
#####48- N#####- D
Initial
(N = 1 - 8)
D: 0
* Number correspond to Program 46.

* Class shall be defined in Program 35.
Program 49
This program assigns Background Music and/or alarm signals to an external page zone.
*
The order of priority :
BGM < Trunk Line incoming tone < Paging < Alarm 2 < Alarm 1
Display Indication
EXT . ZO NE#BG M/ ALM
Input Data
N. External speaker number (1 - 2)
A.
#####49- N###- ABC
TX-Z 824/1232/2464
B.
C.
BGM
0: Disable
1: Enable
Alarm 1
0: Disable
1: Enable
Alarm 2
0: Disable
1: Enable
N. External speaker number (1)
EXT . ZO NE
ALM
#####49- N###- ABC
TX-Z 308
A.
Not Used
B.
Alarm 1
0: Disable
C.
Not Used
5-25
1: Enable
Initial
(N = 1 - 2)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
(N = 1)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
Program 50
This program assigns incoming Trunk audible to an external page zone.
Display Indication
EXT . ZO NE#LN/AUD#
#####50- N###- G PD
Input Data
N.
External speaker number (1 - 2)

(TX-Z 308 has only 1 external speaker)
GP. Line group

00: Not ring
01 - 30: Group 01 - Group 30
D.
Initial
(N = 1 - 2)
GP: 00
D: 0
Incoming ring mode

0: Not ring
1: Day ring
2: Night ring 3: Day and night ring
Program 51
This program assigns an attendant extension for DISA.
Display Indication
A. A. DIVERT#ST A.#
Input Data
NN. Day mode/Night mode Assignment
01. Day mode
#####51
02. Night mode
NN- ST
5-26
Initial
ST: 10
(NN=0102)
Program 52
This program assigns features for tenant group.
Display Indication
T ENANT #O PT IO N###
Input Data
N.
#####52- N#####- D
D.
Feature number (1 - 5)
1: Intercom call
2: Internal paging call
3: Common abbreviated dial
4: Transfer to attendant
5: DSS LED Indication (Only TX-Z
1232/2464)
Initial
(N = 1 - 5)
D: 0
Feature access
(N = 1, 2)
0: Allowed
1: Restrict
(N = 3)
0: Common use
1: Assigned abbreviated dial
(N = 4)
0: System
1: Each tenant group
(N = 5) (Only TX-Z 1232/2464)

0: Indicating all extensions in system
1: Indicating extensions in the tenant group to
which the DSS belongs
Program 53
This program divides abbreviated dial numbers between each tenant group.
Display Indication
(Abbreviated Dial : 100)

T ENANT #ABBR. DIAL
#####53- NN-ST - ED
(Abbreviated Dial : 200)
Input Data
NN. Tenant group number (01 - 04)
(NN=
01 - 04)
ST. Start abbreviated dial number (00 - 99)

ED. End abbreviated dial number (00 - 99)
NN. Tenant group number (01 - 04)
T ENANT #ABBR. DIAL

#####53- NN######
STA. Start abbreviated dial number

(000 - 199)
T ENANT #ABBR. DIAL
END. End abbreviated dial number

(000 - 199)
#####53#- ST A- END
Initial
* When Program 17-D is re-written the Data, this

Program is reset.
5-27
ST: 00
ED: 99
STA: 000
END: 199
Program 54
This program assigns attendant extension for each tenant group.
Display Indication
T ENANT #AT T . ASSIG

#####54####XX- ST
Input Data
XX. Tenant group No. (01 - 04)
(Cannot input dial)
ST. Each tenant group attendant
00: Not assigned
10 - System Max: (Extension Number)
Initial
(XX =
01 - 04)
ST: 00
Program 55
This program assigns line keys used as Park Hold keys for each Park Hold group.
Park Hold Feature is available only on TX-Z 824/1232/2464 system.
Display Indication
PARK#HD#LN.ASSIG
#####55- NN-ST - ED
TX-Z 824/1232/2464
Input Data
NN. Park hold group number (01 - 04)
ST. Start line key No.
00: Not assigned
01 - 12: Line key 01 - 12
Initial
(NN =
01 - 04)
ST: 00
ED: 00
ED. End line key No.

00: Not assigned
01 - 12: Line key 01 - 12
Program 56
This program selects a mode of option relay.
Display Indication
RELAY#ASSIG N####
#####56- N#####- D
Input Data
N.
Relay number (1 - 2)
D.
Control type
0: Not assigned
1: Doorphone 1
2: Doorphone 2
3: External M.O.H
4: BGM (Only TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
5-28
Initial
(N = 1 - 2)
D: 0
Program 57
This program selects SMDR option features.
Display Indication
SMDR#ASSIGNMENT1
#####57###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Dial Digits (Printout Condition)

0: Disable
1: Enable
B.
Outgoing/Incoming Transfer
0: Printed
1: Not printed
C.
No Answer
0: Printed
Initial
A: 0
B: 1
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
1: Not printed
D.
KTS Account Code

0: Input enabled
1: Input forced before dial
2: Input disabled
E.
Incoming Call
0: Print every time
1: Print when account code input
Program 58
This program selects SMDR option features.
Display Indication
SMDR#ASSIGNMENT2
#####58###- ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Barred outgoing
0: Printed
1: Not printed
B.
SLT Account Code

0: Input enabled
C.
D.
Dialed Number
0: Printed
1: Input disabled
1: Not printed
Caller-ID data printout

0: Not printed
1: Phone No. printed
2: Name printed
3: Phone No. or Name printed
E. SMDR Masking digits

0: Not Assigned
1-9: Masking digits
5-29
Initial
A: 1
B: 1
C: 1
D: 0
E: 0
Program 59
This program assigns Dial Digits which is printed on SMDR reports.
Display Indication
SMDR#PRINT #DIG IT
Input Data
DD. Dial Digits
01 - 24: 1 - 24 digits
Initial
DD: 08
#####59######- DD
Program 60
This program assigns Polarity Reverse Detect Time.
Display Indication
LN. REVERSE#T IM ER
Input Data
TTT. Polarity Reverse Detect Time
001 - 255: 100 ms - 25.5 seconds
Initial
TTT: 008
#####60#####- T T T
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Program 61
This program assigns Alpha-numeric keypads, Caller-ID data indication, Caller-ID table editing,
SMDR prints outgoing information and Doorphone call/ answer.
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT 4
Input Data
ST. Extension Number (10-System max.)
A.
Alpha-numeric key pad assignment

0: Pattern1(1st Model Tel)
1: Pattern2(ITU-T Rec.E.161)
(2nd Model Tel)
B.
Caller-ID data Indication

0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
Caller-ID table editing

0: Disable
1: Enable
D.
SMDR outgoing information print

0: Print
1: No print
E.
Doorphone call/answer
0: Disable
1: Enable
#####61-ST - ABCDE
5-30
Initial
A: 0
B: 1
C: 1
D: 0
E: 0
Program 62
This program assigns ports which connect to DSS Console, and the extension which pairs with DSS
Console. Each DSS Console must be connected to the last port of each unit.
Display Indication
DSS#CONSOLE#PORT
#####62- N#- PO - ST
Input Data
N.
DSS Console No. (1 - 2)

(Cannot input dial)
PO. DSS Console port No.

(17, 25, 33, 41, 49, 57, 65, 73)
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only

ST. Pair Extension No. (10 - System Max)
Initial
(N = 1-2)
PO :
No setting
ST :
No setting
Program 63
This program assigns data for DSS Console features.
Display Indication
DSS#ASSIG NM ENT 1
#####63###- ABCDE
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Input Data
A.
Automatic Hold of Line

0: Disable
1: Enable
B.
DND Override
0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
-- Not Used -(This item must to be programmed as "0".)
D.
-- Not Used -(This item must be programmed as "0".)
E.
-- Not Used -(This item must be programmed as "0".)
5-31
Initial
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 64
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 7
Input Data
Initial
A.
Maximum time of Personal Message

(TX-Z 1232/2464)
0: 4 sec.
1: 8 sec.
2: 12 sec.
3: 16 sec.
B.
Temporary Memory status for Caller-ID

0: Not Indicate
1: Indicate
C.
Automatic Trunk seizing type selection

0: Seizing from small number
1: Seizing from large number
2: Seizing by turns (123)
D.
LED Indication for DISA incoming call

0: Busy (Not to answer)
1: Normal incoming (O.K. to answer)
E.
SLT Hold operation

0: Enable
1: Disable
#####64###- ABCDE
A: 3
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 65
This program assigns the extension ports connected to NVM (Nitsuko Voice Mail) on TX-Z 824
System.
This program assigns timers for Unattendant Message feature on TX-Z 1232/2464 System.
-
Item-1 in this program assigns duration time from system detects the incoming call to system
automatically answers and sends a Waiting Message to outside caller.
Item-2 in this program assigns duration time from system automatically answers to system sends
cut-off message.
Display Indication
VOICE MAIL PORT

#####65#####NN- ST
Input Data
NN. 01 - 08
ST. 00: Not Connected
10 - System Max:
Extension Port No.
Initial
(NN = 01 - 08)
ST: 00
TX-Z 824 Only

INCO MING#T IM ERS#
#####65- N###- T T T
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
N.
1: Automatic answer time

2: Cut off time
TTT. Time
000: Disable
001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
5-32
(N = 1)
TTT: 000
(N = 2)
TTT: 000
Program 66
This program assigns each timer for DISA.
-
Item-1 in this program assigns duration time from system detects the incoming call to system
answers automatically. System can provides ring-back tone to the outside caller by this duration
time.
Item-2 in this program assigns waiting time for each operation. When this time has passed, this
call will automatically be transferred to Attendant extension which is assigned in Program #51.
Item-3 in this program assigns calling time at extension by Extension Access feature. When this
time has passed, this call will automatically be transferred to Attendant extension which is
assigned in Program #51.
Item-4 in this program assigns interval to send VAU Message 25 on DISA with VAU.
Display Indication
DISA#T IM ERS#####
Input Data
Initial
N. 1: Automatic answer time

TTT. 000: Answer at once
001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
(N = 1)
TTT: 000
N. 2: Dial waiting time

TTT. 001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
(N = 2)
TTT: 010
N. 3: Extension calling time

TTT. 001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
(N = 3)
TTT: 030
N.
(N = 4)
TTT: 000
#####66- N###- T T T
4: VAU Message No.25 Waiting time

(TX-Z 1232/2464)
TTT. 000: No Function

001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
Program 67
This program assigns FAX/DUD feature for TX-Z 308 system.
Display Indication
FAX
ASSIG NM ENT 1
67
NN- DD
TX-Z 308 only
Input Data
NN. 01 : FAX/DUD line Assignment
DD: 00 = Not assigned
01 - 03 = Line1 - 3
NN. 02 : Fax Connection Port Assignment
DD: 00 = Not assigned
12-17 = Extension port No.12-17
5-33
Initial
(NN=0102)
DD:00
Program 68
This program assigns various features of FAX/DUD (Optional Item for TX-Z 308 system).
Display Indication
FAX
Input Data
ASSIG NM ENT 2
68
ABCDE
A.
Line assignment
0: FAX
1: DUD
Initial
2: FAX & DUD
B.
When CNG signal is not detected

0: Cut-off
1: Transfer to Operator (No.10)
2: Transfer to FAX port
C.
When extension is busy

0: Cut-off
1: Transfer to Operator (No.10)
2: Re-send Attendant Message No. 2
D.
--Not Used --
E.
--Not Used --
TX-Z 308 Only
A: 0
B: 2
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 69
This program defines each timer for FAX feature. (Optional Item for TX-308 System.)
Display Indication
FAX
#
##
Input Data
ASSIG NM ENT 3
69- N
T TT
TX-Z 308 Only
N.
Timer Assignment
1: Automatic Answer time
2: CNG signal waiting time
3: Waiting time for DTMF signal
4: SLT/FAX calling time
TTT. Time
000 = Immediate answer (N = 1)
000 = Not assigned (N = 2 - 4)
001 - 255 = 1 - 255 seconds (N = 1 - 4)
5-34
Initial
<N = 1>
TTT: 000
<N = 2>
TTT: 015
<N = 3>
TTT: 010
<N = 4>
TTT: 030
Program 74
This program assigns Caller-ID timers. (Optional Item for Caller-ID feature.)
-
Item-1 in this program assigns waiting time for Caller-ID signal from PTT.
Item-2 in this program assigns detecting time for incoming signal.
Item-3 in this program assigns duration time for Caller-ID signal.
Item-4 in this program assigns detection time for Caller-ID signal carrier.
Display Indication
CALLER- ID#T IM ERS
Input Data
N.
#####74- N###- T T T
Initial
1: Caller-ID signal waiting timer

2: Incoming signal detection timer
3: Caller-ID signal duration timer
4: Caller-ID signal carrier detection
TTT. 000: Not time out

001 - 015: 1 s - 15 s
000 - 015: 0 - 1.5 s
000 - 015: 0 - 750 ms
000 - 008: 500 - 900 ms
009 - 014: 1 s - 2 s
015: 3 s
<N = 1>
<N = 2>
<N = 3>
<N = 4>
(N = 1)
TTT = 007
(N = 2)
TTT = 001
(N = 3)
TTT = 000
(N = 4)
TTT = 015
Program 75
This program assigns auto dial in DISA feature, Common Abbreviated Area, Automatic Line Seizing
by SLT, Key Telephone Off-Hook Mode Selection and Long Conversation Cutoff on an extension
basis.
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT 5
Input Data
ST. Extension number
A.
Auto dial assignment (TX-Z 1232/2464 only)

0: No function
1: Pager only
2: Mobile-phone only
3: Both Pager and Mobile-phone
B.
Common Abb. Dial Area Arrangement

0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
SLT Automatic Trunk Access

0: Disable
1: Enable
D.
KTS Off-Hook Mode Selection

(TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only)
0: No tone
1: Seize Intercom
2: Seize idle trunk line
#####75- ST -ABCDE
E.
Long Conversation Cutoff

0: Disable
1: Enable
5-35
Initial
(308)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
(824/1232
/2464)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 1
E: 0
(All
Extensions)
Program 76
This program assigns security code for listening to recorded message from outside.
Display Indication
DISA#PASSW O RD##
#####76- ST #- DDDD
Input Data
ST. Extension number
DDDD. Security code (4 digits fix)
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Initial
DDDD:
Not assign
(All
extensions)
Program 77
This program determines whether an extension can immediately place a call on hold or the timer in
Program 87 will be followed.
Display Indication
ST N#ASSIG NM ENT 6
#####77- ST ##- ABC
Input Data
ST. Extension number (10 - System Max.)
A.
B.
C.
Day mode
Night mode
Dial Block mode
0: Can not hold within the timer (#87)
1: Can always hold
Initial
(No.10 Tel)
ABC = 100
(Others)
ABC = 000
Program 78
This program assigns Automatic Caller-ID Data Display, SLT Dial Tone Pattern, Break-In Warning
tone for SLT, Dial 0/9 Operation and DISA Dial Tone Assignment.
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 8
#####78
-ABCDE
Input Data
A.
Automatic Caller-ID Data Displaying

0: Disable
1:Enable
B.
SLT Dial Tone

0: Continuous
1:0.3s On/0.2s Off
C.
Break In Warning Tone

0: Disable
1:Enable
D.
Dial 0 / 9 Operation (TX-Z 1232/2464 Only)

0: Normal
1:Call Operator
E.
DISA Dial Tone Assignment

0: Send
1:No Tone
5-36
Initial
A: 1
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 79
This program assigns Automatic mode switching (Day to Night, Night to Day) time.
Display Indication
AUT O
NT
SERVICE
#####79-N
Input Data
N. 1
Mode Switching (Day to Night)
N. 2
Mode Switching (Night to Day)
HHM M
Initial
(N=1-2)
HHMM
: No setting
HHMM: 0000 - 2359

Program 80
This program selects the functions for the systems.
Display Indication
SYS#ASSIG NM ENT 9
Input Data
NN = 01:
A.
####80- NN-ABCDE
B.
(NN=01)
Message Waiting
0: Disable
1:Enable
Trunk Queuing
0: Disable
1: Enable
C.
--Not used--
D.
Internal Conference
0: Manual
1: Auto
E.
On-hook Transfer
0: Enable
1: Disable
NN = 02:
A.
Group Hunt Mode

0: Fixed Extension
1: Circulated Extension
B.
Room Status (TX-Z 1232/2464 Only)

0: No. 10 Extension Only
1: All Extensions
C.
Call Charge Format (TX-Z 1232/2464 Only)

0: Not add decimal point
1: Add decimal point
D.
SLT Wakeup Call Ringing Time Assignment

1 - 9 : 1 - 9 (min.) (TX-Z 1232/2464 Only)
E.
--Not used--
5-37
Initial
A: 1
B: 1
C: 0
D: 1
E: 0
(NN=02)
(308/824)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
(1232/2464)
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 1
E: 0
Program 82
This program assigns Long Conversation Cutoff timers
N=1: The timing to send Warning Tone after established the line conversation.
N=2: The timing to Cutoff the line with Warning Tone.
Display Indication
Input Data
Initial
N=1 : Conversation timer
FO RCED
###8
CUT - O FF
82- N
-T TT
TTT : 001-255(min.)
N=2 : Warning Tone Sending timer
TTT:001-255(sec)
TTT:
010(N=1)
030(N=2)
Program 83
This program assigns the following options for Trunk Lines on TX-Z 1232/2464 system.
Display Indication
L INE
ASSIGNMENT4
Input Data
A.
Trunk Disconnection when detected polarity

reverse
0: Disconnect
1:Not disconnect
B.
Optional/Fixed Rate Table Selection

0: Optional
1:Fixed
C.
--Not used--
D.
--Not used--
E.
--Not used--
#####83-LN-ABCDE
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Initial
A: 0
B: 0
C: 0
D: 0
E: 0
Program 84
This program assigns Group Hunt Calling Timer.
Display Indication
Input Data
HUNT# CALL TIMER
TTT. Group Hunt Calling Timer

000: Not call other extension
#####84#####- T T T
001 - 255: 1 - 255 sec.
5-38
Initial
TTT: 015
Program 85
This program assigns the extension ports connected to NVM (Nitsuko Voice Mail) on TX-Z
1232/2464.
Display Indication
VOICE MAIL PORT

#####85#####NN- ST
Input Data
NN. 01 - 08
ST. 00: Not Connected
10 - System Max: Extension Port No.
Initial
(NN = 01 08)
ST: 00
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Program 87
This program determines how long after seizing a Trunk line a user must wait before the line can be
placed on hold.
Display Indication
HD DISABLE TIMER
Input Data
TTT. Hold Disable Timer
000: Can hold immediately
001 - 255: 1 - 255 s
Initial
TTT: 000
#####87#####- T T T
Program 88
This program allows an automatic Door relay contact timer to be programmed. This will set how long
the relay timer will stay contacted once activated.
Display Indication
DOOR#RELAY#TIMER
#####88#####- T T T
Input Data
TTT. Time for Relay contact
000: Unlock/Lock by manual
001 - 255: 0.1 - 25.5 s
(Locked after assigned timer is over.)
Initial
TTT: 000
Program 89
This program assigns the delay required from the point of seizing a Trunk line to the point where the
system dials the digits entered by the end user. This timer should be longer than the first dial waiting
timer of CO line's specification.
Display Indication
DIAL#W AIT ##T IM ER
Input Data
TTT. Pre-pause timer for outside dial
000 - 255: 0 - 25.5 s
#####89#####- T T T
5-39
Initial
TTT: 008
Program 90
This program enables the Error Check feature.
Display Indication
ERRO R###########
Input Data
Initial
No error
##############E0
E R R O R # # # # # # # # # # #
Error indication
# # # # # # # # # # # # # # # E
ERRO R###########
XX. Error system data number
#####90#######XX
Program 91
This program reset the Abbreviated Dial, Personal Message and Function Key settings to default for
all extensions.
Display Indication
F - K E Y # I N I T I A L I Z E
Input Data
Initial
Data Clear
# # # # # 9 1 # # # # # # # # *
Program 92
This program creates password for System Programming Entry. Any digits between 0 and 9 are
allowed.
Display Indication
SYS.PRG.PASSWORD
Input Data
DDDDDDDD. Input password
(From 1 to 8 digits long)
#####92#########
SYS.PRG.PASSWORD
########DDDDDDDD
5-40
Initial
DDDDDDDD:
8111111
Program 93
This program indicates Main ROM & Sub-CPU version for each Unit.
Display Indication
SUB#CPU#VERSIO N
#####93- NN###- DD
Input Data
Initial
NN. Main ROM or Unit number

00 = Main ROM
01 = Sub CPU for TX-Z 308 M.E.
01-03 = Sub CPU for TX-Z 824 M.E.
01-08 = Sub CPU for TX-Z 1232/2464 M.E.
09 = Sub CPU for VAU Unit(TX-Z 1232/2464)
10 = Sub CPU for 3CIDU Unit(TX-Z 308)
10 = Sub CPU for SMDR Unit(TX-Z 824/2464)
11-13 = Class Package 1-3(Caller-ID Adaptor)
14 = Sub CPU for 3FAXU Unit(TX-Z 308)
DD. Version Number

00 (Can not enter any dial.)
Program 94
This program enables the Caller-ID Table Clear and Initialization feature.
Display Indication
CLEAR#I. D.#T ABLE
Input Data
Caller ID Table individual clear
Initial
#####94########C
Program 95
This program assigns variable timer of SUB-CPU in main equipment for Single Line telephones.
Display Indication
SUB#CPU#T IM ERS##
#####95- N###- T T T
Input Data
N.
1: Hook detect time for SLT

2: Incoming signal guard timer for SLT
(The time from when the line was cut-off
and to start to detect a next incoming
signal.)
3: Call abandon detect timer for SLT
*On TX-Z 824/1232/2464, Series No. of
408M/208E/008E/408U/008U units shall be 2.0 or
upwards.
5-41
Initial
(N = 1)
TTT = 080
(N = 2)
TTT = 020
(N = 3)
TTT = 050
Program 96
This program assigns the codes to be charged.
Display Indication
TRANSLATION DIAL##
#####96- NN
- DDDD
Input Data
NN. Table No. :01 - 50
DDDD. Charge Code
(1 - 4 digits, up to 50 codes)
*
Initial
(NN = 0150)
DDDD: Not
Assigned
To clear data, press OPAC key.
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
Program 97
This program assigns the rate of call charge.
Display Indication
BILL INDEX TABLE##
Input Data
NN. Table No.: 00 - 50
S.
#####97- NN- S- DDD
1: Optional Rate
2: Fixed Rate
DDD.
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only *

*
Charge Rate (000 - 255)
Initial
(NN = 0150)
(S = 1, 2)
DDD: Not
assigned
NN: 00 stores the rate to be applied when

unmatched with 01 - 50.
NN:01 - 50 corresponds to the charge codes
(01 - 50) assigned in #96.
Program 98
This program assigns the maximum total call charge.
Display Indication
MAX. CALL CHARGE##
Input Data
DD. Maximum total call charge
(Up to 6 digits long)
98
TX-Z 1232/2464 Only
5-42
Initial
DD: Not
Assigned
Program 99
This program erases all data in system buffer memory. All data entered while programming the
system is stored in buffer memory until the programming mode is exited. The Program Buffer
Cancellation feature erases all the data in the buffer and restores the previous values.
Display Indication
BUFFER#CANCEL###
Input Data
End of the System Data setting
(Do not overwrite System Data)
#####99########C
5-43
Initial
System Data Error Condition

System Data Error Condition
Program
No.
Error Condition
02
- Lowest line number is larger than Highest line number.
08
- KTS has already been connected to the assigned port number.
09
- Secretary's extension is not assigned to DND in Program #13-B.

- Secretary's extension = Executive's extension
- Secretary's extension is assigned to another pair.
10
- Secretary's extension = Executive's extension
12
- Received extension is assigned to DISA in Program #08-A.
13
- Voice Announce Device Port is not assigned to SLT (DP or DTMF) in Program
#08-A.
14
- Extension number is assigned to the other extension number.
21
- In Program #15-D, when system is assigned to enable the Exclusive Hold, each
timer is not set in each System Programming.
34
- Repeat dial data(Waiting time, Calling time or Repeat dial times) is changed to
000 (No function) during the Auto Repeat dial is set by KTS.
62
- Pair extension is assigned to another pair extension.

(Only TX-Z 1232/2464 System)
- Single Line Telephone is assigned to Pair extension.
(Only TX-Z 1232/2464 System)
64
- Personal Message Recording time (64-A) is changed to other value when someone
confirming the recorded message at the same time.
75
- More than 11 extensions are assigned.
79
- Only assigned one of the pairs for Day-Night / Night-Day Setting.

- Same timing is assigned for Day-Night / Night-Day Setting.
5-44
PART 6
PROGRAM RECORD FORM
/LQH#$VVLJQPHQW
([WHQVLRQ#$VVLJQPHQW
2WKHU#$VVLJQPHQW
5HVWULFW#&RGH#$VVLJQPHQW
6HFXULW\#&RGH#$VVLJQPHQW
(DFK#2SWLRQ#$VVLJQPHQW
6\VWHP#$VVLJQPHQW
(DFK#7LPHU#$VVLJQPHQW
352*5$00,1*#6+((7#)25#7;0=#6<67(0
NAME OF CLIENT : _______________________________________________________
ADDRESS
: _______________________________________________________
PHONE NUMBER : _______________________________________________________
SYSTEM NAME
308, 824, 1232, 2464

: _________________________
TOTAL NUMBER OF TRUNK LINE
: _________________________
TOTAL NUMBER OF KEY TELEPHONE
: _________________________
TOTAL NUMBER OF SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE : _________________________
FIRST INSTALL DATE : _________________
CHARGE : __________________
INSTALL DATE
: _________________
CHARGE : __________________
CONTENTS
: ________________________________________________
INSTALL DATE
: _________________
CONTENTS
: ________________________________________________
INSTALL DATE
: _________________
CONTENTS
: ________________________________________________
CHARGE : __________________
CHARGE : __________________
/LQH#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#34
Line Type (0-3)
Dial Mode Queuing Group (0-6)

(0 or 1)
0 = Not connected
0 = Not assigned
1 = Group 1
4 = Group 4
LINE 1 = CO line
2 = Not used
0 = Pulse 2 = Group 2
4 = Group 5
No.
3 = PBX line
1 = DTMF 3 = Group 3
6 = Group 6
0
PBX Night Polarity

Mode
Reverse
(0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable 0 = Disable
1 = Enable 1 = Enable
6
01
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
02
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
03
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
04
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
05
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
06
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
07
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
08
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
09
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
6-1
3URJUDP#36
LINE
No.
DISA Line DISA Line Access Common Use Line Non-restricted

(0 or 1)
(0-3)
(0 or 1) Lines (0 or 1)
Caller-ID Line
(0 or 1)
0 = Not access
1 = Day mode
0 = Disable 2 = Night mode
0 = Cannot use
1 = Enable 3 = Day and Night 1 = Can use
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
0 = Restriction
1 = Non-Restriction
0
01
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
02
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
03
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
04
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
05
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
06
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
07
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
08
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
09
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
10
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
12
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
13
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
14
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
15
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
16
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
17
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
18
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
19
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
20
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
21
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
22
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
23
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
24
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
6-2
3URJUDP#;6#+7;0=#456525797,
Trunk Disconnection when
detected polarity (0 or 1)
LINE 0 = Not disconnect
1 = Disconnect
No.
Optional/Fixed Rate Table

Selection
(0 or 1)
0 = Optional Rate
1 = Fixed Rate
01
( )
( )
( )
( )
02
( )
( )
( )
( )
03
( )
( )
( )
( )
04
( )
( )
( )
( )
05
( )
( )
( )
( )
06
( )
( )
( )
( )
07
( )
( )
( )
( )
08
( )
( )
( )
( )
09
( )
( )
( )
( )
10
( )
( )
( )
( )
11
( )
( )
( )
( )
12
( )
( )
( )
( )
13
( )
( )
( )
( )
14
( )
( )
( )
( )
15
( )
( )
( )
( )
16
( )
( )
( )
( )
17
( )
( )
( )
( )
18
( )
( )
( )
( )
19
( )
( )
( )
( )
20
( )
( )
( )
( )
21
( )
( )
( )
( )
22
( )
( )
( )
( )
23
( )
( )
( )
( )
24
( )
( )
( )
( )
6-3
([WHQVLRQ#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#37
Executive DND (0-2)
Trunk Off- Intercom Off-Hook

Hook
Signaling (0-2)
Signaling
Ext. Ext.
(0 or 1)
No. Hard 0 = Not allowed
0 = None
(INT) No. 1 = Allowed with tone
0 = Disable 1 = when dial
2 = Allowed without tone 1 = Enable 2 = when busy
0
Intercom
Headset
Signal Call
(0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
0
10
01
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
6-4
3URJUDP#37
Executive DND(0-2)
Trunk Off- Intercom Off-Hook

Hook
Signaling (0-2)
Signaling
Ext. Ext.
(0 or 1)
No. Hard 0 = Not allowed
0 = None
(INT) No. 1 = Allowed with tone
0 = Disable 1 = when dial
2 = Allowed without tone 1 = Enable 2 = when busy
0
Intercom
Headset
Signal Call
(0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
0
42
33
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
6-5
3URJUDP#39/#3:
Outgoing Trunk
Access (00-30)
G1 = Line Group 1 GP = Line Group No. (00-30)

Ext. Ext. G2 = Line Group 2 (00 = Not assigned)
No. Hard (00 = Not assigned)
(INT) No.
G1 - G2
X=1
0
D = Ring Type (0-3)

0 = No Ringing
1 = Day Ring
2 = Night Ring
3 = Day and Night
X=2
10
01
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-6
3URJUDP#39/#3:
Outgoing Trunk
Access (00-30)
G1 = Line Group 1 GP = Line Group No. (00-30)

Ext. Ext. G2 = Line Group 2 (00 = Not assigned)
(INT) No.
G1 - G2
X=1
0
D = Ring Type (0-3)

0 = No Ringing
1 = Day Ring
2 = Night Ring
3 = Day and Night
X=2
42
33
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-7
3URJUDP#3;
Instrument Type
(0-3)
Ext. Ext. 0 = KTS
No. Hard 1 = DISA
(INT) No. 2 = SLT (DP)
3 = SLT (DTMF)
0
SLT Dial
Plan
(0 or 1)
Internal Paging Zone

(0-4)
1 = Zone 1 3 = Zone 3
0 = Plan 1 2 = Zone 2 4 = Zone 4
1 = Plan 2
(0 = Not include)
3
Tenant Group (0-4)
1 = Group 1 3 = Group 3
(0 = Not include)
0
10
01
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-8
3URJUDP#3;
Instrument Type
(0-3)
Ext. Ext. 0 = KTS
No. Hard 1 = DISA
(INT) No. 2 = SLT (DP)
3 = SLT (DTMF)
0
SLT Dial
Plan
(0 or 1)
Internal Paging Zone

(0-4)
1 = Zone 1 3 = Zone 3
0 = Plan 1 2 = Zone 2 4 = Zone 4
1 = Plan 2
(0 = Not include)
3
Tenant Group (0-4)
(0 = Not include)
0
42
33
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-9
3URJUDP#3;/#46
Park Hold Group (0-4)
Key Touch Tone Do Not Disturb (0-3)

(0 or 1)
0 = Disabled
Ext. Ext.
1 = Trunk calls blocked
No. Hard 1 = Group 1 3 = Group 3
2 = Trunk and ICM calls blocked
(INT) No. 2 = Group 2 4 = Group 4 0 = Enabled
3 = Trunk calls blocked or Trunk
(0 = Not include)
1 = Disabled
and ICM calls blocked
0
10
01
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-10
3URJUDP#3;/#46
Park Hold Group (0-4)
Key Touch Tone Do Not Disturb (0-3)

(0 or 1)
0 = Disabled
Ext. Ext.
1 = Trunk calls blocked
No. Hard 1 = Group 1 3 = Group 3
2 = Trunk and ICM calls blocked
(INT) No. 2 = Group 2 4 = Group 4 0 = Enabled
3 = Trunk calls blocked or Trunk
(0 = Not include)
1 = Disabled
and ICM calls blocked
0
42
33
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-11
3URJUDP#46
Alarm
Voice Announce
Terminal Connection
Audible Device Port
(For SLT) (0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
Ext. Ext.
No. Hard
0 = Off
(INT) No.
1 = On
0
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
1
0 = Not connected
1 = Connected
1
10
01
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
6-12
3URJUDP#46
Alarm
Voice Announce
Terminal Connection
Audible Device Port
(For SLT) (0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
(0 or 1)
Ext. Ext.
No. Hard
0 = Off
(INT) No.
1 = On
0
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
1
0 = Not connected
1 = Connected
1
42
33
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
6-13
3URJUDP#47
Flexible numbering
(10-79) (100-799)
Ext. Ext.
(INT) No. (000 = Not assigned)
2 digit
Flexible numbering
(10-79) (100-799)
Ext. Ext.
(INT) No. (000 = Not assigned)
3 digit
2 digit
10
01
42
33
11
02
43
34
12
03
44
35
13
04
45
36
14
05
46
37
15
06
47
38
16
07
48
39
17
08
49
40
18
09
50
41
19
10
51
42
20
11
52
43
21
12
53
44
22
13
54
45
23
14
55
46
24
15
56
47
25
16
57
48
26
17
58
49
27
18
59
50
28
19
60
51
29
20
61
52
30
21
62
53
31
22
63
54
32
23
64
55
33
24
65
56
34
25
66
57
35
26
67
58
36
27
68
59
37
28
69
60
38
29
70
61
39
30
71
62
40
31
72
63
41
32
73
64
6-14
3 digit
3URJUDP#68
Extension Class (0-5)
0 = Class A 3 = Class D 0 = Class A 3 = Class D 0 = Class A 3 = Class D

Ext. Ext. 1 = Class B 4 = Class E 1 = Class B 4 = Class E 1 = Class B 4 = Class E
No. Hard 2 = Class C 5 = Class F 2 = Class C 5 = Class F 2 = Class C 5 = Class F
(INT) No.
Day Mode
Night Mode
Dial Block
0
10
01
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11
02
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
12
03
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13
04
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
14
05
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
15
06
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
16
07
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
17
08
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
18
09
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
19
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
20
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
21
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
22
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
23
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
25
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
26
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
27
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
28
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
29
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
30
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
31
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
32
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
33
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
34
25
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
35
26
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
36
27
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
37
28
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
38
29
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
39
30
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
40
31
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
41
32
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-15
3URJUDP#68
0 = Class A 3 = Class D 0 = Class A 3 = Class D 0 = Class A 3 = Class D

Ext. Ext. 1 = Class B 4 = Class E 1 = Class B 4 = Class E 1 = Class B 4 = Class E
No. Hard 2 = Class C 5 = Class F 2 = Class C 5 = Class F 2 = Class C 5 = Class F
(INT) No.
Day Mode
Night Mode
Dial Block
0
42
33
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
43
34
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
44
35
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
45
36
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
46
37
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
47
38
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
48
39
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
49
40
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
50
41
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
51
42
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
52
43
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
53
44
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
54
45
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
55
46
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
56
47
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
57
48
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
58
49
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
59
50
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
60
51
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
61
52
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
62
53
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
63
54
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
64
55
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
65
56
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
66
57
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
67
58
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
68
59
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
69
60
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
70
61
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
71
62
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
72
63
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
73
64
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-16
3URJUDP#94
Alphanumeric
Key pad
Ext. Ext.
(0 or 1)
No. Hard
0=
(INT) No.
1=
Caller-ID data
Indication
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Caller-ID
SMDR
Table editing outgoing
(0 or 1)
Information
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
0 = Print
1 = Not print
Doorphone
Call/Answer
(0 or 1)
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
10
01
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
11
02
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
12
03
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
13
04
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
14
05
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
15
06
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
16
07
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
17
08
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
18
09
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
19
10
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
20
11
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
21
12
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
22
13
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
23
14
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
24
15
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
25
16
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
26
17
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
27
18
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
28
19
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
29
20
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
30
21
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
31
22
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
32
23
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
33
24
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
34
25
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
35
26
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
36
27
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
37
28
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
38
29
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
39
30
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
40
31
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
41
32
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
6-17
3URJUDP#94
Alphabetical
Key pad
Ext. Ext.
(0 or 1)
No. Hard
0=
(INT) No.
1=
Caller-ID data
Indication
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Caller-ID
SMDR
Doorphone
Table editing outgoing Call Call/Answer
(0 or 1)
Information
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
0 = Print
0 = Enable
1 = Enable
1 = Not print 1 = Disable
42
33
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
43
34
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
44
35
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
45
36
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
46
37
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
47
38
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
48
39
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
49
40
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
50
41
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
51
42
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
52
43
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
53
44
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
54
45
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
55
46
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
56
47
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
57
48
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
58
49
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
59
50
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
60
51
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
61
52
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
62
53
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
63
54
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
64
55
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
65
56
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
66
57
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
67
58
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
68
59
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
69
60
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
70
61
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
71
62
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
72
63
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
73
64
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
6-18
3URJUDP#:8
Auto Dial Assignment for
DISA External Call
forward
Ext. Ext. 0 = No Function
No. Hard 1 = Pager
(INT) No. 2 = Mobile-phone
3 = Both Pager and
Mobile
0
Personal
Abb.
Dial
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
SLT
Automatic
Trunk
Access
(0 or 1 )
KTS Off-Hook
Mode Selection
0 = No tone
1 = Seize ICM
2 = Seize idle
Trunk Line
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
0
Long
Conversation
Cutoff
(0 or 1)
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
10
01
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
11
02
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
12
03
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
13
04
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
14
05
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
15
06
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
16
07
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
17
08
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
18
09
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
19
10
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
20
11
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
21
12
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
22
13
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
23
14
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
24
15
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
25
16
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
26
17
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
27
18
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
28
19
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
29
20
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
30
21
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
31
22
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
32
23
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
33
24
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
34
25
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
35
26
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
36
27
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
37
28
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
38
29
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
39
30
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
40
31
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
41
32
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
6-19
3URJUDP#:8
Auto Dial Assignment for
DISA External Call
forward
Ext. Ext. 0 = No Function
No. Hard 1 = Pager
(INT) No. 2 = Mobile-phone
3 = Both Pager and
Mobile
0
Personal
Abb.
Dial
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
SLT
Automatic
Trunk
Access
(0 or 1 )
KTS Off-Hook
Mode Selection
0 = No tone
1 = Seize ICM
2 = Seize idle
0 = Disable
Trunk Line
1 = Enable
0
Long
Conversation
Cutoff
(0 or 1)
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
42
01
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
43
02
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
44
03
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
45
04
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
46
05
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
47
06
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
48
07
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
49
08
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
50
09
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
51
10
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
52
11
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
53
12
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
54
13
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
55
14
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
56
15
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
57
16
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
58
17
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
59
18
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
60
19
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
61
20
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
62
21
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
63
22
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
64
23
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
65
24
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
66
25
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
67
26
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
68
27
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
69
28
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
70
29
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
71
30
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
72
31
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
73
32
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
( )
( ) ( )
( )
6-20
# 3URJUDP#::/;:
Trunk Hold operation
0 = Can hold within the timer
1 = Can always hold
Ext. Ext.
No. Hard
(INT) No.
Day
0
Night
1
Dial Block
0
Ext. Ext.
No. Hard
(INT) No.
Trunk Hold operation

0 = Can hold within the timer
1 = Can always hold
Day
0
10
33
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
42
33
11
34
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
43
34
12
03
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
44
35
13
04
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
45
36
14
05
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
46
37
15
06
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
47
38
16
07
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
48
39
17
08
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
49
40
18
09
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
50
41
19
10
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
51
42
20
11
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
52
43
21
12
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
53
44
22
13
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
54
45
23
14
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
55
46
24
15
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
56
47
25
16
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
57
48
26
17
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
58
49
27
18
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
59
50
28
19
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
60
51
29
20
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
61
52
30
21
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
62
53
31
22
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
63
54
32
23
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
64
55
33
24
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
65
56
34
25
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
66
57
35
26
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
67
58
36
27
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
68
59
37
28
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
69
60
38
29
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
70
61
39
30
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
71
62
40
31
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
72
63
41
32
) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
73
64
Trunk Hold disable Timer

000 : No function
001-255 : 1-255Sec
Night
1
Dial Block
0
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
Sec
6-21
1
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
2WKHU#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#35
Line
Group
No.
Lowest Numbered
Line in Group
3URJUDP#38
Highest Numbered
Line in Group
01
Extension Port for

Unsupervised Conference
No.
(10-System Max.)
(00 = Not assigned)
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
3URJUDP#3<
06
07
Call Forwarding Pairs (1-8)

Executive Extension No.
(10-System Max.) (00 = None)
No. Secretary Extension No.
08
09
10
11
Executive
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Secretary
3URJUDP#43
22
Dual Handsfree Hotline

Secretary Extension No.
Executive 1 Extension No.
No. Executive 2 Extension No.
23
24
25
26
27
Secretary Executive 1 Executive 2
28
01
29
02
30
03
04
6-22
3URJUDP#44
Extension No.
in Hunting Group
Hunting Group (0-4)

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
3URJUDP#45
Doorphone Call
Incoming Ring Type (0-3)
Doorphone Number (1 or 2)
Ringing Extension No.
No. (10-System Max) (00 = None)
0 = No Ring
1 = Day Ring
2 = Night Ring 3 = Day and Night
Doorphone 1
Ringing Ext.
Doorphone 2
2
Ringing Ext.
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-23
5HVWULFW#&RGH#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#69
No.
3URJUDP#6<
Permitted Code (DATA-C)
No.
10
10
Common Unrestricted Code (DATA-F)
11
12
3URJUDP#73
13
No.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
8
3URJUDP#6:
Number Length Limit (DATA-D1)

(01-30) (00 = No restrict)
10
digits
3URJUDP#6;
No.
PBX Access Code (DATA-E)
1
2
3
4
6-24
Class-B Restricted Code (DATA-B)
3URJUDP#74
No. Class-C/D Restricted Code(DATA-D2)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
6-25
6HFXULW\#&RGH#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#75/#76
No. Security Code
(Max. 4 digit)
Restriction Class (0-5)

0 = Class A
3 = Class D
0
1 = Class B
4 = Class E
1
2 = Class C
5 = Class F
4
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
10
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
11
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
12
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
13
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
14
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
15
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
16
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
17
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
18
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
19
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
20
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
21
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
22
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
23
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
24
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
25
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
26
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
27
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
28
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
29
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
30
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-26
3URJUDP#79/#7:/#7;
DISA Security Code Extension Number Restriction Class (0-5)
(Max. 4 digit) (For SMDR)
0 = Class A 1 = Class B
No.
(10-System Max)
3 = Class D 4 = Class E
0
2 = Class C
5 = Class F
4
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
6-27
3URJUDP#:9
DISA Password
DISA Password
for Listening to
for Listening to
Ext. Ext.
Ext. Ext.
No. Hard Recorded Message No. Hard Recorded Message
(INT) No.
(INT) No.
10
01
42
33
11
02
43
34
12
03
44
35
13
04
45
36
14
05
46
37
15
06
47
38
16
07
48
39
17
08
49
40
18
09
50
41
19
10
51
42
20
11
52
43
21
12
53
44
22
13
54
45
23
14
55
46
24
15
56
47
25
16
57
48
26
17
58
49
27
18
59
50
28
19
60
51
29
20
61
52
30
21
62
53
31
22
63
54
32
23
64
55
33
24
65
56
34
25
66
57
35
26
67
58
36
27
68
59
37
28
69
60
38
29
70
61
39
30
71
62
40
31
72
63
41
32
73
64
6-28
(DFK#2SWLRQ#$VVLJQPHQW
3URJUDP#7</#83
BGM
(0 or 1)
SP. 0 = Disable
No. 1 = Enable
Alarm 1
(0 or 1)
Alarm 2
(0 or 1)
Incoming ring
group (01-30)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
(00 = Not ring)
Incoming ring mode

0 = Not Ring
1 = Day Ring
2 = Night Ring
3 = Day and Night
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
3URJUDP#77
3URJUDP#89
Facility
(0 or 1)
Trigger Condition
(0 or 1)
Control type (0-4)

0 = Not assigned
Relay 2 = Doorphone 2
4 = BGM
No.
0 = Contact
Alarm 0 = Not
No.
installed 1 = Open
1 = Installed
0
1 = Doorphone 1
3 = External MOH
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
3URJUDP#8:/#8;/#8<
SMDR ASSIGNMENT
Dial digits
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( )
( )
Outgoing/incoming
transfer
(0 or 1)
0 = Printed
1 = Not printed
( )
( )
No answer
(0 or 1)
0 = Printed
1 = Not printed
( )
( )
Account code (KTS)

(0-2)
0 = Input enabled
1 = Input forced before dial
2 = Input disabled
( )
( )
Incoming call
(0 or 1)
0 = Printout every time

1 = Printout when account code input
( )
( )
Barred outgoing
(0 or 1)
0 = Printout
1 = Not printout
( )
( )
Account code (SLT)

(0 or 1)
0 = Input enabled
1 = Input disabled
( )
( )
Dialed number
(0 or 1)
0 = Printed
1 = Not printed
( )
( )
6-29
Digit (01-24)
digit
SMDR ASSIGNMENT
Caller-ID Data
(0 - 3)
0 = Not Printed
1 = Print Telephone Number
2 = Print Name
3 = Print Telephone Number or Name
( )
Masking digits
(0 or 1-9)
0 = Not Mask
1 9 = Masking digits
( )
( )
digit
)$;#$VVLJQPHQW#+7;0=#63;#2QO\,
3URJUDP#9:#+7;0=#63;,
No.
Trunk Line Number(00-03)
Extension Number(12-17)
01(FAX/DUD Line)
02(FAX Connection Port)
3URJUDP#9;#+7;0=#63;,
FAX ASSIGNMENT
A.FAX Assignment
B.CNG signal
Assignment
0 = FAX
1 = DUD
2 = FAX/DUD
( ) ( ) ( )
0 = Cutoff
1 = Transfer to Operator(No.10 Tel)
2 = Transfer to FAX connection Port
( ) ( ) ( )
C. When Destination 0 = Cutoff

extension is busy on 1 = Transfer to Operator(No.10 Tel)
DUD
2 = Re-Send Attendant Message No.2
( ) ( ) ( )
3URJUDP#9<#+7;0=#63;,
PROGRAM
TIME ASSIGNMENT
1: Automatic Answer timer
000: Answer Immediately, 001-255: 1-255s
#69
2: Waiting Time for CNG Signal detection

001-255: 1-255s
3: Waiting Time for DTMF Signal receiving
001-255: 1-255s
4: Calling Time for Telephone / FAX
001-255: 1-255s
6-30
Digit (01-24)
TIME
System Assignment
Program 15, 16, 17, 18
SYSTEM ASSIGNMENT
Lamp shift mode

(0 or 1)
0 = disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Night service(0 or 1)
0 = All Tenant
1 = Each Tenant
( ) ( )
Automatic trunk access

(0-3)
0 = Disable
1 = Press SPK and queuing group No.
2 = (On-Hook) Dial 0
3=1+2
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Exclusive hold
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Single step access
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Ringing trunk off-hook

access (0-2)
0 = Disable
1 = Tenant answer
2 = Ring answer
( ) ( ) ( )
Recall trunk off-hook

access (0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
SLT specified Trunk access 0 = Only seize Trunk line

(0 or 1)
1 = Seize Trunk line and pick up held
line
( ) ( )
Add-on conference setup

mode (0 or 1)
0 = Add one by one

1 = Add 5 parties at once
( ) ( )
Multi-line conference
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Dial pulse sender speed

(0 or 1)
0 = 10 PPS
1 = 20 PPS
( ) ( )
Make/Break ratio
(0 or 1)
0 = 33%
1 = 39%
( ) ( )
DTMF minimum pause

time (0-2)
0 = High-speed
1 = Mid-speed
2 = Low-speed
( ) ( ) ( )
The number of
Abbreviated Dial (0 or 1)
0 = 100
1 = 200
( ) ( )
Existence of Attendant
for DISA
0 = None
2 = Night
3 minutes warning tone

(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Caller-ID Message
(0 or 1)
0 = Pattern 1
1 = Pattern 2
( ) ( )
1 = Day
3 = Day and Night
6-31
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
3URJUDP#4;/#4</#53/#97
SYSTEM ASSIGNMENT
Common abbreviated dial

restriction (0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Handset receiver volume

(0 or 1)
0 = Reset after conversation

1 = Keep current volume
( ) ( )
Time indication
(0 or 1)
0 = 12H mode
1 = 24H mode
( ) ( )
All call to external zone

(0-3)
0 = Disable
1 = Speaker 1
2 = Speaker 2
3 = Speaker 1 and 2
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Intercom signaling
(0 or 1)
0 = Voice call
1 = Signal call
( ) ( )
Microphone ON/OFF
(0 or 1)
0 = ON
1 = OFF
( ) ( )
Room monitor
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
SLT hold transfer

(0 or 1)
0 = Cutoff
1 = Transfer to Operator (No.10)
( ) ( )
Door chime tone duration

(0 or 1)
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 30 seconds
( ) ( )
Paging splash tone

(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Splash tone on doorphone

(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Automatic trunk access

code for SLT (0 or 1)
0 = Off-Hook and dial 0

1 = Off-Hook and dial 9
( ) ( )
Doorphone box (0-3)
0 = None
1 = Doorphone 1 enabled
2 = Doorphone 2 enabled
3 = Doorphone 1and 2 enabled
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Maximum time of Personal 0 = 4 sec.

Message (0 - 3)
1 = 8 sec.
2 = 12 sec.
3 = 16 sec.
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
Temporary Memory Status 0 = Not Indicate

( ) ( )
For Caller-ID (0 or 1)
1 = Indicate
0 = Seize from small number
Automatic Trunk seizing
1 = Seize from large number
( ) ( ) ( )
Type selection (0 - 2)
2 = Seizing rotating line
0 = Busy (not to answer)
LED indication for DISA
( ) ( )
incoming call (0 or 1)
1 = Normal incoming (O.K. to answer)
SLT hold Operation
(0 or 1)
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
( ) ( )
6-32
3URJUDP#:;/#;3
SYSTEM ASSIGNMENT
Automatic Caller-ID Data
Indication
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
SLT Dial Tone
0 = Continuous
1 = 0.3s on/ 0.2s off
( ) ( )
Break In Warning Tone
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Dial 0 / 9 Operation
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
DISA Dial Tone

Assignment
0 = Send
1 = No Tone
( ) ( )
Message Waiting
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
Trunk Queuing
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
( ) ( )
On-Hook Transfer
0 = Enable
1 = Disable
( ) ( )
Group Hunt Mode
0 = Fixed Extension
1 = Circulated Extension
( ) ( )
Room Status
0 = No.10 Extension
1 = All Extensions
( ) ( )
Call Charge Format
0 = Without decimal point

1 = With decimal point
( ) ( )
Wakeup Call Ringing Time 1 - 9 = 1 - 9 min.
3URJUDP#78
3URJUDP#84
Intercom Link Increase

(01-System Max minus 1)
Attendant Extension for DISA (10-System Max)

Extension Number
Last line No. used

(00 = Not assigned)
Day =
Night =
3URJUDP#:<
Automatic Mode Switching Time
Day Night change =
Night Day change =
6-33
3URJUDP#85
Tenant Feature (1-5)
Feature Access (0 or 1)
0 = Allowed 0 = Common use
1 = Restrict 1 = Assigned
Abbreviated
Dial
1. Intercom Call
( ) ( )
2. Internal Paging Call
0 = System 0 = Indicating All

1 = Each
Extension
Tenant 1 = Indicating
Group
Extension in the
tenant to which
the DSS belongs
) ( )
3. Common Abbreviated Dial
( ) ( )
4. Transfer to Attendant
) ( )
5. DSS LED Indication
) ( )
3URJUDP#86/#87
No.
Tenant Abbreviated Dial
Tenant attendant
Start No. (00-99) or (000-199)

End No. (00-99) or (000-199)
(10-System Max)
(00 = Not assigned)
01
02
03
04
3URJUDP#88#+7;0=#;572456525797, 3URJUDP#98#+7;0=#;57,/;8#+7;0=#456525797,
No.
Park Hold key assignment

Start Line key (01-12)
End Line key (01-12)
(00 = Not assigned)
Voice Mail Port

No. (10 - System Max.)
(00 = Not Connected)
Start Line No. End Line No.
02
01
01
03
02
04
03
04
05
06
07
08
6-34
3URJUDP#95/#96
DSS Console Port No.
Automatic
Pair Extension
Hold of Line
No.
(10-System Max.) (0 or 1)
DSS
No.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
17
25
33
41
49
57
65
73
DND Override
(0 or 1)
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
0
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )
( ) ( )
3URJUDP#<5
3URJUDP#<;#+7;0=#456525797,
Maximum Call Charge
(From 1 to 8 digits)
Password for Programming entry

(From 1 to 8 digits)
3URJUDP#<9/#<:+7;0=#456525797,
Table
Charge Code Table
No.
00
Charge Rate Table

1 (Fixed)
2 (Optional)
Table
No.
Charge Code Table
26
01
27
02
28
03
29
04
30
05
31
06
32
07
33
08
34
09
35
10
36
11
37
12
38
13
39
14
40
15
41
16
42
17
43
18
44
19
45
20
46
21
47
22
48
23
49
24
50
25
6-35
Charge Rate Table

1 (Fixed)
2 (Optional)
(DFK#7LPHU#$VVLJQPHQW
TIME ASSIGNMENT
PROGRAM
#21
#22
Exclusive Hold Recall

(001-255: 10-2550 sec.)
(000: Not assigned)
1 = Recall start time
System Hold Recall

(001-255: 10-2550 sec.) .... 1
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)......... 2
(000: Not assigned)
1 = Recall start time
2 = Signal duration time
2 = Signal duration time
#23
Unannounced Transfer Recall time (000-255: 0-2550 sec.)
#24
Announced Transfer Recall time

(001-255: 10-2550 sec.) (000: I-Hold transfer disabled)
#25
Call Duration Start time

(001-180: 1-180 sec.)
#26
Flash time
(001-250: 30-7500 ms)
(000: Not assigned)
#27
(000: Not indicated)

1 = CO Line
2 = PBX Line
SMDR timer
(01-60: 1-60 sec.)
(000: Not assigned)
01 = Minimum call
duration time
02 = Inter-digit time
#28
Unanswered time
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
#29
Attendant Reverting time

(001-225: 1-255 sec.)
(000: Time out disabled)
#30
Voice Message time

(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
#31
Trunk-to-Trunk Cut-off timer 1 = Path connection waiting time

(001-255: 1-255 sec.)..... 1
(001-255: 1-255 min.) .... 2
2 = Path disconnection time
#32
DTMF Receiver release time

(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
#33
LND/Repeat Dial Hooking time

(001-010: 1-10 sec.)
(000: Not time out)
#34
#60
Repeat Dial timers

(000 : No function)
001-255: 1 - 255 sec. Or
: 1 255 times
1 = Automatic answering time

2 = DT sent time
1 = Waiting time
2 = Calling time
3 = Repeat dial times
Polarity Reverse Detect time

(001-255: 100 ms-25.5 sec.)
6-36
TIME
TIME ASSIGNMENT
PROGRAM
#65
Unattendant Message
(000: Disable)
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
1 = Automatic answer time
DISA Timers
1 = Automatic answer time

(000: Answer at once)
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
2 = Cut off time
2 = Dial waiting time

(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
#66
3 = Extension calling time

(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
4 = Waiting time for VAU25
(000 : No function)
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
1. Wait time for Caller-ID Signal
#74
Caller-ID Timer
000: Not time out
001 - 015 : 1 - 15 sec (N=1) 2. Incoming signal duration timer
000 - 015 : 0 - 1.5sec (N=2)
000 - 015 : 0 - 750ms (N=3) 3. Caller-ID Signal duration timer
000 - 008 : 500 - 900ms
009 - 014 : 1 - 2 sec
4. Time for Carrier detection
015 : 3 sec
(N=4)
Long Conversation Cutoff
1 = Conversation timer
Timer
#82
2 = Warning Tone Sending
Timer
#84
#88
Hunting Group Calling Timer

(000: Not to change calling extension)
(001-255: 1-255 sec.)
Door Relay Timer
Pre-pause timer for outside dial
#89
Sub-CPU Timer
#95
1.Hook detect timer for SLT

2.Incoming signal guard timer
3. Call abandon detect timer
6-37
TIME
PART 7
OPTIONAL ITEMS
PART 7-1
OPTIONAL ITEM
FOR TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464
(CALLER-ID UNIT)
Table of Contents
General Description ............................................................................................................7-1-1

Required Items & Capacity .................................................................................................7-1-1
Installation of 3CIDU-A1 Unit (TX-Z 308) ...........................................................................7-1-2
Installing the Caller-ID Adaptor (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)......................................................7-1-5
Installing the SMCID PBA (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)..............................................................7-1-8
Display Indication for Caller-ID Information......................................................................7-1-11
Caller-ID Table..................................................................................................................7-1-17
Temporary Memory...........................................................................................................7-1-30
SMDR Printout ..................................................................................................................7-1-33
Feature Access Keys ........................................................................................................7-1-33
List of Display Information ................................................................................................7-1-35
General Description
Caller-ID feature provides a caller's telephone number and/or name with time and date on the
display of Key Telephone. You can check the caller's information before answering the incoming
call. TX-Z Series can be support this feature by using additional items which are newly developed.
Note: This feature is available only for the Key Telephone with Display. Standard type Key
Telephone (No Display) and Single Line Telephone are not supported.
Required Items & Capacity

Required items and System Capacity are as follows;
TX-Z 308
Items
QTY
Caller-ID Line
Required Items
Software Version
NX7E-3CIDU-A1
Unit Name
V2.0 or upwards
Description
NX7E-3CIDU-A1
Caller-ID Interface unit for 3 Trunk Lines
TX-Z 824
Items
QTY
Required Items
Caller-ID Line
NX7E-8SMCID-A1 1
NX7E-8CID ADAPTOR 1
Software Version
V3.1 or upwards
NX7E-8SMCID-A1
used for SMDR feature and Caller-ID Adaptor connection
NX7E-8CID ADAPTOR
8 detection circuits for the Caller-ID Data
Note: NX7E-8SMCID-A1 PBA must be installed instead of NX7E-8SMDR-A1 PBA.

TX-Z 1232/2464
Items
QTY
Required Items
Caller-ID Line
24
NX7E-24CPU-B1 1
NX7E-24SMCID-A1 1
NX7E-8CID ADAPTOR 3
NX7E-24CPU-B1
New CPU card (including the Caller-ID feature)
NX7E-24SMCID-A1
used for SMDR feature and Caller-ID Adaptor connection
NX7E-8CID ADAPTOR
8 detection circuits for the Caller-ID Data
Note 1: NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA must be installed instead of NX7E-24CPU-A1 PBA.

Note 2: NX7E-24SMCID-A1 PBA must be installed instead of NX7E-24SMDR-A1 PBA.
7-1-1
Installation of 3CIDU-A1 Unit (TX-Z 308)

Open the upper housing of main equipment
Installation of 3CIDU-A1 Unit

To install 3CIDU Unit in the Main Equipment
1. Attach the two Nylon Spacer (included) to the holes on the Main Unit.
2. Attach the 3CIDU Unit to the connector labeled EXPCN and Nylon Spacer on the Main Unit.
3. Secure the 3CID Unit with Metal Spacer (included).
Note: If the option Unit (3DHEXU, 3SMDR or 3FAXU) has been installed in the Main
Equipment, Remove the option unit from the main unit and install the 3CIDU Unit First,
then mount the removed option unit on the 3CIDU Unit.
Caution: Option Unit must be connected 2 options maximum on the main unit.
7-1-2

4. After installing the 3CIDU Unit, connect the Trunk line which provides Caller-ID service as
illustration. Make connection from PTT lines to one of the connector labeled COCN () on the
3CIDU Unit. A maximum of 3 CO/PBX lines can be installed as Caller-ID line.
5. Connection between 3CIDU-A1 Unit and 308M-A1 Unit as the illustrations.
7-1-3

6. For the wiring between 3CIDU-A1 unit and 308M-A1 Unit, use some tool to knock-out panel
as the illustration and through the upper housing to connect to the COCN connector on the
308M-A1 unit.

panel
Through upper housing to

connect to COCN connector
on the 308M-A1 unit.
7. After wiring, put the housing and cover back and secure the screws.
8. Plug the AC cord into an AC outlet.
IMPORTANT!!: After all the connections are completed, plug the AC cord.
7-1-4
Installing the Caller-ID Adaptor (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

1. Installing the Caller-ID Adaptor
The Caller-ID adaptor should be installed in a
clean, dry, centrally-located spot where is out
of direct sunlight. The area should be free of
moisture (water, dampness, etc.) and away
from any equipment which might vibrate. You
should choose a location that is good
ventilated, where the temperature does not
exceed that of normal room. It must be
installed near area of TX-Z Main Equipment.
Step 1: Loosen the four screws and take off
the top cover as the illustration.
Before wall mounting the Caller-ID
adaptor, the top cover of adaptor
must be taken off.
Step 2: Tack-fasten two of the four wood
screws (provided with Caller-ID
adaptor) on the wall at about 163 mm
apart.
163 mm
Step 3: Place the two holes of the main Unit

over the tacked wood screws to hang
the Caller-ID adaptor on the wall and
then fully tighten the wood screws.
220 mm
Step 4: Fasten another two screws on the

wall through the two bottom holes of
the Caller-ID adaptor.
30 mm
7-1-5
Adaptor bottom line

2. Connector Location
The connector locations for the Caller-ID adaptor are shown in the following illustration.
NX7E-8CID Adaptor
3. Connection of the CO/PBX Line
The Trunk lines which provide Caller-ID service should be connected as illustration. Make
connection from PTT lines to one of the connector (labeled COCN) on 8CIDMB-A1 unit in the
Caller-ID adaptor. The adaptor can be installed eight CO/PBX lines maximum.
To COCN connectors on
the NX7E-408( )/208( )-A1 or NX7E-( )PFU-A1
7-1-6

4. Connecting to the TX-Z System
(1) To connect NX7E-408()/208()-A1 unit and

NX7E-()SMCID-A1 PBA as the illustration.
To CBCN on the NX7E-( )SMCID-A1 PBA
Note 1: When you use previous TX-Z

system, the Special EPROM (4.0 or
upwards on NX7E-408M-A1 PBA) or
Special Unit (NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA)
are required for Caller-ID feature.
Note 2: TX-Z system requires a NX7E()SMCID-A1 PBA instead of NX7E()SMDR-A1 PBA. Otherwise CallerID feature is not provided.
Note 3: TX-Z 1232/2464 system requires a
NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA instead of
NX7E-24CPU-A1 PBA. Otherwise
Caller-ID feature is not provided.
(2) Grounding requirement

The Caller-ID adaptor must be properly
grounded. Surely connect the FG terminal of
Main Equipment to each ground properly to
protect the unit.
To FG terminal of
Main Equipment
(3) Wiring diagram for accessory cables &

Grounding Cables
The wiring of Accessory cables must be as
illustration.
Grounding Cable (accessory part)
To CBCN on the
NX7E-() SMCID-A1
To FG terminal of
Main Equipment
Caller-ID Cable (Accessory parts)
Grounding Cable (Accessory Parts)
7-1-7

(3) Wiring diagram for accessory cables & Grounding Cables (Cont'd)
The wiring of grounding cable must be as illustrations.
To NX7E-208E-A1
NX7E-408M-A1
To ETH terminal of
Caller-ID adaptor
AC Cord
Grounding Cable
Screw
IMPORTANT
Surely connect the Grounding cable to
Earth Ground properly to protect the unit.
To Earth Ground
To ETH terminal of
Caller-ID adaptor
Installing the SMCID PBA (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)

5. Installing the NX7E-()SMCID-A1 PBA
The NX7E-()SMCID-A1 PBA provides the SMDR feature & Caller-ID feature.
The NX7E-()SMCID-A1 PBA shall be mounted on TX-Z Main Equipment as follows.
(1) TX-Z 824 System

Step 1: Main Equipment must be power off before mounting the NX7E-8SMCID-A1 PBA.
Step 2: Mount the NX7E-8SMCID-A1 PBA on the connector labeled EXPCN and Nylon Spacer on
the Units (NX7E-408M-A1, NX7E-208E-A1 or NX7E-008E-A1).
Step 3: Connect the Caller-ID cable to the CBCN connector and G terminal, then mount the SMDR
Jack Cable Assembly on the bottom side of the Main Equipment, and then insert the RS232C Jack into the RSCN connector on the NX7E-8SMCID-A1 PBA.
Note 1: Set SW1 at the proper Bit Rate Position.
Note 2: Set SW2 on "RUN" side (Not on "TEST" side).
IMPORTANT!!: After all the connections are completed, turn the Power Switch ON.
7-1-8

Caller-ID cable
SMDR Jack and

Cable Assembly
NX7E-8SMCID-A1
EXPCN
To SMDCN Connector In
the Caller-ID Adaptor
Nylon Spacer
NX7E-208E-A1/NX7E-008E-A1
NX7E-408M-A1
(2) TX-Z 1232/3464 System

The NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA & NX7E-24SMCID-A1 PBA provide the SMDR feature & Caller-ID
feature. Connector locations & Cable connections are as below;
Step 1: Main Equipment must be power off before inserting the NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA and NX7E24SMCID-A1 PBA. And Screw RS-232C cable assembly at the bottom side of Main
Equipment.
Step 2: Change CPU Board to NX7E-24CPU-B1 PBA from NX7E-24CPU-A1 PBA.
Step 3: Insert the NX7E-24SMCID-A1 PBA into the mother board slot labeled SMDR.
Step 4: Connect the Caller-ID cables to the CBCN1-3 connectors and G1-G3 terminals, then insert
the RS-232C Jack into the RSCN connector on the NX7E-24SMCID-A1 PBA.
Note 1: Set SW1 at the proper Bit Rate Position.
Note 2: Short bar on "RUN" side (Not on "TEST" side).
IMPORTANT!!: After all the connections are completed, turn the Power Switch ON.
7-1-9
Shortbar
bar
Short
7-1-10
Display Indication for Caller-ID Information

[ DESCRIPTION ]
When the system receives an incoming call, a line key on the Key Telephone indicates busy status.
Then indication of line key will be changed to incoming status after receiving Caller-ID information
from a PTT's line and display of the Key Telephone sets indicates the Caller Number (and/or
Name) then user can answer the call.
If a Caller-ID information is not received within preset time (by Program #74-1), a line key
associated with incoming call indicates normal incoming status and Key Telephone user can
answer the call normally.
[ OPERATION ]
1. To show the Caller-ID information at the ringing extension.

1) When Caller-ID information is received (Caller's Name Information: Exist)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
Operation and Information

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
XXXXXXXXXX######
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY#
NO #NUM BER#INFO#
1. While incoming call is being received.

*
Display status can not be changed by pressing CHECK

key.
2. If caller's Telephone Number has no information, the

display will be indicated as shown;
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
Note: Indication contents are as follows;

XXXXXXXXXX: Caller's Telephone Number (Maximum 10 digits)
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY: Caller's Name (Maximum 15 digits)
7-1-11

2) When Caller-ID information is received (Caller's Name Information: Not Exist)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
XXXXXXXXXX######
HH: M M#DD/ M M/ YY##
NO #NUM BER#INFO#


HH:MM: Time
DD/MM/YY: Day/Month/Year
3) When Caller-ID information is not received
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
NO #CALLER#INFO##

XX: Line Number
7-1-12

4) When caller calls from Non Caller-ID Service Area
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
O UT -O F- ST AT E####
or
LINE#XX#########
O UT
O F
AREA####

XX: Line Number
5) When caller rejects to display Caller-ID information

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
UNAVAI LABL E I NFO####

or
LINE#XX#########
PRIVAT E

XX: Line Number
[ RELATED SYSTEM DATA ]
Program #78-A: Automatic Display Indication
7-1-13
2. To show the Caller-ID information at the no ringing extension.

1) When Caller-ID information is received (Caller's Name Information: Exist)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
XXXXXXXXXX######
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY

(On-Hook condition)
1. To answer incoming call or a line on hold.
2. Press FLASH key.
* If the extension is not assigned SINGLE STEP ACCESS
(#15-E = 0), then step-2 operation is not required.
3. Press Line key.
Press CHECK key
XXXXXXXXXX######
4. Display status can be changed by pressing CHECK key

(2 types).
NO #NUM BER#INFO#

YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY

YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY: Caller's Name (Maximum 15 digits)
HH:MM: Time
2) When Caller-ID information is received (Caller's Name Information: Not Exist)

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
XXXXXXXXXX######
NO #NUM BER#INFO#
2. Press FLASH key.

3. Press Line key.
4. If caller's Telephone number has no information, the
display will indicated as shown;

HH:MM: Time
7-1-14

3) When Caller-ID information is not received
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
NO #CALLER#INFO#
2. Press FLASH key.

3. Press Line key.

XX: Line Number
4) When caller calls from Non Caller-ID Service Area

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
2. Press FLASH key.

3. Press Line key.
or
LINE#XX#########
O UT
O F
AREA##

XX: Line Number
7-1-15

5) When caller rejects to display Caller-ID information
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
LINE#XX#########
UNAVAILABLE INFO#
2. Press FLASH key.

3. Press Line key.
or
LINE#XX#########
PRIVAT E####
XX: Line Number
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Caller-ID feature can be allocated on a line basis (Program #03-E).

Caller-ID Indication can be assigned on an extension basis (Program #61-B).
Caller-ID information can be stored to Caller-ID table by assigned KTS (Program #61-C).
For the Auto Display Indication, the display can show the first incoming call. If the call is
answered or abandoned, the display will show next incoming call.
Note 5: The indications OUT-OF-STATE and UNAVAILABLE INFO, or OUT OF AREA and
PRIVATE can be selected by Program #18-B.
Program #03-E: CALLER-ID
Program #07:
Program #18-B: Caller-ID Message Assignment
7-1-16
Caller-ID Table
[ DESCRIPTION ]
Caller-ID information (Name and Number) can be stored in the system's Caller-ID Table (up to 100
tables). When system received Caller-ID information from a Trunk line and received information is
only number (or name), the system displays the name (number) that associated with received
information. In addition, Key Telephone user can make a call using this Caller-ID table. Each Key
Telephone will be cleared when the system data are initialized.
[ OPERATION ]
1. To store a Displayed Caller-ID information to Caller-ID Table at the ringing extension.
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
0448111111######
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
2. Press OPAC key.

3. DIAL 90.
* An indicated information will be stored to empty
Memoryarea in Caller-ID table.
* When the information has been stored to Caller-ID table,
confirmation tone shall be heard. However, if the system
is following conditions, error tone shall be heard.
(1) KTS is not allowed to edit. (#61-C)
(2) Caller's telephone number information is not available.
(3) Other KTS is storing some information simultaneously.
(4) Caller-ID table is fully occupied.
7-1-17
Caller-ID Table
2. To store a Displayed Caller-ID information to Caller-ID Table at the no ringing extension.
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
1. To answer incoming call or line on hold.
10##############
0448111111######
2. Press FLASH key.

3. Press Line key or DLS (TX-Z 1232/2464)key.
* If a caller's number information is not available, the
message (NO NUMBER INFO) will be shown at upper
column of Display.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###

*
The information is recommended to be entered in the

combination of Number and Name.
4. Press OPAC key.

5. Dial 90.
* An indicated information will be stored to empty Memory
area in Caller-ID table.
* When the information has been stored to Caller-ID table,
confirmation tone shall be heard. However, if the system
is following conditions, error tone shall be heard.
(1) KTS is not allowed to edit. (#61-C)
(2) Caller's telephone number information is not available.
(3) Other KTS is storing some information simultaneously.
(4) Caller-ID table is fully occupied.
Note: If you assigned to DISABLE (at #15-E), the above operation No. 2 is not required.
7-1-18
Caller-ID Table
3. To use Bin Number
(1) To store the new information/To change the current information
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(On-Hook condition)
10##############
BIN#NO . #########
BIN#NO.001######
BIN#NO.001######
##SUN#25#12:00PM
BIN#NO.001######
######0448111111
BIN#NO.001######
1. Press OPAC key.

2. Dial 91.
3. Dial 001. (up to 100)
4. Press * key.
* If wrong Bin number is entered, the display shall return to
input mode for Bin number.
* If a Telephone Number is stored in Table, it shall be
displayed in lower column.
* If a Telephone Number is not stored in Table, the lower
column shall be displayed as "INPUT TEL NO.".
*
If KTS is not allowed to edit (#61-C) or other KTS is

storing information in same time, Error Tone shall be
heard and return to the idle condition.

(for example: 044-811-1111)
* If the dial input has error, OPAC key is to clear the lower
column. Then input assign.
* If the telephone number is not necessary to change, this
operation shall be skipped.
6. Press * key.
* If a caller's name is stored in Table, it shall be displayed in
lower column.
* If a caller's name is not stored in tale, the lower column
shall be blanked.
7-1-19
Caller-ID Table
(1) To store the new information/To change the current information (Cont'd)
Display Indication
BIN#NO.001######
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###

7. Input Caller's Name.
(Example: NITSUKO CORP.)
* Dial key (0 - 9): Numbers
*: Left shift for cursor
#: Right shift for cursor
One touch key (1-3) with dial (0-9): letter and symbols
One touch key 4: Space
One touch key 5: Delete a character
One touch key 6: delete all character
*
*
BIN#NO.001######
##SUN#25#12:00PM
It can input maximum 15 characters.

If the telephone number is not necessary to change, this
8. Press HOLD key. (entry finished)

* This is as same condition as at step 2.
Next information can be entered, if necessary.
9. Press CLEAR Key. (operation finished)
10##############
(2) To delete the current information

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(Caller-ID information has already stored to the table.)
10##############
BIN#NO . #########
BIN#NO.001######
1. Press OPAC key. (On-Hook condition)

2. Dial 91.
3. Dial 001. (up to 100)
7-1-20
Caller-ID Table
(2) To delete the current information (Cont'd)
Display Indication
BIN#NO.001######
######0448111111
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO.001######
BIN#NO . #########
##SUN#25#12:00PM

4. Press * key.
(displayed current information)
* If wrong Bin number is entered, the display shall return to
input mode for Bin number.
* If a Telephone Number is stored in Table, it shall be
displayed in lower column.
* If a Telephone Number is not stored in Table, the lower
column shall be displayed as "INPUT TEL NO.".
*

storing information in same time, Error Tone shall be
heard and return to the idle condition.
5. Press OPAC key.

(deleted current information)
* Lower column shall be blanked.
6. Press * key. (delete completed)
7. Press CLEAR key. (operation finished)
10##############
(3) To make the outgoing call by using Bin Number

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
BIN#NO . #########
BIN#NO.001######
BIN#NO.001######
######0448111111

2. Dial 91.
3. Dial 001. (up to 100)
4. Press Line key or Loop key.

(current information is displayed)
* Send the dial automatically according to displayed Bin No.
area.
* If wrong Bin Number is entered, step-4 shall be canceled.
7-1-21
Caller-ID Table
(4) To store the new information to idle Bin Number
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
Operation Information
10##############
BIN#NO.002######
INPUT #T EL#NO . ###
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 92.
* Idle Bin Number shall be displayed automatically.
*
If Caller-ID table is fully occupied, error tone shall be

heard and the indication shall be as shown;

storing some information, error tone shall be heard and
return to idle condition.
T ABLE#IS#FULL###
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO.002######

(for example: 044-813-7101)
######0448137101
BIN#NO .002######
BIN#NO.002######
4. Press * key.
5. Input the Name.

(for example: NITSUKO OVERSEA)
NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
BIN#NO.010######
##SUN#25#12:00PM
6. Press HOLD key. (entry completed)

(Search the idle Bin No. automatically)
*

heard and the indication shall be as shown;
T ABLE#IS#FULL###
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
7-1-22
Caller-ID Table
4. To search the Caller's Telephone Number
(1) To make the outgoing call by using the searched Telephone Number
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NUM BER##
SEARCH#NUM BER##
##############04
0448111111######
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
0448137101######

2. Dial 93.
3. Press Caller's Telephone Number (one digit to 10 digits

from ahead) for search.
column. Then input again.
4. Press * key.
* The corresponding data shall be displayed.
5. Press # key (search the forward information) or * key
(search the backward information).
NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
SEARCH#NUM BER##
If the information is not in table, the indication shall be as

shown;
LIST#END########
LINE#01#########
######0448111111

*
Send the dial automatically according to the displayed Bin

No. area.
(2) To change the current information by searching the Telephone Number

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NUM BER##

2. Dial 93.
7-1-23
Caller-ID Table
(2) To change the current information by searching the Telephone Number (Cont'd)
Display Indication
SEARCH#NUM BER##
##############04
0448111111######

from ahead) for Search.
4. Press * key.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
0448137101######

(search the Backward information).
NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
SEARCH#NUM BER##
If information is not in table, the indication shall be as

shown;
LIST#END########
BIN#NO.012######
######0448111111
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO.012######
######0123456789
BIN#NO.012######
6. Press HOLD key.

* Corresponding Bin No. shall be displayed according to
the stored Telephone Number.
*

7. Dial new Telephone Number.

(for example: 0123456789)
* If the Telephone Number is not necessary to change, this
8. Press * key.
* Stored Name shall be displayed.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
BIN#NO.012######
BCD#LIM IT ED#####
##SUN#25#12:00PM
9. Input new Name. (for example: BCD LIMITED)

* If the Caller's Name is not necessary to change, this
* Return to the idle condition.
10##############
7-1-24
Caller-ID Table
(3) To delete the current information by Searching the Telephone Number
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NUMBER ##
SEARCH#NUM BER##
##############04
0448111111##
NIT SUKO

from ahead) for search.
4. Press * key.
CORP.
0448137101##
NIT SUKO

2. Dial 93.

O VERSEA
SEARCH#NUM BER##
If information is not in table, the indication shall be as

shown;
LIST#END########
BIN#NO.012######
######0448111111
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO .012######
##SUN#25#12:00PM
6. Press HOLD key.

*

7. Press OPAC key.

(delete Current information)
10##############
7-1-25
Caller-ID Table
5. To search the Caller's Name
(1) To make the outgoing call by using the searched caller's Name
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NAME####
SEARCH#NAME####
NIT SUKO#########
0448111111######
1. Press OPAC key. (On Hook condition)

2. Dial 94. (search the name)
3. Press Caller's Name (one digit to 10 digits from ahead)

for search.
* If the Name input has error, One-Touch key 4 (Space),
One Touch key 5 (Delete a character) and One Touch
key 6 (delete all characters) shall be used for change the
name.
4. Press HOLD key.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
0448137101######

NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
SEARCH#NAME####
If the information is not in table, the indication shall be as

shown;
LIST#END########
LINE#01#########
######0448111111

*
Send the dial automatically according to the displayed Bin

No. area.
7-1-26
Caller-ID Table
(2) To change the current information by searching the caller's Name
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NAME####
SEARCH#NAME####
NIT SUKO
0448111111######


for search.
name.
4. Press HOLD key.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
0448137101######

NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
SEARCH#NAME####
If the information is not in table, the indication is as

shown;
LIST#END########
BIN#NO.012######
######0448111111
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO.012######
######0123456789
BIN#NO.012######
6. Press HOLD key.

*

7. Dial new Telephone Number.

(for example: 0123456789)
* If the Telephone Number is not necessary to change, this
8. Press *.
* The stored Name shall be displayed
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
7-1-27
Caller-ID Table
(2) To change the current information by searching the caller's Name (Cont'd)
Display Indication
BIN#NO.012######
ABC#CO RP.#######
##SUN#25#12:00PM

9. Input new Name. (for example: ABC CORP.)
* If the Caller's Name is not necessary to change, this
10##############
(3) To delete the current information by searching the caller's Name

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
SEARCH#NAME####
SEARCH#NAME####
NIT SUKO#########
0448111111######


for search.
name.
4. Press HOLD key.
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
0448137101######

NIT SUKO#O VERSEA
SEARCH#NAME####
If the information is not in table, the indication is as

shown;
LIST#END########
7-1-28
Caller-ID Table
(3) To delete the current information by searching the caller's Name (Cont'd)
Display Indication
BIN#NO.012######
######0448111111
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
BIN#NO.012######
##SUN#25#12:00PM

6. Press HOLD key.
*

7. Press OPAC key.

(delete the current information)
10##############

Program #61-B: CALLER-ID DATA
Program #61-C: CALLER-ID TABLE EDITING
7-1-29
Temporary Memory
[ DESCRIPTION ]
The system has the Temporary Memory area which can store up to 70 (for TX-Z 308/824)/100 (for
TX-Z 1232/2464) information (Tel. No.: max 10 digits, Name: max 15 digits). Caller-ID information
is automatically stored to the Temporary Memory when...
- there is an abandoned call
- incoming Caller-ID information can not be stored to Caller-ID Table due to the Caller-ID Table is
full condition.
If the Temporary Memory is full condition, the oldest Caller-ID information is automatically deleted
and then new information shall be stored.
The Temporary Memory can be used...
- to place an outgoing call by using the stored Caller-ID information.
- to transfer the stored Caller-ID information to the Caller-ID Tables.
Caution: The stored information at the Temporary Memory shall be erased when
system power goes off.
[ OPERATION ]
1. To make the outgoing call by using Temporary Memory
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
0448111111######
23:56#30/04/ 95##
Press CHECK key
0448111111######

2. Dial 95. (Check Temporary Memory)
* When the KTS is not allowed to edit (#64-B), error tone
shall be heard and return to the idle condition.
* If a Caller's Name information is not available, the
indication is as shown;
*
If a Caller's Name information is available, the indication

is as shown and the indication can be changed by
CHECK key.
If a Caller's Number Information is not available, the

message is shown in upper column. (NO NUMBER
INFO)
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
NO #NUM BER#INFO#
23:56#30/04/ 95##
1234567#########

XYZ#CO.,L TD.####
7-1-30
Temporary Memory
1. To make the outgoing call by using Temporary Memory (Cont'd)
Display Indication
TEMPORARY#MEMORY

*
If the information is not in memory, the indication is as

shown;
LIST#END########
LINE#01#########
######0448111111

*
Send the dial automatically according to the indicated

Number on the display.
2. To clear the stored information at Temporary Memory

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

2. Dial 96. (clear Temporary Memory)
* All data shall be erased in the memories and return to the
idle condition.
* Confirmation tone shall be heard.
3. To entry the stored information at Temporary Memory to Caller-ID Table

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
0448111111######
23:56#30/04/ 95##
0448111111######

2. Dial 95. (check Temporary Memory)
* If a Caller's Name information is not available, the
indication is as shown;
*
NIT SUKO#CO RP.###
1234567#########
If a Caller's Name information is available, the indication

is as shown and the indication can be changed by
CHECK key.

XYZ#CO.,L TD.####
TEMPORARY#MEMORY
If the information is not in memory, the indication is as

shown;
LIST#END########
7-1-31
Temporary Memory
3. To entry the stored information at Temporary Memory to Caller-ID Table (Cont'd)
Display Indication
1234567#########
XYZ#CO.,L TD.####
##SUN#25#12:00PM

4. Press HOLD Key. (store to Caller-ID table)
* Indicated information shall be stored to Caller-ID Table.
* Confirmation tone shall be heard.
*
When the other Key Telephones are operating to store or

telephone number information is not available on
temporary memory tables, error tone shall be heard and
return to the idle condition.

heard and the indication is as shown;
10##############
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T ABLE#IS#FULL###
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
Note: When Caller-ID information is stored in the Temporary memory, (when there is an
abandoned call) "EXISTING I.D." indication shall automatically be appeared on lower
column of Key Telephone display. Existence of the stored information(s) at the Temporary
Memory can be recognized only by showing the display. This function is available for
assigned extension user(s) in Program #64-B .
Program #64-B: TEMPORARY MEMORY STATUS
7-1-32
SMDR Printout
[ DESCRIPTION ]
Caller-ID information (Number or Name) can be printed out under "DIALED#" column when the
incoming call information (INC) is printed. The printing pattern can be selected from "Not Printed",
"Telephone Number printed", "Name printed" and Telephone Number or Name printed.
Program #58-D: Caller-ID Data Printout
Feature Access Keys

[ DESCRIPTION ]
The following function codes can be stored under the One-Touch, Line key as Feature Access key.
Feature
Feature Operation
Function Code
Indication Data store to a

table
OPAC 90
15
Outgoing Call/Table
Editing by assigned BIN
No.
OPAC 91
16
EDIT I.D. TABLE
New Data Stored to Idle

BIN No.
OPAC 92
17
INPUT I.D. TABLE
Outgoing Call by search

TEL No./Editing Table
OPAC 93
18
SEARCH NUMBER
Outgoing Call by search

Caller's Name/Editing
Table
OPAC 94
19
SEARCH NAME
Outgoing Call by
Temporary Memory/Store
to Caller-ID Table
OPAC 95
20
CHECK TMP.MEMORY
Clear Temporary Memory
OPAC 96
21
CLEAR TMP.MEMORY
Note: " " means blank.
7-1-33
Display Indication
STORE I.D.
TABLE
Feature Access Keys

[ OPERATION ]
The operations of store/cancel/confirm are as follows;
1. To store:
(1) Lift handset or press SPK key.
(2) Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note)
(3) Press OPAC Key.
(4) Dial 4.
(5) Press one of Line or F1 - F10 keys.
(6) Dial desired Function Code (15 - 21).
(7) Dial *.
(8) Hang up or press SPK key.
2. To cancel:
(1) Lift handset or press SPK key.
(2) Press ICM key. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464 only) (See Note)
(3) Press OPAC Key.
(4) Dial 4.
(5) Press one of Line or F1 - F10 keys.
(6) Dial 0, 0.
(7) Dial *.
(8) Hang up or press SPK key.
3. To confirm:
(1) On-Hook condition.
(2) Press CHECK Key.
(3) Press one of Line or F1 - F10 Keys. (The indication shall be shown.)
(4) Press CLEAR key. (return to the idle condition)
Note:
If Program #75-D = 0 (No tone), skip Step 2. (TX-Z 824/1232/2464)
7-1-34
List of Display Information

No.
1
Contents
Caller-ID Information
* When Caller-ID
information is
received.
Caller-ID data
Information
* If a Caller-ID
information has no
caller's name.
* When Caller-ID
information is not
received.
* If Caller calls from
non Caller-ID
service area.
Display Indication
XXXXXXXXXX######
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
XXXXXXXXXX######
LINE#XX#########
Note
X: Caller's telephone Number
(Maximum 10 digits)
Y: Caller's Name
(Maximum 15 digits).
X: Caller's telephone Number
HH:MM: Time
DD/MM/YY: Date/Month/Year
XX: Line Number
NO #CALLER#INFO##
LINE#XX#########
XX: Line Number
LINE#XX#########
O UT
5
* If the caller
rejects to display
Caller-ID
information
O F
AREA###
LINE#XX#########
XX: Line Number
UNAVAILABLE INFO#
LINE#XX#########
PRIVAT E#
6
* If the Caller-ID
information has no
Number.
Caller-ID Table
Information
NO #NUM BER#INFO#
HH:MM: Time
DD/MM/YY: Date/Month/Year
BIN#NO . #########
* Bin No. for Caller -ID

Table.
8
Caller-ID Table
Information
BIN#NO . XXX######
* Bin No. for Caller-ID

Table.
7-1-35
XXX: Bin Number

(001 to 100)

No.
9
Contents
Caller-ID Table
Information
* Bin No. Information
in the Table.
10 Caller-ID Table
Information
* Bin No. Information
in the Table.
11 Caller-ID Table
Information
* Input mode for
Telephone Number.
12 Caller-ID Table
Information
* When the Caller-ID
Table is fully
occupied.
13 Caller-ID Table
Information
Display Indication
BIN#NO . XXX######
Note
XXX: Bin Number
Y: Telephone Number
######YYYYYYYYYY
BIN#NO . XXX######
XXX: Bin Number

Y: Name
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
BIN#NO . XXX######
XXX: Bin Number
##SUN#25#12:00PM
T ABLE#IS#FULL###
SEARCH#NUM BER##
* Search Telephone
Number mode.
14 Caller-ID Table
Information
SEARCH#NUM BER##
############# XXX
15 Caller-ID Table
Information
* When the
information is
finished in the
Table.
16 Caller-ID Table
Information
XXX: Telephone Number from

ahead.
(Maximum 10 digits)
SEARCH#NUM BER##
LIST
END########
SEARCH#NAME####
* Search Name
mode.
17 Caller-ID Table
Information
SEARCH#NAME####
##########XXXXXX
7-1-36
XXXXXX: A Name from ahead.

(Maximum 15 digits)

No.
18
Contents
Caller-ID Table
Information
* When the
information is
finished in table.
19
Temporary Memory
Information
* When the
information is
finished in Memory.
20
Display information for

outgoing call.
Display Indication
SEARCH#NAME####
LIST#END########
TEMPORARY#MEMORY
LIST#END########
LINE#XX#########
YYYYYYYYYYYYYYY
21
Temporary Memory
Information
* When the
information is
memorized.
22
To confirm one Touch

Feature Access key.
Note
##SUN#25#12:00PM
EXIST ING#I. D. ###
##SUN#25#12:00PM
ST O RE#I. D.#T ABLE
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#EDIT #I. D. #T ABLE
##SUN#25#12:00PM
INPUT #I. D. #T ABLE
##SUN#25#12:00PM
# ##SEARCH#NUMBER
##SUN#25#12:00PM
#####SEARCH#NAME
7-1-37
XX: Line Number

Y : Telephone Number

No.
Contents
Display Indication
22
To confirm one Touch

Feature Access key.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(Contd)
CHECK#TMP.MEMORY
##SUN#25#12:00PM
CLEAR#TMP.MEMORY
7-1-38
Note
PART 7-2
OPTIONAL ITEM FOR TX-Z-308
(FAX Transfer/DUD Unit)
PART 7-2-1
INSTALLATION
General Description
Required Items
Installation of NX7E-3FAXU-A1 Card
Fax Machine Installation
Installation Notice
Preparation for Attendant Message
Basic Programming
General Description
NX7E-3FAXU-A1 card provides TX-Z 308 system with Voice Announce, FAX Transfer, and
DUD (Direct Universal Dialing).
Voice Announce automatically answers the systems incoming calls and plays a pre-recorded
message. It helps outside callers to reach the Fax Machine or the desired extension speedy
without a mistake.
Fax Transfer allows the system to distinguish fax calls from person calls by detecting CNG
Signal when it answers, then switch them to the fax machine or to the Operator extension
automatically. The user does not have to lease a separate Trunk line for the fax machine
installed as a system extension, or have to switch the calls manually. DUD lets outside callers
dial directory into the system, and access individual extensions through single digit touch
tone (DTMF) input. DUD is similar to DISA, but does not require an unused extension port.
The user can use one Trunk line for Fax calls, or DUD calls, or Fax and DUD calls, which is
very efficient as only three Trunk line ports are available in TX-Z 308 system.
Required Items
Required items are as follows ;
Name
QTY
NX7E-3FAXU-A1
1
EPROM for Main CPU
1
Fax Machine
1
Remarks
V2.0 or upwards
Transmission Control Procedure : CCITT T-30
(G3)

Open the upper housing of main equipment :
7-2-1-1

To install 3FAXU card in the Main Equipment :
1. Mount the 3FAXU card to the connector labeled EXPCN.
2. Secure the 3FAXU card with Metal Spacer (included).
Note : Up to 4 optional cards such as 3DHEXU, 3SMDR, 3CIDU (for Caller-ID) and 3FAXU
are provided for TX-Z 308 system. However, maximum 2 optional cards can be
accommodated into the system due to height of Main Equipment.
NOTICE : Maximum 2 optional cards can be accommodated into the system.
3. After installing the 3FAXU card, JP1 switch should be changed from OFF side (Factory
setting) to ON side to activate Back-up Battery.
4. Put the Housing and cover back and secure the screws.
7-2-1-2
Fax Machine Installation

G3 type Fax machine is connected to one of the extension ports.
IMPORTANT !!
G3 type Fax machine should be
connected to one of the extension ports
except TEL 1, TEL 2 port.
Note : If G2 type Fax machine is connected to the system, the incoming Fax call may not
automatically be transmitted.
IMPORTANT !! : Incoming Ring Times must be set 1 Time at the Fax Machine.
Installation Notice
> After all installation have been completed, plug the AC cord into AC outlet.
> When you install a 3FAXU-A1 card to TX-Z 308 Main Equipment, it is required to connect
the AC cord to Commercial Power for more than 1 day to charge a Ni-Cd battery. Unless
otherwise the back-up battery can not be performed sufficiently.
7-2-1-3

NX7E-3FAXU-A1 card provides 5 types of message which can be recorded by customer.
Before using features of FAXU, all messages should be recorded.
NOTICE : All messages can be recorded / erased / confirmed by only No.10 (TEL 1)
i
Attendant
Message
Message #1
Message #2
Message #3
Message #4
Message #5
Recording Time
(Sec.)
18
18
9
9
9
Remarks
The time is fixed.
The time is fixed.
The time is fixed.
The time is fixed.
The time is fixed.
Refer to the following example message and record your original message depending on your
requirement.
> Message No.1 : Greeting Message 1
> Message No.2 : Greeting Message 2
Refer to Description and Operation for examples.
> Message No.3 : Error Message
This message is sent in case outside caller dials an invalid extension number (dial *, 8, or 9).
Example Message : That is an invalid number, please dial again.
> Message No.4 : Transfer Message
This message is sent in case the incoming call is transferred to the Operator.
Example Message : This line will be transferred to the Operator.
> Message No.5 : Termination Message
This message is sent in case the call is terminated by the system.
Example Message : This line will be terminated.
IMPORTANT NOTICE !!
- When the message is recorded, the voice must be loud and clear.
- If the system data is initialized after recording the outgoing messages, the recorded
Message also be erased.
7-2-1-4

1. To Record Attendant Message :
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.#FAX#MSG #> ##
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 960.
3. Dial Message Number (1 to 5).
REC.#FAX#MSG #> #1
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.#FAX#MSG #> #1
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.#FAX#MSG #> #1
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Dial *.
(Start recording after dial tone.)
5. Dial *. (Stop recording.)

or dial # to cancel recording.
6. Hang up or press SPK.
10##############
2. To Erase Attendant Message :

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.#FAX#MSG #> ##
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 961.
DEL. #FAX#MSG #>#1
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Dial *.
(The message shall be erased after confirmation
tone.)
##SUN#25#12:00PM

10##############
7-2-1-5

3. To confirm Attendant Message :
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLAY#FAX#MSG #>##
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 962.
PLAY#FAX#MSG #>#2
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLAY#FAX#MSG #>#2
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Dial *.
5. The message shall be sent from Handset or Built-in
Speaker.
10###########v ##
Basic Programming
After installing NX7E-3FAXU-A1 card, the following Basic Programming should be done.
Program 67-01 : Fax / DUD Line Assignment
Enter Trunk Line No. which is used as Fax / DUD Line.
Program 67-02 : Fax Port Assignment
Enter Extension port No. that Fax Machine is connected.
IMPORTANT NOTICE !!
NX7E-3FAXU-A1 can support only 1 Trunk Line which is assigned by Program
#67-01.
7-2-1-6
PART 7-2-2
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Fax / Operator Call

(Note)
DUD (Direct Universal Dialing) Call
(Note)
Fax / DUD Call
(Note)
Hold and Transfer to Fax Machine (by Manual Operation)
Outgoing Call from Fax Machine
Operation Flowchart
(Note): One of these features should be selected by Program #68-A according to your
customers requirement.
Fax/Operator Call
Description
When there is an incoming call from outside caller on Fax / DUD Line which is assigned by
Program #67, the system automatically answers and sends Greeting Message (Message
No.1) to outside caller.
<< Example Message for Message No.1 >>
Thank you for calling. This is Nitsuko Corporation. If you wish to send your Fax Message,
please press START key now. If you wish to talk, please wait a moment. Operator will
answer.
If START key is pressed by outside caller within defined time (Program #69-2) ...
(CNG Signal* is detected)
The call shall automatically be transmitted to the connected Fax Machine. The outside
caller (Fax Machine) can make communication with connected Fax Machine.
If assigned time (Program #69-2) has passed ... (CNG Signal* is not detected)
Transfer Message (Message No.4) is sent to outside caller and this call shall automatically
be transferred to the Operator (No.10 Extension).
(*) CNG Signal may be sent from outside caller (Fax Machine)
Note 1 : Only Operators extension (No.10) shall ring.
Note 2 : Other extension users can pickup this call by using Call Pickup operation or press
flashing Line Key.
Note 3 : In case the Operator is in busy status, muted ringing tone is sent from built-in
speaker and a Line key flashes green at Operators extension.
Note 4 : If nobody answers within assigned time (Program #69-4), Termination Message
(Message No.5) is sent to outside caller and this call shall be terminated.
Note 5 : In case the connected Fax Machine is in busy status, the call shall be terminated.
Note 6 : Some old type Fax Machine may not send CNG Signal. If Operator answers and
hears no sound, this call shall be transferred to the Fax Machine by manual
operation.
.
Related Programming
Program #68-A
Program #68-B
Program #69-2
Program #69-4
: Line Type
(should be set to 0)
: When CNG Signal is not detected
: CNG Signal Waiting Time
: SLT/FAX Calling Time
7-2-2-1

Description
NX7E-3FAXU-A1 card also provides DUD with Voice Announce feature.
Important Notice : 3FAXU-A1 card does not support current DISA feature.
When there is an incoming call from outside caller on Fax / DUD Line (assigned by Program
#67), the system automatically answers and sends Greeting Message (Message No.2) to
outside caller. The outside caller can access the desired extension by dialing 1 digit (0 to 7
for Extension No.10 to 17).
Thank you for calling. This is Nitsuko Corporation. Please dial the desired extension No.
1 to 7, or dial 0 to Operator.
In case the desired extension is in idle status ...
Only dialed extension shall ring. However, the other extension user can pickup this call by
using Call Pickup operation or press flashing Line Key.
In case nobody answers within assigned time (Program #69-4) ...
Termination Message (Message No.5) is sent to outside caller and this call shall be
terminated.
In case the desired extension is in busy status ...
There are 3 cases as follows ;
[Case 1] Terminate immediately (Program #68-C : 0)
Termination Message (Message No.5) is sent to outside caller and this call shall be
terminated.
[Case 2] Transfer to the Operator (Program #68-C : 1)
Transfer Message (Message No.4) is sent to outside caller and this call shall be
transferred to the Operator.
[Case 3] Return to previous mode (Program #68-C : 2)
Greeting Message (Message No.2) is sent to outside caller again and another
extension No. can be dialed. If the extension user is also in busy status,
Termination Message (Message No.5) is sent to outside caller and this call shall
automatically be terminated.
In case of no dialing by outside caller ...
Same as In case the desired extension is in busy status ....
7-2-2-2

Information
This feature also provides following additional functions.
DUD Call at Night Mode
In case there is an incoming call from outside caller on Fax / DUD Line while the system is
placed in Night Service, the system automatically answers and sends Night Message
(Message No.1) to outside caller.
Thank you for calling. This is Nitsuko Corporation. Our office is closed now. Please call
back again.
After sending the above message and assigned time (Program #69-3) has passed,
Termination Message (Message No.5) is sent to the outside caller and this incoming call
shall automatically be terminated.
Delayed DUD
This function is provided by Program #69-1 assignment. When there is an incoming call on
Fax / DUD line, this call is an normal incoming call (the extension assigned by Program #7
may ring.). If nobody answers within pre-programmed period (Program #69-1), this call
shall be in DUD mode.
Fax Call
If the outside caller want to send Fax data, this call shall be transferred to the connected
Fax Machine by dialing # instead of dialing extension No.. Fax communication will start
when START key is pressed by outside caller after the connected Fax machine answers.
Related Programming
Program #7
Program #68-A
Program #68-C
Program #69-1
Program #69-3
Program #69-4
: Incoming Trunk Access / Audible

: Line Type (should be set to 1)
: When extension is busy
: Automatic Answer Timer
: DTMF Signal Waiting Time
7-2-2-3
Fax / DUD (Direct Universal Dialing) Call

Description
When there is an incoming call from outside caller on Fax / DUD Line (which is assigned by
Program #67), the system automatically answers and sends Greeting Message (Message
No.1) to outside caller.
Thank you for calling. This is Nitsuko Corporation. If you wish to send your Fax Message,
please press START key now. If you wish to talk, please wait a moment.
If START key is pressed by outside caller within defined time (Program #69-2) ...
(CNG Signal* is detected)
The call shall automatically be transmitted to the connected Fax Machine. The outside
caller (Fax Machine) can make communication with connected Fax Machine.
If assigned time (Program #69-2) has passed ... (CNG Signal* is detected)
Next Greeting Message (Message No.2) is sent to outside caller. The outside caller can
access to the desired extension by dialing 1 digit. (0 to 7 for Extension No.10 to 17, and #
for Fax Machine)
Please dial the desired extension No. 1 to 7, or dial 0 to Operator. (or # to Fax
Machine)
For the details of DUD features, please refer to DUD Call.
Related Programming
Program #68-A
Program #68-C
Program #69-1
Program #69-2
Program #69-3
Program #69-4
: Line Type (should be set to 2)

: When extension is busy
: Automatic Answer Time
: CNG Signal Waiting Time
: DTMF Signal Waiting Time
7-2-2-4
Hold and Transfer to Fax Machine

Description
In case an extension user answers to Fax call due to some reason (miss-operation by the
outside caller, etc...), this call can be transferred to the connected Fax Machine by manual
operation.
Related Programming
None
Operation
< Key Telephone >
1. Answer an incoming call. (CNG Signal may be heard.)
2. Press TRFR key.
Confirmation Tone (short beep tone) shall be heard if transmission is successful. If
Error Tone (200ms ON/OFF : 3 times) is heard, transmission is failed due to some
reason (Fax Machine is in busy status, etc...).
3. Hang up.
< Single Line Telephone >
1. Answer an incoming call. (CNG Signal may be heard.)
2. Hookflash.
3. Dial the extension No. of Fax Machine and hang up.
Outgoing Call from Fax Machine

Description
The Fax data can be sent from the connected Fax Machine to outside Fax Machine without
dialing a trunk access code.
Related Programming
Program #75-C : Automatic Trunk Access
Operation
1. Go off-hook at Fax Machine. (Dial Tone from Exchange shall be heard.)
2. Dial outside Fax Number.
3. Press START key after the outside Fax Machine answers.
(Note) : This feature disables the Fax Machine to make intercom outgoing calls.
7-2-2-5
Operation Flowchart
Incoming call is being
received on Fax Line

received on FAX/DUD Line
(#68-A = 0)
(#68-A = 2)
Yes (#69-1 = 000)
Answer immediate?
No
- Set ringing status/TEL Ringing

- Start Timer (#69-1)
Answer by Ext.?
Yes (Answer)
No (No answer)
Start talking on
the Trunk line
- Answer automatically
- Send Message #1
Playing Message?
Yes
No
Detect CNG Signal?
- Stop Message
No
Yes (Detect)
Stop a playback Message

Detect CNG Signal?
Yes
No
Fax Line?
No (FAX/DUD)
Yes (FAX)
Feature assignment when

CNG tone is not received.
Transfer to Fax?
Yes (#68-B = 2)
No
Yes (#68-B = 0)
Not assigned a FAX Yes (Busy)

port or the FAX busy?
Cut off?
Transfer to Operator
No (#68-B = 1)
No
Send Message #4
- Transfer to FAX
Answer by FAX?
- Transfer to Operator
Operator Answer?
No
Yes
No
Start talking on
the Trunk line
- Return to Answering status

- Send Message #5
Cut Off
7-2-2-6
Yes
Start
Communication
Operation Flowchart
receive on DUD Line
Yes (#69-1 = 000)
(#68-A = 1)
Send Message #2
Send Message #3
Answer immediate?
No
- Set ringing status/TEL Ringing

Answer by Ext.?
Yes (Answer)
No (No answer)
Start talking on
the Trunk line
- $QVZHU#DXWRPDWLFDOO\
- 6HQG#0HVVDJH#&5#+'D\,/#0#6HQG#0HVVDJH#&4
Playing Message?
Yes
No
Detect DTMF Signal?
- Stop Message
No
Yes (Detect)
Stop a playback Message

Detect DTMF Signal?
Yes
No
0 to 7?
Yes
No
'8'#/LQH#:LWK#1LJKW#PRGH"
Yes
#?
No
8, 9,
Feature assignment when desired

Extension could not call. (#68-C)
5HWXUQ#WR#VHQG#0HVVDJH"
No
Cut off?
Transfer to
Yes
No
4 times?
4
2
Yes
Yes (#68-C = 2)
Yes (#68-C = 0)
2 times?
Yes
No (#68-B = 1)
Send Message #4
Send Message #5
- Transfer to Operator
Operator Answer?
No
Yes
No
Cut Off
Start talking on
the Trunk line
- Return to Answering status

- Send Message #5
Cut Off
7-2-2-7
No
Operation Flowchart
Dial "0" to "7"....Extension port Number (No. 10 to 17)
3
Assigned Transfer?
No
Yes (Transfer)
Change to Transferred Ext. No.

Transferred Ext. Busy?
- Call Forward immediate

- Call Forward when busy
Yes (Busy)
No
- Call to transferred Ext.

- Start timer (#69-4)
- Start timer (#28)
Answer or Not?
- Extension Calling timer

- Call Forward when unanswered
Yes (Answer)
No
Timeout (#28)?
No
Start talking on the Trunk line
Yes (Timeout)
- Return to Transferring Ext.

- Renewal timer (#69-4)
- Clear timer (#28)
No
Calling Timeout?
Yes (Timeout)
5
4
Dial "#"
Not assigned a FAX Yes (FAX Busy)

port or the FAX busy?
No
- Transfer to FAX
Answer by FAX?
Yes (FAX Answer)
No
Start Communication
7-2-2-8
PART 7-3
OPTIONAL ITEM
FOR TX-Z 1232/2464
(Voice Announce/Record Unit)
PART 7-3-1
OUTLINE OF VAU
Introduction
VAU Capacity
How to Record VAU Message
How to Erase VAU Message
How to Confirm VAU Message
Table of VAU Message
Introduction
A Voice Announce/Record Unit (VAU) can be used with the TX-Z 1232/2464 system. This unit
transmits guidance messages for DISA operation or when the user is not present. This results in
both prompt and accurate operation and handling of incoming calls. The types of messages that
can be used consist of VAU messages shared between systems, and personal messages that are
recorded by the user. Since all of these messages are recorded by the user, incoming calls can be
handled in the user's native language.
VAU Capacity
Voice Announce/Record Unit provides VAU Message which is commonly used in system and
Personal Message which is used and recorded for each extension. VAU Message is recorded,
erased and confirmed from only #10 extension. Before using VAU, user needs to record each VAU
Message. As for how to record VAU Message, refer to the " How to record VAU Message". When
power supply is in OFF condition, VAU Message is saved but Personal Message is erased.
CAUTION: When System Data are initialed, all recorded messages will be erased.
VAU Message
Personal Message
*
*
Recording
Time (Sec.)
No. of Phrase
16
32
256
128
12
85
16
64
Voice
Path
Remarks
Common use as
system message
3
Personal use at
each extension
Duration of Personal Message can be selected by System Program.

Total of Personal Message is 1024 sec.
7-3-1-1
How to Record VAU Message

- To Record VAU Message
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC. DISA. M SG #>##
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC. DISA. M SG #>01
00:00: 00#12:00PM
00:00: 10#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

1. Lift handset or press SPK. (See Note)
2. Dial 930.
If Busy
- VAU unit is not inserted in the system.
- Voice Paths are occupied.
- User operates at extension other than #10.
3. Dial VAU Message No. (01 - 24)

(For Example : Message No. 01)
(Refer to "Table of VAU Message".)
4. Dial *. (Recording and timer counting start.)

5. Record a message from handset or microphone.
If Busy
- User dials Message No. other than specific No.
6. Dial *. (Recording and timer counting finish.)

Return to Step 4.
Information
- If user dials # instead of "*", recording contents
will not be recorded and Dial Tone may be sent.

Information
- When user hangs up or presses SPK without dial
* or #, the recorded message will be saved.
- When 16 sec. has passed during message
recording, timer counting will automatically be
finished and the recorded message will be saved.
Note : When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM
key to seize Intercom after lifting handset.
7-3-1-2
How to Erase VAU Message

- To Erase VAU Message
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DEL.DISA.MSG#>##
##SUN#25#12:00PM
DEL. DISA. MSG #> 01
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 931.
If Busy

4. Dial *. (VAU Message is erased.)

(When Erasing finished, Dial Tone may be sent.)
If Busy
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

7-3-1-3
How to Confirm VAU Message

- To Confirm VAU Message
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLY.DISA.MSG #>##
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Dial 932.
If Busy
- Voice Paths are occupied.

PLY.DISA.MSG #>01
Information
- If user dials VAU Message No. which was not
recorded, Dial Tone may be sent.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLY.DISA.MSG #>01
4. Dial *.
5. Playback the message from handset or built-in
speaker.
If Busy
Information
- When recorded contents has been finished, 1beep tone (400 Hz, 0.5 sec.) will be sent.
- After confirmed, return to Step 4.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

7-3-1-4
Table of VAU Messages
Message
No.
01
Message Type
External Call Forward
Message
Description
When system is set the External Call Forward on DISA
line, this message is sent before transferring.
Example Message:
Thank you for calling. Your call will be transferred.
Please wait for a moment.
02
03
Demanding Message for

Security Code, Hunt
Group Number or
Extension Number
After system answered automatically on DISA line, this

message is sent before dialing the Security code, Hunt
Group number or Extension number.
Transfer Message
This message is sent when Personal Message was not

recorded on the Call Forward with Guidance Message or
Meet-Me Paging with Guidance Message.
For Example Message:

Thank you for calling. Please enter an extension
number, Hunt Group number or security code.
Example Message:
This extension is not available now. The call will be
transferred to other extension.
04
Transfer to Operator
Message
This message is sent before incoming call is transferred

to operator for reason of unanswered on some of
features.
Example Message:
The call will be transferred to operator.
05
Cut-Off Message
This message is sent before the call is cut off forcibly.

Example Message:
This line will be terminated.
06

Leave a Message
This message is sent before outside caller dials to leave

a message. This message is sent when extension user
did not record Personal Message.
This message is used by KTS (Key Telephone Set)
without Display or SLT (Single Line telephone).
Example Message:
This extension is not available now. Please dial "1" to
leave a message.
7-3-1-5
Message
No.
07
Message Type
Leave a Message or
Telephone No.
Description
This message is sent before outside caller dials to leave
a message or telephone number. This message is sent
when extension user did not record Personal Message.
This message is used by only KTS with Display.
Example Message:
This extension is not available now. Please dial "1" to
leave a message, or dial "2" to leave your telephone No.
08
Error Message 1
This message is sent when outside caller failed to

dialing the Security Code, Extension Number or Hunt
Group Number.
Example Message:
That is invalid entry. Dial "#" then "*
*" to return to
previous condition.
09
Error Message 2
This message is sent when outside caller failed to

dialing the Leave Message Code or Leave Telephone
Number Code.
Example Message:
That is invalid entry. Please try again.
10
Memory Full Message
This message is sent when memory capacity is full for

Leave Message or Telephone Number, or on the Hunt
Group Access, all extensions are busy.
Example Message:
The feature is not available at the moment due to no
memory capacity. Dial "#" then "*
*" to return to
previous condition or wait until the operator answers.
11
Starting Message for

Leave Message
This message is sent before outside caller leaves a

message.
Example Message:
Please leave your message after beep tone. Recording
time is XX sec.
12
Starting Message for

Leave Telephone No.
This message is sent before outside caller leaves a

telephone number.
Example Message:
Please enter your telephone number then dial "#".
7-3-1-6
Message
No.
13
Message Type
Description
Ending Message for Leave This message is sent when outside caller finishes for
Message
leaving a message.
Example Message:
Message has been recorded.
14
Ending Message for Leave This message is sent when outside caller finishes
Telephone No.
leaving telephone number.
Example Message:
Telephone number has been recorded.
15
Confirmation Message for

Leave Telephone No.
This message is sent when telephone number is left at

each KTS with display.
Example Message:
You have left telephone number. Please confirm.
16

Seize the 2'nd Line
This message is sent to be seized the 2nd line by

outside caller on the Trunk-to-Trunk.
For Example Message:
Dial queuing group number or dial "9" then line
number to seize 2nd line.
17
Continue Message
This is operation message to inform outside caller of

how to continue or finish the conversation on the Trunkto-Trunk.
Example Message:
For your information, you hear the long beep tone in
the conversation. You can continue your conversation
by dialing 1 after beep tone. Otherwise, the line will be
cut off.
18

On the Trunk-to-Trunk feature, this message is sent for
Telephone Number (DISA) asking to dial the telephone number after seizing 2nd
line.
Example Message:
Please dial telephone number and dial "#".
19
Trunk line Busy Condition
Message
On the Trunk-to-Trunk, this message is sent when

outside caller cannot seize 2'nd line.
Example Message:
All lines are busy. Dial "#" then "*
*" to return to
previous condition.
7-3-1-7
Message
No.
20
Message Type
Night Message
23
24
Description
When system was set to the Night Mode, these
messages are sent for each DISA Line.
Example Message:
Thank you for calling. Our office is already closed
today.
Unattendant Message
This message is sent when nobody answers the call.

Example Message:
Thank you for calling. Our Operators are busy now.
Please wait for a moment.
25
Waiting Message
This message is sent instead of music on hold.while

calling the extension.
Example Message:
Please wait for a moment. You will be put through.
26
General Message
These numbers are used for General Message.
32
7-3-1-8
PART 7-3-2
INSTALLATION OF VAU
To Install VAU Card
Before installing the VAU Card, user must change the switch position from Factory Setting to User
Setting as shown in above illustration. This switch is to save the VAU Message with the Back-up
Battery when the main power is OFF. If the VAU Card is installed without turning this switch, the
VAU Messages are erased when the power goes OFF.
Insert the NX7E-24VAU-A1 Unit at VAU Slot.
CAUTION: VAU Unit can not be inserted in the other slot.
7-3-2-1
PART 7-3-3
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
AND OPERATION
Table of Contents
Features on DISA ............................................................................................................... 7-3-3-1

DISA with Automated Attendant ....................................................................7-3-3-1
Leave a Message (from outside) ...................................................................7-3-3-2
Leave a Telephone Number ..........................................................................7-3-3-8
External Call Forward to Mobile Phone.......................................................7-3-3-12
Call Information to Pager .............................................................................7-3-3-13
Message Playback from Outside.................................................................7-3-3-14
Waiting Message .........................................................................................7-3-3-14
Features on Transfer .....................................................................................7-3-3-15

Call Forward with Guidance Message.........................................................7-3-3-15
Meet-Me Paging with Guidance Message...................................................7-3-3-18
Other Features ................................................................................................7-3-3-24

General Message.........................................................................................7-3-3-24
Unattendant Message (Automated Attendant for normal incoming)...........7-3-3-29
Features on DISA
n DISA with Automated Attendant
DESCRIPTION:
After system answered automatically on DISA line, system sends a guidance message to outside caller.
Outside caller can take each DISA operation more easily by each guidance message. The user can
select whether Dial Tone is sent or not after VAU Message in Program #78-E.
When system is set to Night Mode, user can assign a Night Message (VAU Message No. 20 - 23) at each
line. (Night Messages are 4 kinds.) When outside caller called to DISA line at night, outside caller hears
Night Message which is assigned at this line. If outside caller dialed nothing within the time which is set in
Program #66-2, system sends a Cut-off Message (VAU Message No. 05: Cut-Off Message) and cut-off
this line.
When system is set to External Call Forward on DISA Line feature, system automatically sends a Call
Forward Message (VAU Message No. 01) to outside caller before transferring to another outside party.
System
OPERATION:
To record, erase and confirm the each Guidance Message for DISA:
-
Refer to "How to Record, Erase, Confirm the VAU Message".
To select a Night Message in Night Mode:

(This operation is available at only #10 extension.)
Display Indication
NIG HT #M ESSAG E##

##############CO
NIG HT #M ESSAG E##

##########CO 01- 0
NIG HT #M ESSAG E##

##########CO 01- 3
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##############CO
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

1.
2.
3.
4.
Lift handset or press SPK.

Press ICM key. (See Note)
Press OPAC.
Dial 72.
If user operates at extension other than #10, extension

will return to idle condition.
5. Dial Line number. (01 - 24)

(For Example: Line 01)
*
When user dials line No. which is not connected to the

system, Error Tone will be sent, and extension will return
to idle condition.
6. Dial Night Message number. (0 - 3)

(0 - 3 = VAU Message No. 20 - 23)
(For Example: 3)
7. Dial *.
(Return to the step 4.)

(Return to idle condition.)
Note : When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2.
7-3-3-1
Features on DISA
#17-E:
#66:
#78-E:
Existance of Attendant for DISA

DISA Timers
DISA Dial Tone Assignment
RELATED FEATURES:
Direct Inward System Access (DISA)
External Call Forward on DISA Line
Night Service
n Leave a Message (from outside)

DESCRIPTION:
On the Extension Access feature in DISA, when outside caller calls to extension which is set the Absent
Mode, outside caller hears Absent Message (Personal Message) that extension user left and VAU
Message (No. 06: Demanding message for Leave a Message), or VAU Message (No. 07: Demanding
message for Leave a Message or Telephone Number). When outside caller try to leave a message to
absent extension user, system sends Starting Message (No. 12: Starting Message for Leave a Message)
and 1-beep tone (0.5 sec./400 Hz) to outside caller. After heard this tone, outside caller can start
recording a message. Recorded messages are stored at memory area of Personal Message. Message
time is according to Personal Message time (Program #64-A). When outside caller finished recording,
system sends the Ending Message (VAU Message No. 13: Ending Message for Leave Message). Absent
Mode extension user can listen to the recorded messages after came back to the desk. After confirming
recorded message, user can also transfer the message to the other extension.
On the intercom call, when the other extension called to Absent Mode extension, system sends Absent
Message and Busy Tone. Called extension can not use Intercom Camp-On and Intercom Off-Hook
Signaling features.
Message time which outside caller can record is set in Program #64-A. Maximum 10 recorded messages
from outside are stored at each extension. When system power is in OFF condition, all Personal
Messages and recorded messages are erased. When there are some messages that outside caller left,
MW lamp/Indicator flashes as follows at Absent Mode extension.
-
KTS(TD/TXD):
KTS(BTD/BTXD):
SLT: Dial Tone
MW lamp 0.1 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF

Indicator 0.1 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF
0.4 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To set Absent Mode:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(KTS)
3. Press TRFR.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Dial own extension number.

(For Example: Extension No. 12)
##############12
7-3-3-2
Features on DISA
To set Absent Mode: (Cont'd)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

5. Hang up or press SPK. (TRFR key will flash.)
12##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 63. (Dial Plan 1)
or
2. Dial 053 (953). (Dial Plan 2)
4. Hang up.
Note :
When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2.
To reset Absent Mode:

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(KTS)
3. Press TRFR twice.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Hang up or press SPK. (TRFR key will go off.)
10##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
2. Dial 059 (959). (Dial Plan 2)
3. Hang up.
Note :
To record an Absent Message (Personal Message):

(This operation requires that extension is set the Absent Mode.)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE

(KTS)
1. Lift handset or press SPK. (See Note1)
2. Dial 950. (see Note 2)
4. Record a message from handset or MIC.
7-3-3-3
Features on DISA
To record an Absent Message (Personal Message): (Cont'd)
Display Indication
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

(For Example: Recording time is 6 sec.)
(see Note 3)
*
When user hangs up or presses SPK without dial * or #,

the recorded message will be saved. When maximum
time of recording (4/8/12/16 sec.) has passed during
record message, timer counting will automatically be
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7 and 950. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2)
or
2. Dial 0570 (9570). (Dial Plan 2) (see Note 2)
3. Dial *. (Recording start.)
4. Record a message from handset.
5. Dial *. (Recording is finished and Dial Tone may be sent.)
(see Note 3)
6. Hang up.
*
When user hangs up without dial * or #, the recorded

message will be saved. When maximum time of recording
(4/8/12/16 sec.) has passed during record message, timer
counting will automatically be finished and the recorded
message will be saved.
Note 1: When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM key

to seize Intercom after lifting handset.
Note 2: When VAU unit is not inserted in the system, Voice
Path is not idle condition or Memory area for the
Personal Message is full condition, Busy Tone will be
sent.
Note 3: If user dials # instead of "*", recording contents will
be canceled and Dial Tone may be sent.
To confirm an Absent Message (Personal Message):
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLY. T RFR. M ESSAG E
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(KTS)
1. Lift handset or press SPK. (See Note 1)
2. Dial 951. (Playing start.) (see Note 2, 3)
3. Hear a message from handset or built-in speaker.
(see Note 4)
10##############
7-3-3-4
Features on DISA
To confirm an Absent Message (Personal Message): (Cont'd)
Display Indication

(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7 and 951. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2, 3)
or
2. Dial 0571 (9571). (Dial Plan 2) (see Note 2, 3)
3. Hear a message from handset. (see Note 4)
4. Hang up.
Note 2: When VAU unit is not inserted in the system or Voice
Paths are occupied, Busy Tone will be sent.
Note 3: When Personal Message is not recorded, Dial Tone
may be sent.
Note 4: When recorded contents has been finished, 1-beep
tone (400 Hz, 0.5 sec.) will be sent.
To Confirm the Messages

On the Leave a Message (from outside), Leave a Telephone Number, General Message and
Message Waiting features, when Messages or Telephone Numbers are left by the other extension or
outside caller, MW lamp/Indicator at KTS is flashing. Confirming operation (Press CHECK and dial *)
is common for Leave a Message (from outside), Leave a Telephone Number, General Message and
Message Waiting features. When the extension has been set these features at the same time, left
messages or telephone numbers will be confirmed according to the following order.
Order:
Leave a Message Leave a Tel. No. General Message Message Waiting
To confirm Left Message(s):

Display Indication
LEAVE#A#M ESSAG E
T O T AL#05######01

(KTS with Display)
1. Press CHECK and dial *.
(For Example: If total 5 messages are left, then first
message will be confirmed.)
*
##SUN#25#12:00PM
User can select the message to be erased by dialing * or

#. (*: Scroll forward, #: Scroll backward)
2. Press ICM. (see Note 1, 2, 3)

(Play-back message No. 1.)
PLAY#M ESSAG E###

(KTS)
2. Dial *. (see Note 1, 2, 3, 5)
(Play-back message.)
7-3-3-5
Features on DISA
To confirm Left Message(s): (Cont'd)
Display Indication

(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7 and *. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 1, 3, 5)
or
2. Dial *. (Dial Plan 2) (see Note 1, 3, 5)
Note 1: When Voice Paths are occupied, Busy Tone will be
sent.
Note 2: After this operation, user can also confirm message
from handset.
Note 3: After confirmed message, user can select the
message to be confirmed by dialing * or #.
(*: Scroll forward, #: Scroll backward)
To transfer Left Message(s):

Display Indication

(KTS, SLT)
1. Listen a left message.
2. Dial # and dial desired extension number.
To erase Left Message(s) individually:

Display Indication
LEAVE#A#M ESSAG E
T O T AL#05######01

(KTS with Display)
(For Example: If total 5 messages are left, then first
message will be erased.)
*
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Press HOLD.
(Message No. 1 is erased.)
(KTS, SLT)
2. Dial 0. (see Note)
Note: If messages are erased, Dial Tone may be sent.
7-3-3-6
Features on DISA
To erase all Left Messages:
Display Indication

(KTS)
3. Dial * and 0 and #. (see Note 2, 3)
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 68. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2)
or
3. Hang up.
Note 1: When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), skip Step 2.
Note 2: This operation is a same canceling operation of
Message Waiting and General Message at receiving
extension, and Leave a Telephone Number features.
When this operation has been done, all the features
which had been set will be canceled, and MW
lamp/Indicator will go off.
Note 3: When messages are erased, Dial Tone may be sent.
To go off the MW lamp/Indicator:

(This operation is available at only KTS.)
Display Indication

(On Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC and CLEAR.
To leave a Message:
(Outside caller operation.)
1. Call the DISA line.
2. Hear VAU Message (No. 02).
3. Dial desired extension number.
4. Hear Personal Message. (Absent Message)
5. Hear VAU Message (No. 06 or 07).
6. Dial 1.
8. Hear 1 beep tone.
9. Start recording.
10. Dial #. (Recording finish.) (see Note)
12. Hang up.
Note: When outside caller hangs up without dial #, the recorded message will be saved.
#64-A:
#66:
Maximum Time of Personal Message

DISA Timers
7-3-3-7
Features on DISA
RELATED FEATURES:
n Leave a Telephone Number

This feature is available when desired extension is only KTS with Display.
DESCRIPTION:
On the Extension Access feature in DISA, when outside caller calls to extension which is set to Absent
Mode, outside caller can leave Telephone Number using DTMF after outside caller hears Absent
Message (Personal Message) that extension user left and VAU Message (No. 07: Demanding Message
for Leave a Message or Leave a Telephone Number). After sending Absent Message and VAU Message,
system sends Starting Message (No. 12: Starting Message for Leave a Message). Outside caller can
leave a Telephone Number and dial #. When outside caller finished dialing, system sends Ending
Message (VAU Message No. 14: Ending Message for Leave Telephone Number). Absent Mode
extension user can confirm, and callback the left Telephone Number's party by easy operation after
coming back to the desk.
On the intercom call, when the other extension called to Absent Mode extension, system sends Absent
Message and Busy Tone. Called extension can not use Intercom Camp-On and Intercom Off-Hook
Signaling features.
Maximum digits that outside caller can leave are 16 digits. If there are some PBX lines which are
connected to system, maximum digits are 14 or 15. (Digits are according to "PBX Access Code in
Program #38"). Maximum 64 telephone numbers are stored at system. When system power is in OFF
condition, all Personal Messages and left Telephone Numbers are erased. When there are some
Telephone Numbers that outside caller left, MW lamp/Indicator flashes as follows at Absent Mode
extension.
-
KTS with Display(TXD):

KTS with Display(BTXD):
MW lamp
Indicator

KTS with Display
OPERATION:
To set Absent Mode:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

3. Press TRFR.
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(For Example: Extension No. 12)
##############12
##SUN#25#12:00PM
12##############

7-3-3-8
Features on DISA
To reset Absent Mode:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

3. Press TRFR twice.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Hang up or press SPK. (TRFR key will go off.)
10##############
To record an Absent Message (Personal Message):

(This operation requires that extension is set the Absent Mode.)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM

REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE


(see Note 2)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
When user hangs up or presses SPK without dialing * or

#, the recorded message will be saved. When maximum

Paths are occupied or Memory area for the Personal
Message is full condition, Busy Tone will be sent.
Note 3: If user dials "#" instead of "*", recorded contents will
7-3-3-9
Features on DISA
To confirm an Absent Message (Personal Message):
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(see Note 4)
10##############
may be sent.
To Confirm the Left Messages

outside caller, MW Lamp/Indicator at KTS is flashing. Confirming operation (Press CHECK and dial
*) is common for Leave a Message (from outside), Leave a Telephone Number, General Message
and Message Waiting features. When the extension has been set these features at the same time,
left messages or telephone numbers will be confirmed according to the following order.
Order: Leave a Message Leave a Tel. No. General Message Message Waiting
To confirm the existence of left Telephone Number:

Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLAY#M ESSAG E###

2. Dial *.
*
After this operation, if there are some left Telephone

Number, VAU Message No. 15 will be sent to KTS with
Display user. When VAU Message has been finished, 1beep tone (400 Hz, 0.5 sec.) will be sent.

Note 1:When Program #75-D is 0 (No tone), press ICM
7-3-3-10
Features on DISA
To confirm the contents of left Telephone Number:
Display Indication
LEAVE#T EL.NUMBER
######0123456789

(For Example: Left Telephone No. is 0123456789.)
*
##SUN#25#12:00PM
After confirmed Telephone Number, user can select the

Telephone number to be confirmed by dialing * or #.
2. Press CLEAR. (Return to idle condition.)
10#############
To callback to left Telephone Number's party:

Display Indication
LEAVE#T EL.NUMBER
######0123456789

*
LINE#01#########
######0123456789
User can select a Telephone Number to be called back

by dialing * or #.
2. Press an idle Line key, DLS key or Loop key.

(For Example: Press Line 01 key.)
*
Seize an idle Trunk line and automatically dial a left

Telephone Number.
To erase a left Telephone Number individually:

Display Indication
LEAVE#T EL.NUMBER
######0123456789

*
##SUN#25#12:00PM
User can select a Telephone Number to be erased by

dialing * or #.
2. Press HOLD.
(Indicated Telephone Number on display is erased.)
To erase all left Telephone Numbers: (To go off the MW Lamp/Indicator:)

Display Indication

(On Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC and CLEAR.
7-3-3-11
Features on DISA
To leave a Telephone Number:
(Outside caller operation.)
1. Call the DISA line.
3. Dial desired extension number.
4. Hear Personal Message. (Absent Message)
5. Hear VAU Message (No. 07)
6. Dial 2.
7. Hear VAU Message (No. 12). (Dial Tone may be heard)
8. Dial Telephone Number using DTMF. (This Number shall be stored.)
9. Dial #. (Recording finish.) (see Note)
10. Hear VAU Message (No. 14)
11. Hang up.
Note: When outside caller hangs up without dialing #, the recorded number will be saved.
#64-A:
#66:

DISA Timers
RELATED FEATURES:
n External Call Forward to Mobile Phone

DESCRIPTION:
When outside caller calls to an extension (key telephone) in Absent Mode, through DISA line and dials
3, External Call Forward Message (VAU Message No.1: External Call Forward Message) is sent to the
outside caller, and this call is automatically transferred to the mobile phone whose No. is stored under
One-Touch key No.9.
KTS
OPERATION:
To set External Call Forward to Mobile Phone:
1. Store the desired mobile phone No. to One-Touch key No.9.
Code.)
2. Set Absent Mode.
7-3-3-12
(Max. 18 digits including Trunk Access
Features on DISA
(Outside caller operation)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Call DISA line.

Hear VAU Message (No. 02).
Dial desired extension number.
Hear Personal Message or VAU Message No.07. (Absent Message)
Dial 3.
Hear VAU Message No. 01.
- An idle Trunk line is seized and the stored mobile phone No. is dialed.
7. Make conversation with the mobile phone user.
Note:
This conversation is same as Trunk-to-Trunk feature.

conversation.
Dial #, # to finish the
n Call Information to Pager

DESCRIPTION:
If outside caller left a message to key telephone through DISA line, key telephone automatically dials
pager number which is stored at One-Touch key No.7 and No.8.
KTS
OPERATION:
To set Call Information to Pager:
1. Store the desired pager No. to One-Touch key No.7 (Max. 18 digits including Trunk Access
Code) ,and if the pager No. exceeds 18 digits, store the rest to No.8 (Max. 18 digits).
The numbers stored at One-Touch key No.7 and No.8 are continuously dialed.
2. . Set Absent Mode
Note:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Call DISA line.

Dial 1 and leave a message.
- An idle Trunk line is automatically seized and the stored pager No. is dialed after the message is
left by the outside caller.
6. Hang up.

#75-A:
Auto-dial Assignment
RELATED FEATURES:
One-Touch Dialing
7-3-3-13
Features on DISA
n Message Playback from Outside
DESCRIPTION:
The extension user who sets Absent Mode can playback the left messages from outside through DISA
line. A 4-digit password to listen to the messages can be assigned per extension in Program #76.
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
The extension must be set to Absent Mode.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Call DISA line.

Dial 0 and 4 digits password.
Note:
If the password is not correct Error message (VAU Message No.09) is sent.
- Beep tone is sent as a confirmation tone after a left message is sent to the outside caller.
6. Dial 0 to clear the message, * to play the next message, or # to finish.
Note:
If nothing is dialed within the Dial waiting time (Program#66-2), Cut-Off
Message (VAU Message No.05) is sent and this line will be terminated.
#76:
Password for Message Playback
RELATED FEATURES:
n Waiting Message
DESCRIPTION:
When an outside caller calls to DISA line, Waiting Message (VAU Message No.25: Waiting Message) is
sent to the outside caller repeatedly instead of music on hold while the system is calling the desired
extension. Sending interval time for the message can be set by Program #66-4.
System
OPERATION:
To record Waiting Message:
- Refer to How to Record VAU message.
Note: Waiting Message (VAU Message No.25: Waiting Message) must be recorded before using
this feature.
7-3-3-14
Features on DISA
#66-4:
VAU Message No.25 Waiting Time
RELATED FEATURES:
Features on Transfer
n Call Forward with Guidance Message
DESCRIPTION:
On the Call Forward feature, system can send a Transfer Message (Personal Massage) before this call is
transferred to the other extension.
On the Extension Access on DISA feature, when outside caller called to Call Forward Mode extension,
outside caller hears Transfer Message (Personal Message) and this call is automatically transferred to
the other extension. Destination extension is set by Call Forward Mode extension. After this call was
transferred, destination extension rings. If destination extension did not answer within time which is set in
Program #66-3, this call will be transferred to Operator. When extension user forgot to record the
Transfer Message, system sends the substitution of Transfer Message (VAU Message No. 03: Transfer
Message) for Personal Message to outside caller.
On the intercom call, the same functions as above are applicable basically. But if extension user forgot
recording the Transfer message, system automatically transfers to destination extension without sending
the message. When intercom call is transferred to destination extension, destination extension rings.
When system power is in OFF condition, all Personal Messages are erased.
KTS, SLT
7-3-3-15
OPERATION:
To set Call Forward Mode:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(KTS)
3. Press TRFR.
(For Example: extension No. 12)
##############12
##SUN#25#12:00PM
5. Dial Option Code. (0 - 3) (see Note2)
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(Destination extension's TRFR key will also flash.)
10##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
2. Dial 053 (953). (Dial Plan 2)
4. Dial Option Code. (0 - 3) (see Note 2)
5. Hang up.
Note 2: Option Code are as follows;
0: Call Forward Immediately
To reset Call Forward Mode:
(It can be canceled at the only originating extension.)
Display Indication

(KTS)
3. Press TRFR key twice. (TRFR key will go off.)
(Destination extension's TRFR key will also go off.)
4. Press SPK.
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
2. Dial 059 (959). (Dial Plan 2)
3. Hang up.
7-3-3-16
To record a Transfer Message (Personal Message):
(This operation requires that extension is set the Call Forward Mode.)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE

(KTS)

(see Note 3)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

message recording, timer counting will automatically be
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
(see Note 3)
6. Hang up.
*
When user hangs up without dialing * or #, the recorded

(4/8/12/16 sec.) has passed during message recording,
timer counting automatically be finished and the recorded

Note 2: When VAU unit is not insert in the system, Voice
Note 3: If user dials "#" instead of "*", recording contents will
7-3-3-17
To confirm a Transfer Message (Personal Message):
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(KTS)
(see Note 4)
10##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
4. Hang up.
may be sent.

#64-A:
RELATED FEATURES:
Call Forward
n Meet-Me Paging with Guidance Message

DESCRIPTION:
This feature assists the Meet-Me Paging feature by using Personal Messages.
On the Extension Access on DISA feature, when outside caller called to Meet-Me Paging Transfer Mode
extension, system sends a Meet-Me Paging Transfer Message (Personal Message) to outside caller and
this call is held. On the other hand, system sends the Paging Message (Personal Message) to external
speaker or built-in speaker at KTS. An extension which heard Paging message operates Meet-Me Paging
Answer, and this extension user can make conversation with outside caller. If user answered during
outside caller is listening to a Meet-Me Paging Transfer Message, message sending to outside caller is
stopped, and extension user can make conversation with outside caller.
Same functions are applicable for intercom calls.
If extension user forgot to record the Transfer message, this feature is not available. When system power
is in OFF condition, all Personal Messages are erased.
7-3-3-18
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To set Meet-Me Paging Transfer Mode:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
(KTS)
3. Press TRFR.
##SUN#25#12:00PM
4. Dial paging number. (80 - 87)

(For Example: 80 is all call.)
##############80
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
2. Dial 053 (953). (Dial Plan 2)
3. Dial paging number. (80 - 87)
4. Hang up.
Note:
To reset Meet-Me Paging Transfer Mode:

(It can be canceled at the only originating extension.)
Display Indication

(KTS)
3. Press TRFR key twice. (TRFR key will go off.)
4. Press SPK.
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
2. Dial 059 (959). (Dial Plan 2)
3. Hang up.
Note:
7-3-3-19
To record a Transfer Message (Personal Message):
(This operation requires that extension is set the Meet-Me Paging Transfer Mode.)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.TRFR.MESSAGE

(KTS)

(see Note 3)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############

message recording, timer counting automatically be
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
(see Note 3)
6. Hang up.
*

(4/8/12/16 sec.) has passed during message recording,
timer counting automatically be finished and the recorded

Note 2: When VAU unit is not insert in the system, Voice
7-3-3-20
To confirm a Transfer Message (Personal Message):
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(KTS)
(see Note 4)
10##############
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
4. Hang up.
may be sent.
To record a Paging Message (Personal Message):
(This operation requires that extension is set the Meet-Me Paging Transfer Mode and recorded a
Meet-Me Paging Transfer Message.)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
REC.PAGE#MESSAGE
00:00: 00#12:00PM
REC.PAGE#MESSAGE
00:00: 06#12:00PM
REC.PAGE#MESSAGE

(KTS)

(see Note 3)
7-3-3-21
To record a Paging Message (Personal Message): (Cont'd)
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
When user hangs up or presses SPK without dial * or #,

the recorded message will be saved. When maximum
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
(see Note 3)
6. Hang up.
*
When user hangs up without dial * or #, the recorded

(4/8/12/16 sec.) has passed during record message, timer
counting will automatically be finished and the recorded

To confirm a Paging Message (Personal Message):
Display Indication
PLY.PAGE#MESSAGE
(KTS)
(see Note 4)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
##SUN#25#12:00PM
10##############
7-3-3-22
To confirm a Paging Message (Personal Message): (Cont'd)
Display Indication

(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
4. Hang up.
may be sent.
To reply to Meet-Me Paging:

Display Indication

(KTS)
1. Lift Handset (do not press SPK) at a phone that received
the page, wait five seconds.
3. Dial announced code (80 - 87), or if calling party is in
same paging zone, dial 88.
(SLT)
1. Lift handset at a phone that received the page, wait five
seconds.
2. Dial 08 (98). (Dial Plan 1, 2)
3. Dial announced code (80 - 87), or if calling party is in
same zone, dial 88.

#64-A:
RELATED FEATURES:
Paging
7-3-3-23
Other Features
n General Message
DESCRIPTION:
Extension user can send a General Message to the other extensions or some extensions which belong to
Hunt Group. The message is recorded at the each time. Receiving extensions can listen to the sent
General Message and also can transfer to the other extension, if necessary.
If user sent a message to desired extensions, sending extension's and desired extensions' MW
lamp/Indicator flashes. If user sent a message to the desired Hunt Group, MW lamp/Indicator flashes at
all extensions which belong to Hunt Group. If desired extensions are SLT, Dial Tone changes from
continual tone to 0.4 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF as instead of MW lamp/Indicator.
When system power is OFF condition, all General Messages and Personal Messages will be erased.
Flashing conditions are following patterns;
-
Originating Extension:
0.1 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF/0.1 sec. ON/0.7 sec. OFF
Receiving extension: 0.1 sec. ON/0.1 sec. OFF
KTS, SLT
OPERATION:
To record and send a General Message:
Display Indication
##SUN#25#12:00PM
STA#,HUNT#>#####
##SUN#25#12:00PM
ST A#, HUNT #> ###10
00:00: 00#12:00PM
ST A#, HUNT #> ###10

(KTS)
3. Dial desired extension number (10 - 79/100 - 799)
or desired Hunt Group number (00 -04).
(For Example: send to extension No. 10)
5. Record a message from handset or microphone.
ST A#, HUNT #> ###10

(see Note 3)
##SUN#25#12:00PM
00:00: 06#12:00PM

#, the recorded message will be saved. When 16 sec. has
passed during message recording, timer counting will
automatically be finished and the recorded message will
be saved.
7-3-3-24
Other Features
To record and send a General Message: (Cont'd)
Display Indication

(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
or
3. Dial desired extension number (10 - 79/100 - 799) or
desired Hunt Group number (00 -04).
6. Dial *. (Recording finish and Dial Tone may be sent.)
(see Note 3)
7. Hang up.
*

message will be saved. When 16 sec. Has passed during
message recording, timer counting will automatically be

Note 3: If user dials # instead of "*", recording contents will
To confirm General Message(s) at originating extension:
(This feature is available only KTS with Display.)
Display Indication
G ENERAL#M ESSAG E
M W #T O ##12#######
##SUN#25#12:00PM
PLY. G NRL. M ESSAG E

(KTS with Display)
1. Press CHECK and dial #.
(For Example: desired extension No. 12)
*
If desired extension has Name, system will indicate the

name for extension number.
User can select the message to be confirmed by dialing *

or #.
2. Press ICM. (Playback message.)

*
When Voice Paths are occupied, Busy Tone will be sent.
After this operation, user can confirm a General Message

from handset.
When recorded contents has been finished, 1-beep tone

(400 Hz, 0.5 sec.) will be sent.
7-3-3-25
Other Features
To erase recorded General Message(s) individually at originating extension:
(This operation is available only KTS.)
Display Indication
G ENERAL#M ESSAG E
M W #T O ##12#######
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(KTS with Display)
1. Press CHECK and dial #.
(For Example: desired extension No. 12)
*


2. Press HOLD.
(KTS)
3. Dial *.
4. Dial desired extension number or Hunt Group number.
5. Dial *.
To erase all recorded General Messages at originating extension:
Display Indication

(KTS)
3. Dial * and 0 and *. (see Note 2)
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 69. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2, 3)
or
3. Hang up.
Note 2: This operation is a same canceling operation as
Message Waiting, Intercom Callback, Call Forward,
Remind Call on SLT, and Do Not Disturb (DND)
features. When this operation has been done, all the
features which had been set will be canceled, and
MW lamp/Indicator will be go off.
7-3-3-26
Other Features
To go off the MW lamp/Indicator:
Display Indication

(On Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC.
2. Press CLEAR.
To Confirm the Left Messages

outside caller, MW Lamp/Indicator at KTS is flashing. Confirming operation (Press CHECK and dial
*) is common for Leave a Message (from outside), Leave a Telephone Number, General Message
and Message Waiting features. When the extension has been set these features at the same time,
left messages or telephone numbers will be confirmed according to the following order.
Order: Leave a Message Leave a Tel. No. General Message Message Waiting
To confirm General Message(s) at receiving extension:

Display Indication
G ENERAL#M ESSAG E
M W #FM##10#######
##SUN#25#12:00PM

(KTS with Display)
(For Example: originating extension No. 10)
*

User can select the message to be confirmed by dialing *

or #.
2. Press ICM. (see Note 2, 3, 4, 5)

(Play-back message.)
PLY. G NRL. M ESSAG E

(KTS)
2. Dial *. (see Note 2, 3, 4, 5)
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 7 and *. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2, 4, 5)
or
2. Dial *. (Dial Plan 2) (see Note 2, 4, 5)
Note 2: When Voice Paths are occupied, Busy Tone will be
sent.
Note 3: After this operation, user can also confirm message
from handset.
7-3-3-27
Other Features
To confirm General Message(s) at receiving extension: (Cont'd)
Display Indication

Note 4: After confirming message, user can select the
message to be confirmed by dialing * or #.
To transfer General Message(s) at receiving extension:

Display Indication

(KTS, SLT)
1. Listen to a General Message.
2. Dial # and dial desired extension number.
To erase General Message(s) individually at receiving extension:

Display Indication
G ENERAL#M ESSAG E
M W #FM##10#######

(KTS with Display)
(For Example: originating extension No. 10)
*
##SUN#25#12:00PM

2. Press HOLD.
(This message is erased.)
(KTS, SLT)
2. Dial 0.
3. Hang up or press SPK. (see Note)
Note: When messages are erased, Dial Tone may be sent.
7-3-3-28
Other Features
To erase all General Messages at receiving extension:
Display Indication

(KTS)
3. Dial *, 0, #. (see Note 2)
(SLT)
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 68. (Dial Plan 1) (see Note 2, 3)
or
3. Hang up.
Note 2: This operation is a same canceling operation as
Message Waiting, Leave a Message and Leave a
Telephone Number features. When this operation
has been done, all the features which had been set
will be canceled, and MW lamp/Indicator will go off.
To go off the MW lamp/Indicator: (This operation is available only KTS.)

Display Indication

(On Hook condition)
1. Press OPAC.
2. Press CLEAR.

Not applicable
RELATED FEATURES:
Not applicable
n Unattendant Message (Automated Attendant for normal incoming)

DESCRIPTION:
On the ordinary incoming calls, when nobody answered within the time which was set in Program #65, the
system automatically answers and sends an Unattendant Message (VAU Message No. 24: Unattendant
Message) to outside caller, and this line is put on hold. I-HOLD mode is automatically set at operator's
extension (Program #51). If nobody answered to held line within the time which was set in Program #65,
the system sends the VAU Message (No. 05 Cut-Off Message) to the held line (outside caller), and the
line will be cut off forcibly.
On the ordinary incoming calls, when a user is making conversation with outside party, the extension user
can send the Unattendant Message to this line and this line is put on hold before the Program #65 timer is
over. I-HOLD mode is set at the extension in this case.
7-3-3-29
Other Features
System
OPERATION:
To send an Unattendant Message (VAU Message No. 24: Unattendant Message):
1. On the Trunk line. (KTS user is making conversation with outside party.)
Incoming call. (Nobody answer.)
2. Press OPAC.
3. Press Line Key or DLS Key which receives incoming. (BLF: flashing Green)
*
This operation is available only when KTS user is making conversation with one outside party.

#17-E:
#51:
#65:
Existence of Attendant for DISA

Attendant Extension for DISA
Incoming Timer Assignment
RELATED FEATURES:
Not applicable
7-3-3-30
PART 8
HOW TO USE FOR
SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE
USER'S GUIDE
GROUPHONE TX-Z SERIES
(For Single Line Telephone)
The system may restrict you from using some of the features
in this guide. Check with your supplier for details.
Manufacturer:
Nitsuko Corporation
2-6-1 KITAMIKATA, TAKATSU-KU, KAWASAKI 213-8511 JAPAN
TEL: 044-811-1111 FAX: 044-813-7300 TLX: 3842-176 NTK J
http://www.nitsuko.co.jp
- How to make User's Guide -
1. TRUNK LINE CALLS

1.1 Outgoing Call
- Dial Plan 1, 2 1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 9 (0).
3. Dial Telephone number.
1.2 Incoming Call Answer
To answer incoming call:
To pick up incoming call:
2. Dial 08 (98).
8. PAGING (Cont'd)
To answer Paging:
- Dial Plan 1 1. Lift handset. (Wait 5 seconds)
2. Dial 8.
- Dial Plan 1, 2 1. Lift handset. (Wait 5 seconds)
2. Dial 08 (98),
3. Dial announced code (80-87) or if calling
party is in same zone, Dial 88.
1.3 Last Number Dialing

To redial your last outside call:
- Dial Plan 1 1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 60 and queuing group number (1-4).
2. Dial 04 (94) and queuing group number
(1-4).
-1-
- 10 -
8. PAGING
1. TRUNK LINE CALLS (Cont'd)
8.1 Paging
1.4 Flash
To make a page:
2. Dial 7.
3. Dial Paging code (80-87).
4. Make announcement and hang up.
2. Dial Paging code (80-87).
3. Make announcement and hang up.
8.2 Meet-Me Answer Paging
To initiate Meet-Me Answer:
2. Dial 7.
3. Dial Paging number (80-87) and "#".
4. Do not hang up. Wait a reply.
2. Dial Paging number (80-87) and "#".
3. Do not hang up. Wait a reply.
To send Flash signal to Trunk line:

- Dial Plan 1, 2 1. On the CO or PBX line.
3. Dial 90.
1.5 Dial Block
To set Dial Block:
2. Dial 65 and Personal Code.
3. Hang up.
2. Dial 055 (955) and Personal Code.
3. Hang up.
To reset Dial Block:
2. Dial 66 and Personal Code.
3. Hang up.
2. Dial 056 (956) and Personal Code.
3. Hang up.
Personal Code is 4 digits.

-9-
5. TRANSFER
-2-
2. INTERCOM CALLS (Contd)
To Transfer:
- Dial Plan 1, 2 1. On the Trunk line.
4. Hang up.
To answer transferred call:
6. CONFERENCE
2.4 Intercom Camp-On

To set Camp-On:
1. On the Intercom calling (Busy).
2. Dial " * " and keep holding the handset.
When the other extension hangs up, this

extension rings. And you will hear ring back
tone.
Intercom conversation is established when the
other extension answers the call.
To cancel Camp-On:
1. Hang up.
2. Lift handset and hang up.
A maximum of 6 parties can join Conference.

2.5 Intercom Callback
6.1 Add-On Conference
To set Add-On Conference:
3. Dial 93 and dial extension number of
another inside party.
4. Flash Hookswitch,
5. Conference established. To add more
inside parties, repeat steps 2-5.
To set Callback:
1. On the Intercom calling (Busy).
2. Dial " * " and hang up.
When the other extension hangs up, your

extension rings. If you answer it, the other
extension rings.
Intercom conversation is established when the
other extension answers the call.
To cancel callback:
1. Lift handset and hang up.
-7-
-4-
2. INTERCOM CALLS
2.1 Intercom Call
6. CONFERENCE (Con'd)
6.2 Multi-Line Conference
To call other extension:

2. Dial 7.
Your call may voice-announce or ring the called

extension. To switch your voice or ring mode,
dial 1 after the extension number.
2.2 Intercom Call Answer
At the called extension:
1. Lift handset.
2.3 Step Call
To use Step Call:
1. On the intercom calling.
(Busy or No answer)
2. Dial "#".
To set Multi-Line Conference:

3. Dial 94 and establish second outside
call.
5. Conference is established.
7. DO NOT DISTURB
To set DND:
- Dial Plan 1 - Dial Plan 2 1. Lift handset.
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 62.
2. Dial 052 (952).
To clear DND:
1. Lift handset 1.
2. Dial 69.
2. Dial 059 (959).
Extension of next number is called.
-3-
3. HOLD
-8-
4. Call Forward
3.1 Trunk Line Hold

To hold:
- Dial plan 1, 2 1. On the Trunk line.
3. Dial 91 and hang up.
To retrieve:
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 61.
2. Dial 051 (951).
3.2 Exclusive Hold
To Exclusive Hold:
To retrieve:
1. Lift handset.
2. Dial 61.
2. Dial 051 (951).
-5-
To set Call Forward:

2. Dial 63.
4. Dial option code. (0 - 3)
5. Hang up.
2. Dial 053 (953).
4. Dial option code. (0 - 3)
5. Hang up.
Option Code
0: Call Forward Immediate
To cancel Call Forward:
2. Dial 059 (959) and hang up.
-6-
Manufacturer:
Nitsuko Corporation
2-6-1 KITAMIKATA, TAKATSU-KU, KAWASAKI 213-8511 JAPAN
TEL: 044-811-1111 FAX: 044-813-7300 TLX: 3842-176 NTK J
http://www.nitsuko.co.jp

Manual Central Nitzuko

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Central Nitzuko

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Central Nitzuko

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Issue-1

HYBRID TELEPHONE SYSTEM

(C) 1998 by Nitsuko Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

This manual consists of eight parts:

The TX-Z 308/824/1232/2464 system is a microprocessor-based, state-of-the-art communications

TX-Z 308 System

Max. 7 (No. 10 to No. 16)

Single Line Telephone

Max. 6 (No. 12 to No. 17)

Intercom Talk Path

External Speaker Output

External MOH Input

TX-Z 824 System

Single Line Telephone

Max. 3 (Use DLS console as DSS console.)

Intercom Talk Path

External Speaker Output

External MOH Input

TX-Z 1232/2464 System

Single Line Telephone

Intercom Talk Path

External Speaker Output

External MOH Input

300 m (0.5 f two-pair twisted cable).

Single Line Telephone

1,125 m (0.5 f one-pair twisted cable).

150 m (0.5 f one-pair twisted cable).

90 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.

90 V AC to 134 V AC, 50/60 Hz.

180 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.

90 V AC to 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz.

External Equipment Specifications

Dimensions (W D H mm)/Weights (Kg)

335 265 90/1.9

475 325 104/5.00

494.6 362 230/6.70

221 170 88/0.80 (TXD)

216 177 59/0.50 (64 BD DSS)

212 60 59/0.20 (24 BDL DLS)

0 to 45 degree C (32 to 113 degree F).

-20 to 60 degree C (-4 to 140 degree F).

System Configuration (TX-Z 308)

TX-Z 308 Main Equipment

6 Line keys, standard type Key

CPU, Power Supply,

NX.E-6TD TXZ KTS

SMDR interface card

Doorphone I/F, relay contacts, EXMOH

Music source is required

FAX Transfer /DUD Interface Card

Caller-ID Interface Card

Complied with Bellcore

2-wire doorphone box

External backup battery box

NX.E TXZ W.M.K

Pull-out type abbreviated dial number

Stand type abbreviated dial number card

1 pce. per key telephone.

System Configuration (TX-Z 824)

NX.E-824M TXZ ME(1)